S-1
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 13, 2006
Registration No. 333-            
 
 
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
 
CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
         
Delaware   3443   34-1712937
(State of Incorporation)   (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
One Infinity Corporate Centre Drive
Suite 300
Garfield Heights, Ohio 44125-5370
Tel.: (440) 753-1490
Fax: (440) 753-1491
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Matthew J. Klaben, Esq.
Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
One Infinity Corporate Centre Drive
Suite 300
Garfield Heights, Ohio 44125-5370
Tel.: (440) 753-1490
Fax: (440) 753-1491
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
With copies to:
     
Edward P. Tolley III, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10017-3954
Tel.: (212) 455-2000
Fax: (212) 455-2502
  James S. Scott Sr., Esq.
Michael Benjamin, Esq.
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022-6069
Tel: (212) 848-4000
Fax: (212) 848-7179
      Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
      If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o
      If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               
      If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               
      If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o                               
      If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o
 
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
               
               
               
      Proposed Maximum        
Title of Each Class of     Aggregate Offering     Amount of  
Securities to be Registered     Price(1)     Registration Fee  
               
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
    $250,000,000     $26,750  
               
               
(1)  Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee under Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
      The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
 
 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS (Subject to Completion)
Issued                     , 2006
                            Shares
(CHART LOGO)
Chart Industries, Inc.
Common Stock
 
        Chart Industries, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock. All of the shares of common stock are being sold by us. We intend to use approximately $           million of the net proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold in this offering to repay certain of our indebtedness and approximately $           million of the net proceeds to pay a dividend to our stockholders existing immediately prior to this offering, consisting of affiliates of First Reserve and certain members of our management.
      This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our common stock. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $          and $           per share. We intend to apply to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GTL.”
      The underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                      shares of our common stock from us at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discount to cover over-allotments. We intend to use the proceeds we receive from any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option to pay an additional dividend to our existing stockholders.
Investing in the common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11.
                         
    Initial Public   Underwriting   Proceeds, before
    Offering Price   Discount   expenses, to us
             
Per Share
  $       $       $    
Total
  $       $       $    
      Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
      The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2006.
 
Morgan Stanley Lehman Brothers UBS Investment Bank
                    , 2006


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
     
    1  
    11  
    26  
    28  
    29  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    35  
    37  
    41  
    44  
    70  
    73  
    84  
    95  
    97  
    100  
    105  
    109  
    111  
    114  
    117  
    117  
    117  
    F-1  
 EX-2.1: AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER
 EX-2.2: ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
 EX-4.2: INDENTURE
 EX-4.3: REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT
 EX-10.1: CREDIT AGREEMENT
 EX-10.2: GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL AGREEMENT
 EX-10.3: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH SAMUEL F. THOMAS
 EX-10.4: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH MICHAEL F. BIEHL
 EX-10.5: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH CHARLES R. LOVETT
 EX-10.6: EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT WITH MATTHEW J. KLABEN
 EX-10.7: IAM AGREEMENT
 EX-10.11: 2004 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.13: FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER THE 2004 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.14: FORM OF STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT UNDER THE 2004 STOCK OPTION AND INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.15: 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.16: AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO THE 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.17: FORM OF STOCK OPTION AWARD UNDER THE 2005 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN
 EX-10.20: FORM OF INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
 EX-21.1: LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23.2: CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG
 
      You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell shares of common stock and seeking offers to buy shares of common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of the shares of common stock.
      Through and including                     , 2006 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

i


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
      This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus, but it may not contain all of the information that is important to you. We urge you to read this entire prospectus including the section entitled “Risk Factors” and the financial statements and related notes, before investing in our common stock.
      Unless the context otherwise requires, as used in this prospectus, (i) the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “the Company,” “Chart Industries” and similar terms refer to Chart Industries, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries and (ii) the term “issuer” refers to Chart Industries, Inc. and not any of its subsidiaries.
Chart Industries, Inc.
Our Company
      We are a leading independent global manufacturer of highly engineered equipment used in the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. We believe we are a preferred global supplier of engineered equipment used throughout the liquid gas supply chain. The largest portion of end-use applications for our products is energy-related, accounting for 51% of sales in 2005, and 58% of orders and 77% of backlog at December 31, 2005. We are a leading manufacturer of standard and engineered equipment primarily used for low-temperature and cryogenic applications. We have developed an expertise in cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero (0° Kelvin; -273° Centigrade; -459° Fahrenheit). The majority of our products, including vacuum-insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases.
      We have attained this position by capitalizing on our low-cost global manufacturing footprint, technical expertise and know-how, broad product offering, reputation for quality, and by focusing on attractive, growing markets. We have an established sales and customer support presence across the globe and low-cost manufacturing operations in the United States, Central Europe and China. We believe we are the number one or two equipment supplier in all of our primary end-use markets. For the combined year ended December 31, 2005, we generated revenues of $403.1 million compared to revenues of $305.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our backlog at December 31, 2005 was $233.6 million compared to $129.3 at December 31, 2004.
      We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from a variety of long-term trends driving demand in our industry, including:
  •  increasing demand for natural gas and the geographic dislocation of supply and consumption, which is resulting in the need for a global network for liquefied natural gas (“LNG”);
 
  •  increasing demand for natural gas processing, particularly in the Middle East, as crude oil producers look to utilize the gas portions of their reserves; and
 
  •  increased demand for natural and industrial gases resulting from rapid economic growth in developing areas, particularly Central and Eastern Europe and China.
      We operate in three segments: (i) Energy and Chemicals (“E&C”), (ii) Distribution and Storage (“D&S”) and (iii) BioMedical. While each segment manufactures and markets different cryogenic equipment and systems to distinct end-users, they share a reliance on our heat transfer and low temperature storage know-how and expertise. The E&C and D&S segments manufacture products used in energy-related applications. Through our E&C segment, we are a leading global provider of cryogenic equipment used in the separation, liquefaction and purification of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. Our primary products include heat exchangers, cold boxes and vacuum-insulated pipe (“VIP”). Through our D&S segment, we are a leading global provider of cryogenic equipment used in the distribution and storage of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. Our primary products include bulk storage systems for LNG and industrial gases, packaged gas systems, VIP systems, LNG vehicle fueling systems and beverage liquid CO2 systems. Through our BioMedical segment, we are a leading independent supplier of cryogenic equipment used in the storage and

1


Table of Contents

distribution of biological materials and oxygen used primarily in the medical and animal breeding industries. Our primary products include respiratory liquid oxygen therapy systems, biological storage systems and magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) cryostat components.
      The following charts show the proportion of our revenues generated by each operating segment as well as our estimate of the proportion of revenue generated by end-user for the combined year ended December 31, 2005.
Sales By Segment
(PIE CHART)
Sales By End-User
(PIE CHART)
Competitive Strengths
      We believe that the following competitive strengths position us to enhance our growth and profitability:
        Focus on Attractive Growing End Markets. We anticipate growing demand in the end markets we serve, with particularly strong growth in LNG, natural gas processing, specific international markets across all segments and biomedical equipment. Energy Ventures Analysis projects global LNG liquefaction capacity to increase 15.2% per annum from 2005 through 2011 and the International Energy Agency expects the natural gas industry to invest approximately $250 billion in LNG facilities from 2001 to 2030. In addition, international demand for our products is being driven by growing manufacturing capacity and industrial activity in developing areas, particularly Central and Eastern Europe and China. Rapid economic development in these areas has caused a significant increase in the demand for natural and industrial gases. According to Spiritus Consulting, the global market for industrial gas is projected to grow 7.0% per annum through 2009.
 
        Substantial Revenue Visibility. We have a large and growing backlog, which provides us with a high degree of visibility in our forecasted revenue. Our backlog is comprised of the portion of signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue under the percentage of completion method or based upon shipment. Our backlog as of December 31, 2005 was $233.6 million compared to $129.3 million and $49.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Projects for energy-related applications totaled approximately $180.0 million in backlog as of December 31, 2005. Substantially all of our backlog as of December 31, 2005 is scheduled to be recognized as sales during the next twelve months.
 
        Leading Market Positions. We believe we are the #1 or #2 equipment supplier in each of our primary end markets both domestically and internationally. Based on our relationships with key customers, we believe that our strong industry positioning makes us the preferred supplier and typically one of only two or three suppliers qualified to provide certain products to key customers. As our customers continue to rationalize their vendors, we expect to gain additional market share and that the benefit of our leading position will become more pronounced.
 
        Diverse, Long-Standing Customer Base. We currently serve over 2,000 customers worldwide. Our primary customers are large, multinational producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases that provide us with revenue stability. Customers and end-users also include high growth LNG processors, petrochemical processors and biomedical companies. We have developed strong, long-

2


Table of Contents

  standing relationships with these customers, many of whom have been purchasing products from us or one of our predecessors for over 20 years. Our primary customers and end-users include Air Products, Praxair, Airgas, Air Liquide, JGC Corporation (“JGC”), Bechtel Corporation, General Electric (“GE”), ExxonMobil, British Petroleum (“BP”) and ConocoPhillips.
 
        Highly Flexible and Low-Cost Manufacturing Base. Given our long-term investment in global manufacturing facilities and specialized equipment, we have developed a substantial comparative scale and geographic advantage within the markets for the cryogenic products that we manufacture. The scale enables cost efficiencies and the geographic reach provides access to customers that we believe would be difficult for a potential competitor to replicate. With more than 1.5 million square feet of manufacturing space across 11 primary facilities and three continents, we have substantial operational flexibility. We are a low-cost producer for our products across all segments. In addition, the high cost of capital and economies of scale required for this type of manufacturing create significant barriers for new entrants.
 
        Product Expertise, Quality, Reliability and Know-How. Within our end markets, we have established a reputation for quality, reliability and technical innovation. We believe that the main drivers of our target customers’ purchasing decisions are a supplier’s product expertise, quality, reliability and know-how rather than pricing and terms, giving us an advantage based on our reputation and consequent brand recognition. The value of this brand recognition is significantly enhanced by the extended life cycle of our products and the high cost to our target customers of product failure. As a focused provider of highly engineered cryogenic equipment, we believe it would be difficult for a new entrant to duplicate our capabilities.
 
        Experienced Management Team. We have assembled a strong senior management team with over 250 combined years of related experience. We have a balance of entrepreneurs, internally developed leaders and experienced managers from analogous industries. The team has grown into a cohesive unit with complementary management and operational skills. The current management team is directly responsible for the strong sales growth and the significant margin improvements experienced since 2003.
Business Strategy
      We believe that we are well-positioned to maintain our leadership in providing highly engineered equipment for use in low-temperature and cryogenic applications and meet the world’s growing demand for hydrocarbon and industrial gases with more economical, reliable and environmentally friendly systems. The principal elements of our strategy are as follows:
        Continue to develop innovative, high-growth, energy-specific products. We plan to continue to focus on extending our cryogenic technological leadership, both to capitalize on increasing demand for energy and to create new applications. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from increased demand for LNG, natural gas processing and gas to liquid (“GTL”) solutions. Our engineering, technical and marketing employees actively assist customers in specifying their needs and in determining appropriate products to meet those needs. Current product development includes subsea VIP, synthetic gas, hydrogen recovery, small-scale bulk gas distribution solutions and LNG/ GTL production systems.
 
        Leverage our global platform to capitalize on growing international demand. We expect growth in hydrocarbon and industrial gas demand and investment over the next five years in the Middle East, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and China. We believe that our historic and planned investment in our manufacturing facilities in the Czech Republic and China and the investment in sales and marketing capabilities in these markets, supplemented by our continuing investment in our U.S. facilities, has positioned us to increase our market share in growing international markets. We believe we are well-positioned to make acquisitions of complementary businesses to expand our global infrastructure.
 
        Capitalize on our position as a market leader. We plan to continue to grow our long-standing relationships with the leading users of cryogenic equipment. Our engineering and development teams partner with our customers to better understand and meet their cryogenic equipment needs, particularly in the growing LNG and international markets. We intend to grow our customer base as industrial gas producers increasingly outsource bulk tank storage and other non-core parts of their business.

3


Table of Contents

        Maintain our position as a low-cost producer while continuing to improve operating performance. We believe we are the lowest cost manufacturer for most of our products and we intend to continue to leverage our scale, scope, technical expertise and know-how to deliver to our customers higher quality and more reliable products and services at lower cost. Our largest manufacturing facility is in the Czech Republic, which allows us to achieve considerable cost savings versus our competitors. In addition, we believe China, where we are experiencing significant growth, will be a sustainable low-cost labor environment. We maintain a disciplined approach to capital expenditures. We intend to make capacity investments in energy-related markets where we expect to realize significant and timely returns, and to also leverage our existing operating capacity in other markets.
Recent Developments
      On February 9, 2006, we entered into a letter of intent to purchase the common stock of a company that designs and manufactures custom air cooled heat exchangers utilizing advanced technology in thermal and mechanical design. The aggregate purchase price for the acquisition is expected to be approximately $16.5 million, which will be paid in cash. The closing of this acquisition is subject to customary conditions. We intend to finance this acquisition with our available cash and/or borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and expect the acquisition to close during the second quarter of 2006.
Risk Factors
      Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider all the information in this prospectus prior to investing in our common stock. Our ability to execute our strategy is subject to the risks that are generally associated with the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. We are also subject to a number of risks related to our competitive position and business strategies. For example, our acquisitive business strategy exposes us to the risks involved in consummating and integrating acquisitions, including the risk that in a future acquisition we could incur additional debt and contingent liabilities which could adversely affect our operating results. For additional risks relating to our business and the offering, see “Risk Factors” beginning on page 11 of this prospectus.
The Acquisition
      On August 2, 2005, Chart Industries entered into an agreement and plan of merger with certain of its stockholders, First Reserve Fund X, L.P. (“First Reserve”), a Delaware limited partnership, and CI Acquisition, Inc. (“CI Acquisition”), a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Reserve, which provided for (i) the sale of shares of common stock of Chart Industries, Inc. by certain of its stockholders to CI Acquisition and (ii) the merger of CI Acquisition with and into Chart Industries, with Chart Industries surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of First Reserve. We refer to the stock purchase, the merger and the related financing thereof collectively as the “Acquisition.” The Acquisition closed on October 17, 2005. In connection with the Acquisition, entities affiliated with First Reserve contributed $111.3 million in cash to fund a portion of the purchase price of the equity interests in Chart Industries, and management contributed $6.4 million in the form of rollover options. The remainder of the cash needed to finance the Acquisition, including related fees and expenses, was provided by funds raised by the offering of our $170.0 million senior subordinated notes due 2015 (the “notes”) and borrowings under our $240.0 million senior secured credit facility. The senior secured credit facility consists of a $180.0 million term loan facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility. See “The Transactions.”
Company Information
      Chart Industries, Inc. is a Delaware corporation incorporated in 1992. Our principal executive offices are located at One Infinity Corporate Centre Drive, Suite 300, Garfield Heights, Ohio, 44125 and our telephone number is (440) 753-1490. The financial statements and other financial data presented in this prospectus are of Chart Industries, Inc. and its direct and indirect subsidiaries.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering
Shares of common stock offered by Chart Industries, Inc.                      shares.
 
Shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering                      shares (including                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, that will be dividended to our stockholders existing immediately prior to this offering, consisting of affiliates of First Reserve and certain members of our management, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares and giving effect to the            -for-one stock split we expect to effect prior to the consummation of this offering).
 
Over-allotment option                      shares.
 
Use of proceeds We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $                million. We intend to use approximately $                million of the net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness. We intend to use the remaining net proceeds of approximately $                million to pay a dividend to our stockholders existing immediately prior to the offering, consisting of affiliates of First Reserve and certain members of our management. See “Use of Proceeds.” We also intend to use the proceeds we receive from any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option to pay an additional dividend to our existing stockholders.
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol “GTL”
      Unless we specifically state otherwise, all information in this prospectus:
  •  assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares;
 
  •  gives effect to the           -for one stock split effected prior to the consummation of the offering;
 
  •  assumes that we issue an additional                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, of our common stock to our existing stockholders pursuant to a stock dividend that we will declare prior to the consummation of this offering, the terms of which will require that shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (assuming the option is not exercised in full), we issue to our existing stockholders the number of shares equal to (x) the number of additional shares the underwriters have an option to purchase minus (y) the actual number of shares the underwriters purchase from us pursuant to that option;
 
  •  excludes 573,027 shares issuable to FR X Chart Holdings LLC upon exercise of its warrant to purchase our shares; and
 
  •  excludes                shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our existing stock option plans.
      The size of the           -for-one stock split referenced herein is intended to achieve an estimated share price between $               and $                per share and has been calculated based on the mid-point of the estimated price range shown on the cover page of this prospectus.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Information
      The financial statements referred to as the Predecessor Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries prior to our Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. Our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings in September 2003 resulted in a new reporting entity and the adoption of fresh start accounting (“Fresh-Start accounting”) in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code.” The financial statements referred to as the Reorganized Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries after our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and prior to the Acquisition and related financing thereof. The financial statements referred to as the Successor Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries after the Acquisition and the related financing thereof.
      The following table sets forth our summary historical consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The Predecessor Company summary historical financial statements and other data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 are derived from our audited financial statements for such period included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. The Reorganized Company summary historical financial statements and other data for the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003 and the period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005 (the “2005 Reorganized Period”) are derived from our audited financial statements for such periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The Successor Company summary historical financial statements and other data as of December 31, 2005 and for the period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (the “2005 Successor Period”) are derived from our audited financial statements for such periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The data should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included herein.
      The following summary unaudited pro forma balance sheet information as of December 31, 2005 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom as if they had occurred on December 31, 2005. The following summary unaudited pro forma statements of operations information for the year ended December 31, 2005 has been prepared to give pro forma effect to this offering, the application of the proceeds therefrom and the Acquisition as if they had occurred on January 1, 2005. The pro forma adjustments used in preparing the pro forma financial information reflect estimates, which we believe are reasonable but may change upon finalization of our analysis. The assumptions used in the preparation of unaudited financial information may not prove to be correct. The pro forma financial information is for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had the Acquisition and this offering actually been consummated on the dates indicated and do not purport to indicate balance sheet information or results of operations as of any future date or any future period.

6


Table of Contents

      The historical consolidated financial data presented below is not necessarily indicative of our future performance. This information is only a summary and should be read in conjunction with “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                                   
    Predecessor       Successor    
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company    
                Pro Forma
    Nine Months   Three Months       January 1,   October 17,   Year
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 to   2005 to   Ended
    September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,
    2003   2003   2004   2005   2005   2005
                         
                        (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                               
 
Sales
  $ 197,017     $ 68,570     $ 305,576     $ 305,497     $ 97,652     $ 403,149  
 
Cost of sales(1)
    141,240       52,509       211,770       217,284       75,733       293,017  
                                     
 
Gross Profit
    55,777       16,061       93,806       88,213       21,919       110,132  
 
Selling, general and administrative expense
    44,211       14,147       53,374       59,826       16,632       84,764  
 
Restructuring and other operating expenses, net(2)(3)
    14,564       1,051       3,220       7,659       139       7,798  
                                     
      58,775       15,198       56,594       67,485       16,771       92,562  
                                     
 
Operating income (loss)
    (2,998 )     863       37,212       20,728       5,148       17,570  
 
 
Interest expense, net(4)
    10,300       1,344       4,712       4,164       5,556       27,401  
 
Other expense (income)
    (8,490 )     (407 )     (332 )     528       487       2,186  
                                     
        1,810       937       4,380       4,692       6,043       29,587  
                                     
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (4,808 )     (74 )     32,832       16,036       (895 )     (12,017 )
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
    3,047       (125 )     10,134       7,159       (441 )     (3,602 )
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before minority interest
    (7,855 )     51       22,698       8,877       (454 )     (8,415 )
 
Minority interest, net of taxes and other
    (63 )     (20 )     (98 )     (19 )     (52 )     (71 )
                                     
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (7,918 )     31       22,600       8,858       (506 )     (8,486 )
 
Income from discontinued operations(5)
    833                                
                                     
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (7,085 )   $ 31     $ 22,600     $ 8,858     $ (506 )   $ (8,486 )
                                     
Earnings (loss) per share data(6):
                                               
Basic (loss) earnings per share(7):
                          $ (0.29 )      
Net income (loss)
                            (506 )      
Weighted average shares — basic(7)
                            1,719        
Cash flow data:
                                               
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 19,466     $ 4,988     $ 35,059     $ 15,641     $ 18,742     $  
 
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    15,101       154       (3,317 )     (20,799 )     (362,250 )      
 
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    (15,907 )     (13,976 )     (35,744 )     1,708       348,489        
Other financial data:
                                               
 
Depreciation and amortization(8)
  $ 9,260     $ 2,225     $ 8,490     $ 6,808     $ 4,396     $ 20,987  
 
EBITDA(9)
    15,522       3,475       45,936       26,989       9,005       36,337  
 
Capital expenditures
    1,907       518       9,379       11,038       5,601        
 
Backlog
    51,781       49,635       129,278       206,215       233,639        

7


Table of Contents

                   
    As of December 31, 2005
     
    Actual   Pro Forma
         
    (unaudited)
    (In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,433     $    
Working capital (deficit)(10)
    55,454          
Total assets
    641,806 (11)        
Debt:
               
 
Short-term debt
    2,304          
 
Long-term debt
    345,000          
Total debt
    347,304          
Shareholders’ equity
  $ 116,330     $    
 
  (1)  The three months ended December 31, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period include non-cash inventory valuation charges of $5.4 million and $8.9 million, respectively, related to Fresh-Start and purchase accounting.
 
  (2)  In March 2003, we completed the closure of our Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, operated by Chart Heat Exchangers Limited (“CHEL”). On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. In accordance with SFAS No. 94, “Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries,” we are not consolidating the accounts or financial results of CHEL subsequent to March 28, 2003 due to the assumption of control of CHEL by the insolvency administrator. Effective March 28, 2003, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13.7 million to write off our net investment in CHEL.
 
  (3)  In September 2003, in accordance with Fresh-Start accounting related to our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy, all assets and liabilities were adjusted to their fair values. The adjustment to record the assets and liabilities at fair value resulted in net other income of $5.7 million. Further information about the adjustment is included in the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
  (4)  Includes derivative contract valuation income or expense for interest rate collars to manage interest exposure relative to term debt.
 
  (5)  This relates to the sale of our Greenville Tube, LLC business in July 2003. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
 
  (6)  Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share have been calculated in accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules for initial public offerings. These rules require that the weighted average share calculation give retroactive effect to any changes in our capital structure as well as the number of shares whose sale proceeds would be necessary to repay any debt or to pay any dividend as reflected in the pro forma adjustments. Therefore, pro forma weighted average shares for purposes of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculation, has been adjusted to reflect (i) the           -for-one stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to consummation of this offering and (ii) the stock dividend of            shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, to our existing stockholders that will be made shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option assuming no exercise of that option and            shares of our common stock being offered hereby.
 
  (7)  Earnings per share data on a diluted basis is not shown because it is anti-dilutive as a result of our loss during the 2005 Successor Period.
 
  (8)  The nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period include financing costs amortization of $1.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
 
  (9)  “EBITDA” is calculated as net income (loss) before income tax expense and interest expense plus depreciation and amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as EBITDA adjusted as indicated below. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not intended to represent cash flow from operations as defined by

8


Table of Contents

  GAAP and should not be used as an alternative to net income as an indicator of operating performance or to cash flow as a measure of liquidity. EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are included in this prospectus because they are a basis upon which our management assesses financial performance. The senior secured credit facility also includes the definition of pro forma EBITDA which is used in the calculation of certain covenants. Pro forma EBITDA is calculated based on EBITDA and is adjusted in a manner similar to that described herein. While EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are frequently used as a measure of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, they are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. The following table reconciles EBITDA to net income (loss):
                                                 
    Predecessor       Successor    
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company    
                 
    Nine Months   Three Months       January 1,   October 17,   Pro Forma
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended
    September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,
    2003   2003   2004   2005   2005   2005
                         
                        (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,085 )   $ 31     $ 22,600     $ 8,858     $ (506 )   $ (8,486 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    3,047       (125 )     10,134       7,159       (441 )     (3,602 )
Interest expense — net(a)
    10,300       1,344       4,712       4,164       5,556       27,401  
Depreciation and amortization(b)
    9,260       2,225       8,490       6,808       4,396       20,987  
                                     
EBITDA
  $ 15,522     $ 3,475     $ 45,936     $ 26,989     $ 9,005     $ 36,300  
                                     
 
 
  (a)  Includes derivative contract valuation income or expense for interest rate collars to manage interest exposure relative to term debt.
  (b)  The nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period include financing costs amortization of $1.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
      The following table reconciles EBITDA to Adjusted EBITDA as such terms are defined in our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes. Certain covenants under the senior secured credit facility are also tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA and our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional debt, making investments and paying dividends under both our indenture and senior secured credit facility is also tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA:
                                                 
    Predecessor       Successor    
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company    
                 
    Nine Months   Three Months       January 1,   October 17,   Pro Forma
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended
    September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,
    2003   2003   2004   2005   2005   2005
                         
                        (unaudited)
    (Dollars in thousands)
EBITDA
  $ 15,522     $ 3,475     $ 45,936     $ 26,989     $ 9,005     $ 36,300  
Stock-based compensation expense(a)
                2,433       9,508       437       9,945  
Inventory valuation charge(b)
          5,368                   8,903       8,903  
Acquisition expenses(c)
                      6,602             6,602  
In-process research and development charge(d)
                      2,768             2,768  
Hurricane losses(e)
                      1,057       406       1,463  
Employee separation and plant closure costs(f)
    1,338       1,010       3,346       1,700       255       1,955  
Reorganization expenses(g)
    369       357       706       1,470       88       1,558  
Appraisal rights settlement(h)
                            500       500  
Management fees(i)
                380       306              
(Gain) loss on sale of assets(j)
    8,929       (57 )     133       (131 )     78       (53 )
Income from discontinued operations(k)
    (833 )                              
                                     
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 25,325     $ 10,153     $ 52,934     $ 50,269     $ 19,672     $ 69,941  
                                     

9


Table of Contents

 
 
  (a)  Represents stock-based compensation charges for stock and stock options issued to key employees and directors, and an additional charge for the cash-out of stock options in the 2005 Reorganized Period as a result of the Acquisition. Although it may be of limited relevance to holders of our debt instruments, it may be of more relevance to our equity holders, since such equity holders ultimately bear such expenses.
 
  (b)  Represents a non-cash inventory valuation charge recorded in cost of sales for the adjustment of inventory to fair value as a result of Fresh-Start accounting as of September 30, 2003 and purchase accounting as of October 17, 2005, the closing date of the Acquisition. Under Fresh-Start and purchase accounting, inventory was adjusted to the fair value as of the dates indicated above, and a corresponding charge was taken in the subsequent three months ended December 31, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period cost of sales as the inventory was sold.
 
  (c)  Represents acquisition expenses, primarily professional fees, incurred by us as a result of the Acquisition.
 
  (d)  Represents a non-cash charge for purchased in-process research and development in conjunction with the acquisition of Changzhou CEM Cryo Equipment Co., Ltd (“CEM”) in 2005.
 
  (e)  Represents losses and costs incurred related to the damaged caused by Hurricane Rita at our New Iberia, Louisiana facilities.
  (f)  Includes inventory valuation charges recorded in cost of sales, and severance expenses, facility exit costs and non-operating expenses related to the execution of our operational restructuring plan, which primarily included moving the Burnsville, Minnesota manufacturing operations to Canton, Georgia, closing the Plaistow, New Hampshire and Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facilities and closing the Westborough, Massachusetts engineering office. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
  (g)  Includes pre-bankruptcy debt restructuring-related fees, Fresh-Start accounting adjustments and expenses, and a claim settlement related to our 2003 bankruptcy reorganization. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
 
  (h)  Represents a charge for the settlement of former Reorganized Company shareholders’ appraisal rights claims as a result of the Acquisition.
  (i)  Represents non-recurring management fees charged by our Reorganized Company majority shareholders, which are not charged by First Reserve.
 
  (j)  Includes non-recurring gains and losses and charges on the sale, disposal or impairment of assets. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
  (k)  Represents income from our former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business, which was sold in July 2003. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
(10)  Working capital is defined as current assets excluding cash minus current liabilities excluding short-term debt.
 
(11)  Includes $236.7 million of goodwill and $154.1 million of finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2005.

10


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS
      Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with the other information in this prospectus, prior to investing in our common stock.
Risks Related to our Business
The markets we serve are subject to cyclical demand, which could harm our business and make it difficult to project long-term performance.
      Demand for our products depends in large part upon the level of capital and maintenance expenditures by many of our customers and end users, in particular those customers in the global hydrocarbon and industrial gas markets. These customers’ expenditures historically have been cyclical in nature and vulnerable to economic downturns. Decreased capital and maintenance spending by these customers could have a material adverse effect on the demand for our products and our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, this historically cyclical demand limits our ability to make accurate long-term predictions about the performance of our company.
      For example, certain of our core businesses underperformed in the years prior to 2004 due to a general downturn in capital spending in the global and domestic industrial gas markets. While we have experienced demand growth since late 2003 in the global hydrocarbon and industrial gas markets, this growth may not continue and our businesses’ performance may not be markedly better or may be worse in the future. In addition, changing world economic and political conditions may reduce the willingness of our customers and prospective customers to commit funds to purchase our products and services. Further, in 2005, the U.S. government announced the reduction of the amount of dollars it offered as reimbursement to our customers for purchasing our medical oxygen therapy products, which has adversely affected demand for these products.
The loss of, or significant reduction in, purchases by our largest customers could adversely affect our revenues.
      Although no single customer accounted for more than 9% of our total sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, a small number of customers has accounted for a substantial portion of our historical net sales, and we expect that a limited number of customers will continue to represent a substantial portion of our sales for the foreseeable future. Approximately 33%, 39%, 36% and 26% of our sales for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively, were made to Praxair, Air Liquide, Air Products, Bechtel, Airgas, BOC, JGC and Linde, which management believes are the largest producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases, and their suppliers. The loss of any of our major customers or a decrease in orders or anticipated spending by such customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Our largest customers, such as Linde and BOC, could also engage in business combinations which could increase their size and increase or decrease the portion of our total sales concentration to any single customer. Additionally, we currently sell all of our MRI components to GE, a leading worldwide manufacturer of MRI equipment, which accounted for $7.5 million in sales for the year ended December 31, 2005. The loss of, or significant reduction in, purchases of our MRI components by GE could adversely effect our BioMedical business.
We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate.
      Although many of our products serve niche markets, a number of our direct and indirect competitors in these markets are major corporations, some of which have substantially greater technical, financial and marketing resources than we, and other competitors may enter these markets. Any increase in competition may cause us to lose market share or compel us to reduce prices to remain competitive, which could result in reduced sales and earnings. Companies that operate in our industry are Air Products, Kobe, Linde, Nordon, Puritan-Bennett, a division of Tyco International, Ltd., Sumitomo and Taylor-Wharton, a Harsco Company. Additionally, we compete with several suppliers owned by global industrial gas producers and many smaller fabrication-only facilities around the world. Increased competition with these companies could prevent the institution of price increases or could require price reductions or increased spending on research and

11


Table of Contents

development and marketing and sales, any of which could adversely affect our results of operation. In the event of an industry downturn, customers who typically outsource their need for cryogenic systems to us may use their excess capacity to produce such systems themselves. We also compete in the sale of a limited number of products with certain of our major customers.
We will soon be required to evaluate our internal controls under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and any adverse results from such evaluation could result in a loss of investor confidence in our financial reports and have an adverse effect on our stock.
      As a result of this offering, we become subject to reporting and other obligations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Beginning with the year ending December 31, 2007, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, and our auditors will be required to deliver an attestation report on management’s assessment of and operating effectiveness of internal controls. The report by our management must contain, among other matters, an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and audited consolidated financial statements as of the end of our fiscal year. This assessment must include disclosure of any material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting identified by management.
      In June 2004, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, adopted rules for purposes of implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which included revised definitions of material weaknesses and significant deficiencies in internal control over financial reporting. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as “a significant deficiency, or a combination of significant deficiencies, that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected.” The rules describe certain circumstances as being both significant deficiencies and strong indicators that a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting exists.
      We have substantial effort ahead of us to complete documentation of our internal control system and financial processes, information systems, assessment of their design, remediation of control deficiencies identified in these efforts and management testing of the designs and operation of internal controls. We may not be able to complete the required management assessment by our reporting deadline. An inability to complete and document this assessment could result in us receiving less than an unqualified report from our auditors with respect to our internal controls.
      Each year, starting with 2007, we must perform the system and process documentation and evaluation needed to comply with Section 404, which is both costly and challenging. During this process, if our management identifies one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that such internal control is effective. If material weaknesses are identified and not remediated with respect to our internal control over financial reporting, we would not be able to conclude that our internal controls over financial reporting were effective, which could result in the inability of our external auditors to deliver an unqualified report, or any report, on our internal controls. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could have an adverse effect on our stock price.
As a global business, we are exposed to economic, political and other risks in different countries which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
      Since we manufacture and sell our products worldwide, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally. In 2005, 51% of our sales were made in international markets. Our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:
  •  changes in foreign currency exchange rates;
 
  •  exchange controls and currency restrictions;

12


Table of Contents

  •  changes in a specific country’s or region’s political, social or economic conditions, particularly in emerging markets;
 
  •  civil unrest, turmoil or outbreak of disease in any of the countries in which we operate;
 
  •  tariffs, other trade protection measures and import or export licensing requirements;
 
  •  potentially negative consequences from changes in U.S. and international tax laws;
 
  •  difficulty in staffing and managing geographically widespread operations;
 
  •  differing labor regulations;
 
  •  requirements relating to withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries;
 
  •  different regulatory regimes controlling the protection of our intellectual property;
 
  •  restrictions on our ability to own or operate subsidiaries, make investments or acquire new businesses in these jurisdictions;
 
  •  restrictions on our ability to repatriate dividends from our foreign subsidiaries;
 
  •  difficulty in collecting international accounts receivable;
 
  •  difficulty in enforcement of contractual obligations under non-U.S.  law;
 
  •  transportation delays or interruptions;
 
  •  changes in regulatory requirements; and
 
  •  the burden of complying with multiple and potentially conflicting laws.
      Our international operations also expose us to different local political and business risks and challenges. For example, we are faced with potential difficulties in staffing and managing local operations and we have to design local solutions to manage credit and legal risks of local customers and distributors. In addition, because some of our international sales are to suppliers that perform work for foreign governments, we are subject to the political risks associated with foreign government projects. For example, certain foreign governments may require suppliers for a project to obtain products solely from local manufacturers or may prohibit the use of products manufactured in certain countries.
      International growth and expansion into emerging markets, such as China, Central and Eastern Europe, and the Middle East, may cause us difficulty due to greater regulatory barriers than in the United States, the necessity of adapting to new regulatory systems, problems related to entering new markets with different economic, social and political systems, and significant competition from the primary participants in these markets, some of which may have substantially greater resources than us.
      Our overall success as a global business depends, in part, upon our ability to succeed in differing economic, social and political conditions. We may not succeed in developing and implementing policies and strategies to counter the foregoing factors effectively in each location where we do business and the foregoing factors may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
If we are unable to successfully manage our growth, our business could be adversely affected.
      We expect to continue to expand our operations in the United States and abroad, particularly in China and the Czech Republic. Our ability to operate our business successfully and implement our strategies depends, in part, on our ability to allocate our resources optimally in each of our facilities in order to maintain efficient operations as we expand. Ineffective management of our growth could cause manufacturing inefficiencies, increase our operating costs, place significant strain on our management and administrative resources and could have a material adverse effect on our business.
      For example, we plan to invest over $20 million in new capital expenditures in the United States in 2006 and 2007 related to the expected growth of our Energy & Chemicals business. If we fail to implement this

13


Table of Contents

capital project in a timely and effective manner, we may lose the opportunity to obtain some customer orders. Even if we effectively implement this project, the orders needed to support the capital expenditure may not be obtained or may be less than expected, which may result in sales or profitability at lower levels than anticipated. In addition, potential cost overruns, delays or unanticipated problems in any capital expansion could make the expansion more costly than originally predicted.
      In addition, we are in the process of establishing our internal audit function, and adverse developments in the implementation of this function may adversely affect our ability to manage our growth.
If we lose our senior management or other key employees, our business may be adversely affected.
      Our ability to successfully operate and grow our business and implement our strategies is largely dependent on the efforts, abilities and services of our senior management and other key employees. Our future success will also depend on, among other factors, our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel, such as engineers and other skilled labor, either through direct hiring or the acquisition of other businesses employing such professionals. The loss of the services of any of our senior management or other key employees or the failure to attract or retain other qualified personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business or business prospects.
Fluctuations in the prices and availability of raw materials and our exposure to fixed-price contracts could negatively impact our financial results.
      The pricing and availability of raw materials for use in our businesses can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including general, domestic and international economic conditions, labor costs, production levels, competition, consumer demand, import duties and tariffs and currency exchange rates. This volatility can significantly affect the availability and cost of raw materials for us, and may, therefore, have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
      The commodity metals we use, including aluminum and stainless steel, have experienced significant upward fluctuations in price. On average, approximately half of our cost of sales is represented by the cost of commodities metals. We have generally been able to recover the cost increases through price increases to our customers; however, during periods of rising prices of raw materials, such as in 2004 and 2005, we may be unable to pass a portion of such increases on to our customers. Conversely, when raw material prices decline, customer demands for lower prices could result in lower sale prices and, to the extent we have existing inventory, lower margins. As a result, fluctuations in raw material prices could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
      In addition, a substantial portion of our revenues is derived from fixed-price contracts for large system projects. To the extent that original cost estimates prove to be inaccurate or the contracts do not permit us to pass increased costs on to our customers, profitability from a particular contract may be adversely affected, which, in turn, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may fail to successfully acquire or integrate companies that provide complementary products or technologies.
      A component of our growth strategy is the acquisition of businesses that complement our existing products and services. Our acquisition strategy involves the potential risks inherent in assessing the value, strengths, weaknesses, contingent or other liabilities and potential profitability of acquisition candidates and in integrating the operations of acquired companies. In addition, any acquisition of a foreign business may increase our exposure to certain risks inherent in doing business outside the United States, including currency exchange rate fluctuations, restrictions on the repatriation of profits, compliance with foreign laws and standards and political risks.
      From time to time, we may have acquisition discussions with potential target companies. We are unable to predict the likelihood of a material acquisition being completed as a result of any of these discussions. If an

14


Table of Contents

opportunity arises and we proceed with a relatively large acquisition for cash consideration, a substantial portion of our surplus borrowing capacity could be used in order to consummate any such acquisition. We may further seek to finance a potential acquisition through a debt or equity financing. For large potential acquisition opportunities, should any arise, one or more of the potential risks described above may be particularly acute.
      Except as discussed under “Prospectus Summary—Recent Developments,” we are not presently engaged in any negotiations concerning any acquisition which may be material in size and scope to our business. We anticipate, however, that one or more potential acquisition opportunities could become available in the future. If and when appropriate acquisition opportunities become available, we may pursue them actively. No assurance can be given that any acquisition will or will not occur, that if an acquisition does occur that it will not materially and adversely affect us or that any such acquisition will be successful in enhancing our business for one or more of the following reasons:
  •  Any business acquired may not be integrated successfully and may not prove profitable;
 
  •  The price we pay for any business acquired may overstate the value of that business or otherwise be too high;
 
  •  We may fail to achieve acquisition synergies; or
 
  •  The focus on the integration of operations of acquired entities may divert management’s attention from the day-to-day operation of our businesses.
      Inherent in any future acquisition is the risk of transitioning company cultures and facilities. The failure to efficiently and effectively achieve such transitions could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, particularly during the period immediately following any acquisition. In addition to the risks inherent in completing an acquisition, we are further subject to the risk that acquisition opportunities may not continue to be available and we may not have access to the capital required to finance potential acquisitions that are available.
If we are unable to continue our technological innovation in our business and successful introduction of new commercial products, our profitability could be adversely affected.
      The industries we serve, including the energy and biomedical industries, experience periodic technological change and product improvement. Manufacturers periodically introduce new generations of products or require new technological capacity to develop customized products or respond to industry developments or needs. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of the commercial and technological progress in our markets, as well as our ability to acquire new product technology or fund and successfully develop, manufacture and market products in this constantly changing environment. We must continue to identify, develop, manufacture and market innovative products on a timely basis to replace existing products in order to maintain our profit margins and competitive position. We may not be successful in acquiring and developing new products or technology and any of our new products may not be accepted by our customers. If we fail to keep pace with evolving technological innovations in the markets we serve, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We carry significant goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet, which are subject to impairment testing and could subject us to significant charges to earnings in the future if impairment occurs.
      As of December 31, 2005, we had goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $272 million, which represented 42% of our total assets. Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate a potential impairment may exist. Factors that could indicate that our goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets are impaired include a decline in stock price and market capitalization, lower than projected operating results and cash flows, and slower growth rates in our industry. To test for impairment, we develop a model to estimate the fair market value of our reporting segments. This fair market value model incorporates our

15


Table of Contents

estimates of future operating results and cash flows, estimates of allocations of certain assets and cash flows among reporting segments, estimates of future growth rates and our judgment regarding the applicable discount rates to use to discount those estimated operating results and cash flows. If an impairment is determined to exist, we are required to record a charge to earnings in our financial statements, which may be significant, as in 2002 when we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $92.4 million to write off non-deductible goodwill of the D&S segment. While we do not presently anticipate that any of our goodwill or indefinite-lived intangible assets will be impaired in the foreseeable future, if an impairment is determined to exist and we are required to record a charge to earnings, it may result in a material adverse impact on our results of operations and shareholders’ equity.
We may be required to make material expenditures in order to comply with environmental, health and safety laws, or incur additional liabilities under these laws.
      We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations that impose various environmental controls on us or otherwise relate to environmental protection and various health and safety matters, including the discharge of pollutants in the air and water, the handling, use, treatment, storage and clean-up of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, and the investigation and remediation of soil and groundwater affected by hazardous substances. These laws and regulations often impose strict, retroactive and joint and several liability for the costs of, and damages resulting from, cleaning up our, or our predecessors’, past or present facilities and third party disposal sites. Compliance with these laws generally increases the costs of transportation and storage of raw materials and finished products, as well as the costs of storing and disposing waste, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. If we are found to have violated any of these laws, we may become subject to corrective action orders and fines or penalties, and incur substantial costs, including substantial remediation costs. Further, we also could be subject to future liability resulting from conditions that are currently unknown to us that could be discovered in the future.
      We are currently remediating or developing work plans for remediation of environmental conditions involving certain current or former facilities. For example, the discovery of contamination arising from historical industrial operations at our Clarksville, Arkansas property has exposed us, and in the future may continue to expose us, to remediation obligations. To date, our environmental remediation expenditures and costs for otherwise complying with environmental laws and regulations have not been material, but the uncertainties associated with the investigation and remediation of contamination and the fact that such laws or regulations change frequently makes predicting the cost or impact of such laws and regulations on our future operations uncertain. Stricter environmental, safety and health laws, regulations or enforcement policies could result in substantial costs and liabilities to us and could subject us to more rigorous scrutiny. Consequently, compliance with these laws could result in significant expenditures as well as other costs and liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
The insolvency of our formerly consolidated subsidiary, Chart Heat Exchangers Limited, could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial position.
      On March 28, 2003, our U.K. subsidiary, Chart Heat Exchangers Limited, or CHEL, which previously operated the closed Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. Additionally, we received information that indicated that CHEL’s net pension plan obligations had increased significantly, primarily due to a decline in plan asset values and interest rates, as well as increased plan liabilities, resulting in an estimated plan deficit of approximately $12 million as of March 2003. Based on our financial condition, in March 2003 we determined not to advance funds to CHEL in amounts necessary to fund CHEL’s obligations. Since CHEL was unable to fund its net pension deficit, the trustees of the CHEL pension plan requested a decision to wind-up the plan from a U.K. pension regulatory board. That board approved the wind-up as of March 28, 2003. While no claims related to the CHEL insolvency presently are pending against us, persons impacted by the insolvency or others could bring pension and/or benefit related claims against us. Claims may be asserted against us for pension or other

16


Table of Contents

obligations of CHEL related to these matters. To the extent we are found to have significant liability with respect to CHEL’s obligations, such liability could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations and financial position as a result of CHEL’s insolvency.
Due to the nature of our business and products, we may be liable for damages based on product liability and warranty claims.
      Due to the high pressures and low temperatures at which many of our products are used and the fact that some of our products are manufactured for relatively broad consumer use, we face an inherent risk of exposure to claims in the event that the failure, use or misuse of our products results, or is alleged to result, in bodily injury and/or property damage. We believe that we meet or exceed existing professional specification standards recognized or required in the industries in which we operate. We have been subject to claims in the past, none of which have had a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations, and we may be subject to claims in the future. Although we currently maintain product liability coverage, which we believe is adequate for the continued operation of our business, such insurance may become difficult to obtain or unobtainable in the future on terms acceptable to us. A successful product liability claim or series of claims against us, including one or more consumer claims purporting to constitute class actions, in excess of our insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
Increases in labor costs, potential labor disputes and work stoppages at our facilities could materially adversely affect our financial performance.
      Our financial performance is affected by the availability of qualified personnel and the cost of labor. As of December 31, 2005, we had 2,271 employees, including 1,402 domestic employees and 869 international employees. These employees consisted of 766 salaried, 283 union hourly and 1,222 non-union hourly employees as of December 31, 2005. During 2005, the union that formerly represented our employees at one facility was decertified. Employees represented by a union presently are subject to one collective bargaining agreement with a local union in the United States that expires in February 2007. If we are unable to enter into new, satisfactory labor agreements with our unionized employees upon expiration of their collective bargaining agreement, we could experience a significant disruption to our operations, which could cause us to be unable to deliver products to customers on a timely basis. Other labor controversies may likewise impede our operations. Such disruptions could result in a loss of business and an increase in our operating expenses, which could reduce our profit margins. In addition, our non-unionized labor force may become subject to labor union organizing efforts, which could cause us to incur additional labor costs and increase the related risks that we now face.
We may have to make significant cash payments to our defined benefit pension plans, reducing the cash available for our business.
      We have four defined benefit pension plans covering certain U.S. hourly and salaried employees. All of these plans have been frozen. Our current funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum funding amounts required by law. Based on current actuarial estimates, we expect to contribute approximately $1.3 million to our U.S. defined benefit pension plans during 2006. If the performance of our assets in our pension plans does not meet our expectations or if other actuarial assumptions are modified, our contributions for these years could be higher than we expect, thus reducing the available cash for our business.
Fluctuations in exchange and interest rates may affect our operating results.
      Fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar may adversely affect our results of operations. Because our consolidated financial results are reported in U.S. dollars, if we generate sales or earnings in other currencies, the translation of those results into U.S. dollars can result in a significant increase or decrease in the amount of those sales or earnings. We also bid for certain foreign projects in U.S. dollars. If the U.S. dollar strengthens relative to the value of the local currency, we may be less competitive on those projects. In addition, our debt service requirements are primarily in U.S. dollars and a portion of our cash flow is generated in euros or other foreign currencies. Significant changes in the value of the foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar could

17


Table of Contents

have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and our ability to meet interest and principal payments on our debt.
      In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations. For purposes of accounting, the assets and liabilities of our foreign operations, where the local currency is the functional currency, are translated using period-end exchange rates, and the revenues and expenses of our foreign operations are translated using average exchange rates during each period.
      In addition to currency translation risks, we incur currency transaction risk whenever we or one of our subsidiaries enters into either a purchase or a sales transaction using a currency other than the local currency of the transacting entity. Given the volatility of exchange rates, we may not be able to effectively manage our currency and/or translation risks. Volatility in currency exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. We have purchased and may continue to purchase foreign currency forward purchase and sales contracts to manage the risk of adverse currency fluctuations.
Our operations could be impacted by the effects of hurricanes, which could be more severe than the damage and impact that our New Iberia, Louisiana operations encountered from hurricanes in 2005.
      Some of our operations, including our operations in New Iberia, Louisiana and Houston, Texas, are located in geographic regions and physical locations that are susceptible to physical damage and longer-term economic disruption from hurricanes. We also expect to make significant capital expenditures in hurricane-susceptible locations in the near future. These weather events can disrupt our operations, result in damage to our properties and negatively affect the local economy in which these facilities operate. In 2005, for example, our New Iberia, Louisiana operations encountered some damage from the storm surge and flooding caused by Hurricane Rita. Future hurricanes may cause production or delivery delays as a result of the physical damage to the facilities, the unavailability of employees and temporary workers, the shortage of or delay in receiving certain raw materials or manufacturing supplies and the diminished availability or delay of transportation for customer shipments, any of which may have an adverse affect on our financial position and results of operations. Although we maintain insurance subject to certain deductibles, which may cover some of our losses, that insurance may become unavailable or prove to be inadequate.
Failure to protect our intellectual property and know-how could adversely affect our business.
      We rely on a combination of internal procedures, nondisclosure agreements, intellectual property rights assignment agreements, licenses, patents, trademarks and copyright law to protect our intellectual property and know-how. Our intellectual property rights may not be successfully asserted in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented or challenged. In addition, the laws of certain foreign countries in which our products may be sold do not protect our intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. Our failure or inability to protect our proprietary information could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
      We have obtained and applied for some U.S. and foreign trademark and patent registrations and will continue to evaluate the registration of additional trademarks and patents, as appropriate. We cannot guarantee that any of our pending applications will be approved by the applicable governmental authorities. Moreover, even if the applications are approved, third parties may seek to oppose or otherwise challenge these registrations. A failure to obtain trademark or patent registrations in the United States or elsewhere could limit our ability to protect our trademarks and technologies and could impede our business in those jurisdictions.
      In addition, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property rights and know-how without our authorization or from independently developing intellectual property that is the same as or similar to ours, particularly in those countries where the laws do not protect our intellectual property rights as fully as in the United States. The unauthorized use of our know-how by third parties could reduce or eliminate any competitive advantage we have developed, cause us to lose sales or otherwise harm our business. If we must sue to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could be burdensome and costly, and we may not prevail.

18


Table of Contents

We may be subject to claims that our products or processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or damages, modify our products or processes or prevent us from selling our products.
      Although it is our intention to avoid infringing or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others, third parties may nevertheless claim that our processes and products infringe their intellectual property rights. Whether or not these claims have merit, we may be subject to costly and time-consuming legal proceedings, and this could divert our management’s attention from operating our businesses. In order to resolve such proceedings, we may need to obtain licenses from these third parties or substantially reengineer or rename our products in order to avoid infringement. In addition, we might not be able to obtain the necessary licenses on acceptable terms, or at all, or be able to reengineer or rename our products successfully.
The continued threat of terrorism, the occurrence of terrorist acts and ongoing military actions could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
      The continued threat of terrorism and ongoing military actions, as well as heightened security measures in response to these threats and actions, may cause significant volatility in global financial markets, reduced economic activity, reduced availability of essential raw materials or supplies and disruptions to commerce, our company, our employees and our customers, thereby adversely affecting our business. The continued threat of terrorism also could lead to changes in the amount and scope of available insurance coverage as well as higher premiums. Terrorist actions also could disrupt our operations in the United States or abroad.
We are subject to regulations governing the export of our products.
      Due to our significant foreign sales, our export activities are subject to regulation, including the U.S. Treasury Department’s Office of Foreign Assets Control’s regulations. While we believe we are in compliance with these regulations, there can be no assurance that we are not currently, or may in the future be, in violation of these regulations. Any violations may subject us to government scrutiny, investigation and civil and criminal penalties and may have a material adverse affect on our results of operations and financial condition.
As a provider of products to the U.S. government, we are subject to federal rules, regulations, audits and investigations, the violation or failure of which could adversely affect our business.
      We sell certain of our products to the U.S. government and, therefore, we must comply with and are affected by laws and regulations governing purchases by the U.S. government. Government contract laws and regulations affect how we do business with our government customers and, in some instances, impose added costs on our business. For example, a violation of specific laws and regulations could result in the imposition of fines and penalties or the termination of our contracts or debarment from bidding on contracts. In some instances, these laws and regulations impose terms or rights that are more favorable to the government than those typically available to commercial parties in negotiated transactions.
We are controlled by First Reserve, whose interest may not be aligned with yours or ours.
      Upon completion of this offering, First Reserve may continue to control a majority of our capital stock. As a result, First Reserve has the ability to control our policies and operations, including the election of directors, the appointment of management, the entering into of mergers, sales of substantially all of our assets and other extraordinary transactions, future issuances of our common stock or other securities, the implementation of stock repurchase programs, the payments of dividends, if any, on our common stock, the incurrence of debt by us and amendments to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Additionally, First Reserve is in the business of making investments in companies and may from time to time acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. First Reserve may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. So long as First Reserve continues to own a significant amount of our equity, even if

19


Table of Contents

such amount is less than 50%, it will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
As a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.
      Upon completion of this offering, First Reserve may continue to control a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we would be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. Under the New York Stock Exchange rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements, including (1) the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. If available, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we would not have a majority of independent directors nor would our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees consist entirely of independent directors. Accordingly, you would not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance requirements.
Risks Related To Our Leverage
Our substantial leverage and significant debt service obligations could adversely affect our financial condition and prevent us from fulfilling our debt service obligations.
      We are highly leveraged and have significant debt service obligations. Our financial performance could be affected by our substantial leverage. As of December 31, 2005, our total indebtedness was $347.3 million. In addition, at that date, we had $22.4 million of letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding and borrowing capacity of approximately $37.6 million under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility, after giving effect to the letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding. We may also incur additional indebtedness in the future. This high level of indebtedness could have important negative consequences to us and you, including:
  •  we may have difficulty generating sufficient cash flows to pay interest and satisfy our debt obligations;
 
  •  we may have difficulty obtaining financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other purposes;
 
  •  we need to use a substantial portion of our available cash flow to pay interest and principal on our debt, which will reduce the amount of money available to finance our operations and other business activities;
 
  •  some of our debt, including our borrowings under our senior secured credit facility, has variable rates of interest, which exposes us to the risk of increased interest rates;
 
  •  our debt level increases our vulnerability to general economic downturns and adverse industry conditions;
 
  •  our debt level could limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and in our industry in general;
 
  •  our substantial amount of debt and the amount we must pay to service our debt obligations could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
  •  our customers may react adversely to our significant debt level and seek or develop alternative suppliers;

20


Table of Contents

  •  our failure to comply with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our debt instruments which, among other things, require us to maintain specified financial ratios and limit our ability to incur debt and sell assets, could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our business or prospects.
      Our net cash flow generated from operating activities was $37.8 million (on a combined basis), $35.1 million and $24.5 million (on a combined basis) for fiscal years 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our high level of indebtedness requires that we use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to pay principal of, and interest on, our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of cash to fund working capital requirements, capital expenditures, research and development or other general corporate or business activities, including future acquisitions.
      In addition, a substantial portion of our indebtedness bears interest at variable rates. If market interest rates increase, debt service on our variable-rate debt will rise, which would adversely affect our cash flow. Although our senior secured credit facility requires us to employ hedging strategies such that not less than 50% of our total debt carries a fixed rate of interest for a period of three years following consummation of the Acquisition, any hedging arrangement put in place may not offer complete protection from this risk. Additionally, the remaining portion of the senior secured credit facility may not be hedged and, accordingly, the portion that is not hedged will be subject to changes in interest rates.
      If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.
Despite our current leverage, we may still be able to incur substantially more debt. This could further exacerbate the risks that we face.
      We may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future. The terms of our debt instruments do not fully prohibit us from doing so. The revolving credit portion of our senior secured credit facility provides commitments of up to $60.0 million, approximately $37.6 million of which would have been available for future borrowings (after giving effect to letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding) as of December 31, 2005 on a pro forma basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the proceeds therefrom. If new debt is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we now face could intensify.
We may be unable to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may be unsuccessful.
      Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations and future borrowings may not be available to us under our senior secured credit facility or otherwise in an amount sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness or fund our other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our debt on or before maturity. We may be unable to refinance any of our debt, including our senior secured credit facility or the notes, on commercially reasonable terms. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations— Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
      If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may be unsuccessful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service and other obligations. The senior secured credit facility and the indenture under which the notes were issued restrict our ability to use the proceeds from asset sales. We may be unable to consummate those asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices that we believe are fair and proceeds that we do receive may be

21


Table of Contents

inadequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. See “Description of Other Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facility.”
The senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes contain a number of restrictive covenants which limit our ability to finance future operations or capital needs and engage in other business activities that may be in our interest.
      The senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes impose, and the terms of any future indebtedness may impose, operating and other restrictions on us and our subsidiaries. Such restrictions affect or will affect, and in many respects limit or prohibit, among other things, our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  create liens;
 
  •  pay dividends and make other distributions in respect of our capital stock;
 
  •  redeem our capital stock;
 
  •  make certain investments or certain other restricted payments;
 
  •  sell certain kinds of assets;
 
  •  enter into certain types of transactions with affiliates; and
 
  •  effect mergers or consolidations.
      The senior secured credit facility also requires us to achieve certain financial and operating results and maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. Our ability to comply with these ratios may be affected by events beyond our control.
      The restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes could:
  •  limit our ability to plan for or react to market or economic conditions or meet capital needs or otherwise restrict our activities or business plans; and
 
  •  adversely affect our ability to finance our operations, acquisitions, investments or strategic alliances or other capital needs or to engage in other business activities that would be in our interest.
      A breach of any of these covenants or our inability to comply with the required financial ratios could result in a default under our senior secured credit facility and/or the indenture governing the notes. If an event of default occurs under our senior secured credit facility, which includes an event of default under the indenture governing the notes, the lenders could elect to:
  •  declare all borrowings outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable;
 
  •  require us to apply all of our available cash to repay the borrowings; or
 
  •  prevent us from making debt service payments on the notes;
any of which would result in an event of default under the notes. The lenders will also have the right in these circumstances to terminate any commitments they have to provide further financing.
      If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings when due, our lenders could sell the collateral securing our senior secured credit facility, which constitutes substantially all of our and our domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries’ assets.

22


Table of Contents

We are a holding company and we depend upon cash from our subsidiaries. If we do not receive cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our obligations.
      We are a holding company and all of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Accordingly, we are dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of, and cash distributions, dividends and other payments from, our subsidiaries to provide the funds necessary to meet our obligations. If we do not receive such cash distributions, dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries, we may be unable to meet our obligations, including the payment of principal or interest on our debt. In addition, certain of our subsidiaries are holding companies that rely on subsidiaries of their own as a source of funds to meet any obligations that might arise.
      Generally, the ability of a subsidiary to make cash available to its parent is affected by its own operating results and is subject to applicable laws and contractual restrictions contained in its debt instruments and other agreements. Moreover, there may be restrictions on payments by our subsidiaries to us under applicable laws, including laws that require companies to maintain minimum amounts of capital and to make payments to shareholders only from profits. As a result, although our subsidiaries may have cash, we may be unable to obtain that cash to satisfy our obligations and make payments to our stockholders, if any.
Because most of the proceeds from this offering will be used to pay a dividend to our current stockholders, only a portion of the proceeds will be used to repay our existing debt and none of such proceeds will be used to further invest in our business.
      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale by us of the shares of common stock being offered hereby, after deducting underwriting discounts, will be approximately $           million. We intend to use approximately $           million of the net proceeds to repay certain indebtedness. We intend to use the net proceeds of approximately $           million to pay a dividend to our stockholders existing immediately prior to this offering. This leaves no proceeds to further invest in and grow our business. See “Use of Proceeds.”
Risks Related to this Offering
There is no existing market for our common stock, and we do not know if one will develop to provide you with adequate liquidity.
      Prior to this offering, there has not been a public market for our common stock. We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange. However, we cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. If an active trading market does not develop, you may have difficulty selling any of our common stock that you buy. The initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters based on numerous factors that we discuss in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.
      Consequently, you may not be able to sell our common stock at prices equal to or greater than the price you paid in this offering.
Future sales of our shares could depress the market price of our common stock.
      The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of a large number of shares of common stock in the market after the offering or the perception that such sales could occur. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
      We, our executive officers and directors and affiliates of First Reserve have agreed with the underwriters not to sell, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of our common stock, subject to specified exceptions, during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior

23


Table of Contents

written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters. See “Underwriting.”
      After this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding. Of those shares, the                      shares we are offering will be freely tradable. The                      shares that were outstanding immediately prior to this offering, plus up to an additional                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, that will be dividended to our existing stockholders in the event the over-allotment option is not exercised in full, will be eligible for resale from time to time after the expiration of the 180-day lock-up, subject to contractual and Securities Act restrictions, including those relating to volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144. None of those shares may currently be resold under Rule 144(k) without regard to volume limitations and no shares may currently be sold subject to volume, manner of sale and other conditions of Rule 144. After the expiration of the 180-day lock-up period, First Reserve and its affiliates, which collectively beneficially own approximately            million shares (approximately            million shares in the event the over-allotment option is not exercised), will have the ability to cause us to register the resale of their shares and certain other holders of our unregistered common stock will be able to participate in such registration.
The market price of our common stock may be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline.
      Securities markets worldwide experience significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market or political conditions, could reduce the market price of our common stock in spite of our operating performance. In addition, our operating results could be below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, and in response, the market price of our common stock could decrease significantly. As a result, the market price of our common stock could decline below the initial public offering price. You may be unable to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial public offering price. Among other factors that could affect our stock price are:
  •  actual or anticipated variations in operating results;
 
  •  changes in financial estimates by research analysts;
 
  •  actual or anticipated changes in economic, political or market conditions, such as recessions or international currency fluctuations;
 
  •  actual or anticipated changes in the regulatory environment affecting our industry;
 
  •  changes in the market valuations of our industry peers; and
 
  •  announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, divestitures, joint ventures or other strategic initiatives.
      In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, stockholders have often instituted class action securities litigation against those companies. Such litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management attention and resources, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.
The book value of shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be immediately diluted and may be subject to additional dilution in the future.
      The initial public offering price per share of our common stock is substantially higher than our pro forma net tangible book value per common share immediately after the offering. As a result, you may pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the book value of our assets after subtracting our liabilities. Investors who purchase common stock in the offering will be diluted by $           per share after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, the mid-point of the estimated price range on the cover of this prospectus, assuming the dividend of shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, to the existing stockholders in the event the over-allotment option

24


Table of Contents

is not exercised. If we grant options in the future to our employees, and those options are exercised or other issuances of common stock are made, there will be further dilution.
Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law may discourage a takeover attempt.
      Provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us. Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and Delaware law impose various procedural and other requirements, which could make it more difficult for stockholders to effect certain corporate actions. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of unissued series of preferred stock, without any vote or action by our stockholders. Therefore, our board of directors can authorize and issue shares of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting or other rights of holders of our common stock. These rights may have the effect of delaying or deterring a change of control of our company. These provisions could limit the price that certain investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”

25


Table of Contents

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
      This prospectus includes “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements include statements relating to our business. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “projects,” “forecasts,” “continue” or the negative of such terms or comparable terminology. Forward-looking statements contained herein (including future cash contractual obligations) or in other statements made by us are made based on management’s expectations and beliefs concerning future events impacting us and are subject to uncertainties and factors relating to our operations and business environment, all of which are difficult to predict and many of which are beyond our control, that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those matters expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. We believe that the following factors, among others (including those described in “Risk Factors”), could affect our future performance and the liquidity and value of our securities and cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf:
  •  the cyclicality of the markets which we serve;
 
  •  the loss of, or a significant reduction in purchases by, our largest customers;
 
  •  competition in our markets;
 
  •  our compliance obligations with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;
 
  •  general economic, political, business and market risks associated with our non-U.S. operations;
 
  •  our ability to successfully manage our growth;
 
  •  the loss of key employees;
 
  •  the pricing and availability of raw materials and our ability to manage our fixed-price contract exposure;
 
  •  our ability to successfully acquire or integrate companies that provide complementary products or technologies;
 
  •  our ability to continue our technical innovation in our product lines;
 
  •  the impairment of our goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets;
 
  •  the costs of compliance with environmental, health and safety laws and responding to potential liabilities under these laws;
 
  •  the insolvency of our formerly consolidated subsidiary, Chart Heat Exchangers Limited, or CHEL, and CHEL’s administration proceedings in the United Kingdom, including claims that may be asserted against us with respect to CHEL’s obligations;
 
  •  litigation and disputes involving us, including the extent of product liability, warranty, pension and severance claims asserted against us;
 
  •  labor costs and disputes;
 
  •  our relations with our employees;
 
  •  our funding requirements in connection with our defined benefit pension plans;
 
  •  fluctuations in foreign currency exchange and interest rates;
 
  •  disruptions in our operations due to hurricanes;
 
  •  our ability to protect our intellectual property and know-how;
 
  •  the threat of terrorism and the impact of responses to that threat;
 
  •  regulations governing the export of our products;

26


Table of Contents

  •  the possibility that our existing stockholders’ interests will conflict with ours or yours;
 
  •  our status as a “controlled company” under NYSE corporate governance rules;
 
  •  risks associated with our substantial indebtedness, leverage, debt service and liquidity;
 
  •  risks related to this offering; and
 
  •  other factors described in this prospectus.
      There may be other factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
      All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this prospectus and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update or revise forward-looking statements which may be made to reflect events or circumstances that arise after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

27


Table of Contents

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
      This prospectus includes industry data and forecasts that we have prepared based, in part, upon industry data and forecasts obtained from industry publications and surveys. These sources include publications by Energy Ventures Analysis, the Energy Information Administration, the International Energy Agency and Spiritus Consulting. Third-party industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Forecasts are particularly likely to be inaccurate, especially over long periods of time. As an example of the unpredictable nature of these forecasts, in 1983, the U.S. Department of Energy forecast that oil would cost $74 per barrel in 1995; however, the price of oil was actually $17 per barrel. In addition, we do not know what assumptions regarding general economic growth were used in preparing the forecasts we cite.

28


Table of Contents

THE TRANSACTIONS
      The following contains summaries of the terms of the material agreements that were entered into in connection with the Acquisition. The descriptions of such agreements do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such agreements. Such agreements have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
The Acquisition
General
      On August 2, 2005, Chart Industries entered into an agreement and plan of merger (the “merger agreement”) with certain of its then-existing stockholders (the “Principal Stockholders”), First Reserve Fund X, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“First Reserve”), and CI Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“CI Acquisition”) and a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Reserve. The merger agreement provided for:
  •  the sale of shares of common stock of Chart Industries, par value $0.01 per share, owned by the Principal Stockholders (the “Principal Stockholder Shares”) to CI Acquisition, which we refer to as the “stock purchase;” and
 
  •  the merger of CI Acquisition with and into Chart Industries, with Chart Industries surviving the merger as an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of First Reserve, which we refer to as the “merger.”
      We refer to the stock purchase and the merger, collectively as the “Acquisition.” The Acquisition closed on October 17, 2005.
      Upon satisfaction of the conditions to the stock purchase, CI Acquisition purchased the Principal Stockholder Shares from the Principal Stockholders for a purchase price (the “Per Share Purchase Price”) equal to $64.75 per share in cash.
      Chart Industries, First Reserve and CI Acquisition caused the merger to occur immediately after the closing of the stock purchase. At the effective time of the merger, each share of common stock of Chart Industries outstanding (other than treasury stock, shares held by First Reserve or CI Acquisition, and shares with respect to which appraisal rights were exercised under Delaware law) were converted into the right to receive the Per Share Purchase Price in cash, without interest, which we refer to as the merger consideration. At the effective time of the merger, all those shares of common stock of Chart Industries were cancelled and ceased to be outstanding and each holder of a certificate representing that common stock ceased to have any rights with respect to the common stock of Chart Industries, except the right to receive the merger consideration.
      In addition, in general the holders of outstanding Chart Industries warrants and stock options received, without the need to exercise those warrants and stock options, the same per share cash purchase price less the exercise price of the Chart Industries warrants and stock options. Notwithstanding this general treatment, the compensation committee of Chart Industries’ board of directors, in accordance with the terms of the merger agreement and Chart Industries’ stock option plans, adjusted some Chart Industries stock options (or portions of Chart Industries stock options) held by certain employees, following the merger, to represent options to acquire shares of common stock of Chart Industries after the merger.
      After the merger, FR X Chart Holdings LLC became the direct owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of Chart Industries.
Agreement and Plan of Merger
      The merger agreement contains customary representations and warranties of the Principal Stockholders, Chart Industries, First Reserve and CI Acquisition and customary covenants and other agreements among the parties. None of the representations and warranties in the merger agreement survived the completion of the merger and the merger agreement did not provide for any post-closing indemnification obligations. The

29


Table of Contents

representations and warranties of each party set forth in the merger agreement were made solely for the benefit of specified parties to the merger agreement (on the terms set forth in the merger agreement) and such representations and warranties may not be relied on by any other person.
The Financing
      In connection with the Acquisition, First Reserve contributed $111.3 million to FR X Chart Holdings LLC, the direct parent of CI Acquisition in exchange for all of FR X Chart Holdings LLC’s equity. FR X Chart Holdings LLC then contributed $111.3 million to CI Acquisition in exchange for all of CI Acquisition’s capital stock. After the merger, FR X Chart Holdings LLC became the direct owner of all of the outstanding capital stock of Chart Industries. The remainder of the cash needed to finance the acquisition, including related fees and expenses, was provided by the offering of the notes and the borrowings under the senior secured credit facility provided by affiliates of the underwriters, as joint bookrunners, lead arrangers or lenders, and a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions.
      The following table illustrates the approximate sources and uses for the Acquisition.
                       
Sources       Uses    
             
(In millions)
Senior secured credit facility:
                   
 
Revolving credit facility(1)
  $     Purchase of equity(2)   $ 378.8  
 
Term loan B facility
    180.0     Repayment of then-existing debt(3)     66.8  
Senior subordinated notes
    170.0     Funded cash(2)     3.4  
Equity contribution(4)
    117.7     Fees and expenses     18.7  
                 
Total Sources of Funds
  $ 467.7     Total Uses of Funds   $ 467.7  
                 
 
(1)  As of October 17, 2005, we had approximately $40.9 million available for borrowing under the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain conditions, after giving effect to approximately $19.1 million outstanding letters of credit and bank guarantees.
 
(2)  Represents a purchase price of $378.8 million in respect of the equity, resulting in a gross cash purchase price of $449.0 million for the Acquisition. We had approximately $3.4 million of cash on hand upon consummation of the Acquisition, resulting in the net purchase price reflected above.
 
(3)  We used an estimated $14.3 million of cash on our balance sheet to repay existing debt immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.
 
(4)  Prior to the consummation of the Acquisition, management held options valued at $6.4 million, together with other options that were cashed out in the Acquisition. In connection with the Acquisition, our compensation committee elected to adjust these options to represent options to acquire shares of our common stock after consummation of the Acquisition. This amount includes $6.4 million representing the value of these options.
Equity Sponsor
      First Reserve Corporation is the leading private equity firm specializing in the energy industry with $4.7 billion under management in four active funds. Founded in 1980, First Reserve Corporation was the first private equity firm to actively pursue building a broadly diversified investment portfolio within the energy and energy-related sectors. Since raising its initial pure buyout fund in 1992 First Reserve Corporation has made 50 principal transactions investing over $3.0 billion in equity. In addition, First Reserve Corporation portfolio companies have completed more than 200 add-on transactions. Past and present public First Reserve Corporation portfolio companies include Alpha Natural Resources, Inc., Cal Dive International, Inc., Chicago Bridge and Iron N.V., Dresser Inc., Dresser-Rand Group Inc., Foundation Coal Corporation, Maverick Tube Corporation, National Oilwell, Inc., Natural Resource Partners, Pride International, Inc., Superior Energy Services Inc. and Weatherford International Ltd.

30


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS
      We estimate that the net proceeds from the sale by us of the shares of common stock being offered hereby, after deducting underwriting discounts and other fees and expenses payable by us, will be approximately $           million. We intend to use approximately $           million of the net proceeds to repay a portion of the term loan under our senior secured credit facility. We intend to use approximately $           million of the net proceeds to pay a dividend to our stockholders existing immediately prior to the offering, consisting of affiliates of First Reserve and certain members of our management. Of such amount, approximately $           million will be received by affiliates of First Reserve. In addition, approximately $           million will be received by certain of our executive officers and other key employees. We will pay the estimated offering expenses of $           million out of cash on hand.
      We also intend to use the net proceeds we receive from any shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, after deducting underwriting discounts, to pay an additional dividend to our existing stockholders. In the event the underwriters fully exercise their over-allotment option, the amount of this dividend will be approximately $           million. Of such amount, approximately $           million will be received by affiliates of First Reserve. In addition, approximately $           million will be received by certain of our executive officers and other key employees.
      Any increase or decrease in the amount of net proceeds raised in this offering from the amount stated above will increase or decrease the cash dividend to be paid to our existing stockholders, respectively, but will not materially affect the amount of debt we intend to repay as described above. A $0.25 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price per share of the common stock (the mid-point of the range on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering (and, accordingly, that we dividend to our stockholders) by approximately $           million, after deducting underwriting discounts and other fees and expenses payable by us, assuming the number of shares being offered, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus does not change.

31


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY
      Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to declare three dividends, which will be payable to our stockholders existing prior to the offering.
  •  The first dividend will be a cash dividend of $           million, assuming an initial public offering price per share of $                    , which we will pay to our existing stockholders out of a portion of the net proceeds from this offering.
 
  •  The second dividend will be a cash dividend of up to $           million, assuming an initial public offering price per share of $                    , which we will pay to our existing stockholders with all of the proceeds we receive from the shares sold pursuant to the underwriters’ over-allotment option, if exercised.
 
  •  The third dividend will be a stock dividend of up to                      shares of our common stock, which we will pay to our existing stockholders, the terms of which will require that shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (assuming the option is not exercised in full), we issue to our existing stockholders the number of shares equal to (x) the number of additional shares the underwriters have an option to purchase minus (y) the actual number of shares the underwriters purchase from us pursuant to that option.
      The purpose of the cash dividend described in the first bullet above is to distribute a portion of the proceeds from this offering to our existing stockholders. As the intended use of proceeds from the exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters is a dividend to our existing stockholders, we have assumed that investors will factor into their analysis the dilutive effect of those shares being issued and the proceeds being dividended out of our company by reducing their valuation of our company. Accordingly, in the event the option is not exercised, we have contemplated that the shares subject to the option will be dividended to our existing stockholders as described in the third bullet above. Such stock dividend would have the same dilutive effect as selling those shares upon the exercise of the over-allotment option and dividending the proceeds to our existing owners.
      Other than the dividends described above, we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock, and instead intend to retain earnings, if any, for future operations and debt reduction. The amounts available to us to pay cash dividends will be restricted by our senior secured credit facility. The indenture governing the notes also limits our ability to pay dividends. In connection with this offering, we intend to amend our senior secured credit facility to remove certain restrictions on our ability to consummate the offering and use the proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds.” Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant.

32


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION
      The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of December 31, 2005 (1) on an actual basis and (2) on an as adjusted basis to reflect:
  •  the sale by us of approximately                      shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses;
 
  •  the application of the estimated net proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds;”
 
  •  the           -for-one stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and
 
  •  the stock dividend of                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, to our existing stockholders shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, assuming no exercise of that option.
      The information in this table should be read in conjunction with “The Transactions,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                       
    As of
    December 31, 2005
     
    Actual   As Adjusted
         
    (Unaudited, in millions,
    except share and per
    share data)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15.4     $    
Debt:
               
 
Senior secured credit facility:
               
     
Revolving credit facility(1)
             
     
Term loan facility
    175.0          
 
91/8 % senior subordinated notes due 2015
    170.0          
 
Other debt(2)
    2.3          
             
Total debt
  $ 347.3     $    
             
Stockholder’s equity:
               
   
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share, 9,500,000 shares authorized and 1,718,896 shares issued and outstanding(3)
             
   
Additional paid-in capital
    117.4          
   
Retained (deficit)
    (0.5 )        
   
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss)
    (0.6 )        
             
     
Total capitalization
  $ 116.3     $    
             
 
(1)  As of December 31, 2005, we had approximately $37.6 million available for borrowing under the revolving portion of the senior secured credit facility, subject to certain conditions, after giving effect to approximately $22.4 million of letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding thereunder. See “The Transactions” and “Description of Indebtedness.”
 
(2)  This relates to the indebtedness of Chart Ferox, a.s. and CEM, our subsidiaries located in the Czech Republic and China, respectively. See “Description of Indebtedness—Chart Ferox Credit Facility.”
 
(3)  To the extent we change the number of shares of common stock we sell in this offering from the                      shares we expect to sell or we change the initial public offering price from the $           per share assumed initial offering price, or any combination of these events occurs, our net proceeds from this offering and as adjusted additional paid-in capital may increase of decrease. A $0.25 increase (decrease)

33


Table of Contents

in the assumed initial public offering price per share of the common stock, assuming no change in the number of shares of common stock to be sold, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering (and accordingly that we dividend to our stockholders) and our as adjusted additional paid-in capital by $           million and an increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per share, would increase (decrease) our net proceeds from this offering and our as adjusted additional paid-in capital by approximately $           million.

34


Table of Contents

DILUTION
      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the net tangible book value per share after this offering. The net tangible book value per share presented below is equal to the amount of our total tangible assets (total assets less intangible assets) less total liabilities as of December 31, 2005, divided by the number of shares of our common stock that would have been held by our existing stockholders had the stock dividend of           additional shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, to our existing stockholders shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, assuming no exercise of that option, been made as of                     , 2005. As of December 31, 2005, we had a net tangible book deficit of $           million, or $           per share. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to:
  •  the sale of shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share, the mid-point of the price range on the cover of this prospectus;
 
  •  the payment of the $           million dividend that we intend to declare prior to the consummation of the offering to the existing stockholders;
 
  •  the application of the estimated net proceeds as described under “Use of Proceeds;” and
 
  •  the effect of any other pro forma adjustments
our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005 would have been $           million, or $           per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value (or a decrease in net tangible book deficit) of $           per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in net tangible book value of $           per share to new investors.
      The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
                   
Initial public offering price per share
          $    
 
Net tangible book deficit per share at December 31, 2005
  $            
 
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
  $            
             
Pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after the offering
          $    
             
Dilution per share to new investors
          $    
             
      A $0.25 increase (decrease) in the initial public offering price from the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would decrease (increase) our net tangible book deficit after giving effect to this offering by approximately $           million, our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to the offering by $          per share and the dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to new investors in this offering by $          per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us and assuming no other change to the number of shares offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. An increase (decrease) of 1,000,000 shares from the expected number of shares to be sold in the offering, assuming no change in the initial public offering price from the price assumed above, would decrease (increase) our net tangible book deficit after giving effect to this offering by approximately $           million, decrease (increase) our pro forma net tangible book deficit per share after giving effect to this offering by $          per share, and increase (decrease) the dilution in net tangible book deficit per share to new investors in this offering by $          per share, after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated aggregate offering expenses payable by us. We will reduce the number of shares that we will issue to our existing stockholders in the stock dividend described in the first paragraph above by the number of shares sold to the underwriters pursuant to their over-allotment option. We will also pay to our existing stockholders a cash dividend equal to all proceeds we receive from any such sale to the underwriters. As a result, our pro forma net tangible book value will not be affected by the underwriters’ exercise of their over-allotment option.

35


Table of Contents

      The following table summarizes, on the same pro forma basis as of December 31, 2005, the total number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the existing stockholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering:
                                           
    Shares Purchased   Total Consideration    
            Average Price
    Number   Percent   Amount   Percent   Per Share
                     
    (In millions)
Existing stockholders
                                       
New investors
                                       
 
Total
                                       
      Total consideration and average price per share paid by the existing stockholders in the table above give effect to the $           million dividend and the stock dividend of                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, we intend to pay to the existing stockholders in connection with this offering. As the table indicates, the total consideration for the existing stockholders’ shares is $           million, with an average share price of $          , which means that the existing stockholders in the aggregate will have received $           million more than they originally invested.
      The number of shares held by existing stockholders will be reduced to the extent the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option. If the underwriters fully exercise their option, the existing stockholders will own a total of                      shares or approximately      % of our total outstanding shares which will decrease the average price paid by the existing stockholders per share to $          .
      To the extent that we grant options to our employees in the future, and those options are exercised or other issuances of common stock are made, there will be further dilution to new investors.

36


Table of Contents

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
      The following unaudited pro forma financial information has been derived by the application of pro forma adjustments to the historical combined financial statements for the period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005 and for the period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005. The unaudited pro forma statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2005 give effect to (i) the Acquisition, (ii) the notes offering of October 17, 2005 and the borrowings under our senior secured credit facility and (iii) this offering of common stock and the estimated use of proceeds from this offering, as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2005. The unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 gives effect to this offering and the estimated use of proceeds from this offering, as if they had occurred on December 31, 2005. The adjustments necessary to fairly present this pro forma financial information have been made based on available information and in the opinion of management are reasonable and are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma financial information should not be considered indicative of actual results that would have been achieved had these transactions been consummated on the respective dates indicated and do not purport to indicate results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. The assumptions used in the preparation of the unaudited pro forma financial information may not prove to be correct. You should read the unaudited pro forma financial information together with “Risk Factors,” “Use of Proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our historical consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

37


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
As of December 31, 2005
                           
    Historical   Offering Adjustments   Pro Forma
             
    (In thousands)
Assets
Current Assets
                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,433       (a )        
 
Accounts receivable, net
    62,463                  
 
Inventories, net
    53,132                  
 
Unbilled contract revenue
    23,813                  
 
Prepaid expenses
    3,037                  
 
Other current assets
    12,102                  
 
Assets held for sale
    3,084                  
                   
Total current assets
    173,064                  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    64,265                  
Goodwill
    236,742                  
Identifiable intangible assets, net
    154,063                  
Other assets, net
    13,672       (b )        
                   
 
Total assets
  $ 641,806                  
                   
 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities
                       
 
Accounts payable
  $ 34,435                  
 
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
    26,741                  
 
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
    19,797                  
 
Warranty reserve
    3,598                  
 
Other current liabilities
    17,606                  
 
Short-term debt
    2,304       (b )        
                   
Total current liabilities
    104,481                  
Long-term debt
    345,000       (b )        
Long-term deferred tax liabilities
    56,038                  
Other long-term liabilities
    19,957                  
Shareholder equity
    116,330       (a )(b)(c)        
                   
 
Total liabilities and shareholder equity
  $ 641,806                  
                   
 
(a)  Reflects payment, using cash on-hand, of $           million of expenses in connection with this offering.
 
(b)  Reflects the use of a portion of the proceeds from the offering, net of fees and expenses, to repay $           million of term loans under our senior secured credit facility and the write-off of deferred financing costs of $                     million. See “Use of Proceeds.”
 
(c)  Reflects the assumed gross proceeds of $           million from the offering, net of fees and expenses of $           million. On a pro forma basis as of December 31, 2005, $                     million of the net proceeds from the offering is assumed to be used to pay a dividend to our existing stockholders. See “Use of Proceeds.”

38


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
Year Ended December 31, 2005
                                           
    Reorganized   Successor            
                     
    January 1,   October 17,           Pro Forma
    2005 to   2005 to           Year Ended
    October 16,   December 31,   Pro Forma   Offering   December 31,
    2005(1)   2005(2)   Adjustments(3)   Adjustments(4)   2005
                     
    (In thousands except per share data)
Sales
  $ 305,497     $ 97,652     $     $     $ 403,149  
Cost of sales
    217,284       75,733                   293,017  
                               
Gross profit
    88,213       21,919                   110,132  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    59,826       16,632       8,306 (a)(b)           84,764  
Transaction expense
    6,602                         6,602  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    1,057       139                   1,196  
                               
      67,485       16,771       8,306             92,562  
                               
Operating income (loss)
    20,728       5,148       (8,306 )           17,570  
Other expense (income)
                                       
 
(Gain) Loss on sale of assets
    (131 )     78                   (53 )
 
Interest expense, net
    4,192       5,565       17,681 (c)           27,438  
 
Financing costs amortization
          308       1,171 (d)           1,479  
 
Derivative contracts valuation expense (income)
    (28 )     (9 )                 (37 )
 
Foreign currency loss (gain)
    659       101                   760  
                               
      4,692       6,043       18,852             29,587  
                               
(Loss) income from operations before income taxes and minority interest
    16,036       (895 )     (27,158 )           (12,017 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
    7,159       (441 )     (10,320 )(e)           (3,602 )
                               
(Loss) income from operations before minority interest
    8,877       (454 )     (16,838 )           (8,415 )
Minority interest, net of taxes
    (19 )     (52 )                 (71 )
                               
Net (loss)
  $ 8,858     $ (506 )   $ (16,838 )   $     $ (8,486 )
                               
Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share Data(5)(6)
                                       
Basic (loss) earnings per share
          $ (0.29 )(f)                        
Diluted (loss) earnings per share
                                     
Weighted-average shares — basic
            1,719 (f)                        
Weighted-average shares — diluted
                                     

39


Table of Contents

 
Our capital structure changed as a result of the Acquisition. Due to required purchase accounting adjustments relating to such transaction, the consolidated financial and other information for the period subsequent to the Acquisition (the “2005 Successor Period”) is not comparable to such information for the periods prior to the Acquisition (the “2005 Reorganized Period”). The pro forma information, including the allocation of the purchase price, is based on management’s estimates and valuations of the tangible and intangible that were acquired.
(1)  The amounts in this column represent the reported results of Chart Industries, Inc. prior to the Acquisition, from January 1, 2005 through October 16, 2005.
(2)  The amounts in this column represent the reported results of Chart Industries, Inc. subsequent to the Acquisition, for the period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005.
(3)  The amounts in this column represent the adjustments to reflect the pro forma impact of the Acquisition as follows:
  (a)  Reflects the adjustment to historical expense for management fees of $306 charged by our Reorganized Company majority shareholders, which are not charged by First Reserve.
  (b)  Reflects the adjustment to historical expense for the change in amortization expense due to the revaluation of our identifiable finite-lived intangible assets in purchase accounting. Annual amortization expense under the new basis of accounting is estimated to be $14,271, of which $2,973 was recognized during the 2005 Successor Period, and $2,686 of amortization expense relating to finite-lived intangibles assets was recorded during the 2005 Reorganized Period, resulting in a pro forma adjustment of $8,612.
  (c)  Reflects the adjustment to historical interest expense for interest on the senior secured credit facility entered into in conjunction with the Acquisition of $11,925 assuming an outstanding balance of $180,000 and an interest rate of 6.625% per annum. Also, reflects the adjustment to historical interest expense for interest on the notes issued in conjunction with the Acquisition of $15,513, assuming an outstanding balance of $170,000 and an interest rate of 9.125% per annum. During the 2005 Successor Period, $5,565 of interest expense was recorded for the senior secured credit facility and the notes and $4,192 of interest expense was recorded in the 2005 Reorganized Period for our then existing senior credit facility. This results in a pro forma adjustment of $17,681.
  (d)  Reflects the adjustment to historical expense for the change in amortization expense for deferred financing costs that were paid in conjunction with the Acquisition. The annual amortization expense is estimated to be $1,479, of which $308 was recorded in the 2005 Successor Period, and no amortization expense was recorded in the 2005 Reorganized Period, resulting in a pro forma adjustment of $1,171.
  (e)  Reflects the income tax of our pro forma adjustments to the income statement at an estimated statutory tax rate of 38%.
  (f)  For the 2005 Successor Period, basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average shares outstanding during this period.
(4)  The amounts in this column represent the adjustments to reflect the pro forma impact of this offering and the estimated use of proceeds therefrom.
(5)  Unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share have been calculated in accordance with the SEC rules for initial public offerings. These rules require that the weighted average share calculation give retroactive effect to any changes in our capital structure as well as the number of shares whose sale proceeds would be necessary to repay any debt or to pay any dividend as reflected in the pro forma adjustments. Therefore, pro forma weighted average shares for purposes of the unaudited pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculation, has been adjusted to reflect (i)           the -for-one stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering and (ii) the stock dividend of                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, to our existing stockholders that will be made shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option assuming no exercise of that option, and includes                      shares of our common stock being offered hereby and the stock dividend of                      shares.
(6)  Earnings per share data on a diluted basis for the 2005 Successor Period is not shown because it is anti-dilutive as a result of our loss during this period.

40


Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
      The financial statements referred to as the Predecessor Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries prior to our Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings. Our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings resulted in a new reporting entity and the adoption of Fresh-Start accounting in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code.” The financial statements referred to as the Reorganized Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries after our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings and prior to the Acquisition and related financing thereof. The financial statements referred to as the Successor Company financial statements include the consolidated audited financial statements of Chart Industries, Inc. and its subsidiaries after the Acquisition and the related financing thereof.
      The following table sets forth the selected historical consolidated financial information as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The Predecessor Company selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002 is derived from our audited financial statements for such periods which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and which are not included in this prospectus. The Predecessor Company selected historical consolidated financial data for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 is derived from our audited financial statements for such period included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The Reorganized Company selected historical consolidated financial data as of September 30, 2003, December 31, 2003 and October 16, 2005 is derived from our audited financial statements for such periods which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, and which are not included in this prospectus. The Reorganized Company selected historical consolidated financial data for the three months ended December 31, 2003, as of and for the year ended December 31, 2004 and for the period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005 (the “2005 Reorganized Period”) is derived from our audited financial statements for such periods included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP. The Successor Company selected historical consolidated financial statements and other data as of December 31, 2005 and for the period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (the “2005 Successor Period”) is derived from our audited financial statements for such period included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP.
      You should read the following table together with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

41


Table of Contents

                                                           
            Successor
    Predecessor Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
            Three        
    Years Ended   Nine Months   Months       January 1,   October 17,
    December 31,   Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 to   2005 to
        September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2003   2004   2005   2005
                             
    (In thousands, except per share data)
Statement of Operations Data:
                                                       
 
Sales
  $ 305,288     $ 276,353     $ 197,017     $ 68,570     $ 305,576     $ 305,497     $ 97,652  
 
Cost of sales(1)
    226,266       205,595       141,240       52,509       211,770       217,284       75,733  
                                           
 
Gross profit
    79,022       70,758       55,777       16,061       93,806       88,213       21,919  
 
Selling, general and administrative expense
    55,128       65,679       44,211       14,147       53,374       59,826       16,632  
 
Restructuring and other operating expenses, net(2)(3)
    6,867       105,897       14,564       1,051       3,220       7,659       139  
                                           
      61,995       171,576       58,775       15,198       56,594       67,485       16,771  
                                           
 
Operating income (loss)
    17,027       (100,818 )     (2,998 )     863       37,212       20,728       5,148  
 
Interest expense, net(4)
    21,589       17,612       10,300       1,344       4,712       4,164       5,556  
 
Other expense (income)
    3,905       4,384       (8,490 )     (407 )     (332 )     528       487  
                                           
      25,494       21,996       1,810       937       4,380       4,692       6,043  
                                           
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (8,467 )     (122,814 )     (4,808 )     (74 )     32,832       16,036       (895 )
 
Income tax (benefit) expense
    398       11,136       3,047       (125 )     10,134       7,159       (441 )
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations before minority interest
    (8,865 )     (133,950 )     (7,855 )     51       22,698       8,877       (454 )
 
Minority interest, net of taxes and other
    (199 )     (52 )     (63 )     (20 )     (98 )     (19 )     (52 )
                                           
 
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (9,064 )     (134,002 )     (7,918 )     31       22,600       8,858       (506 )
 
Income from discontinued operations(5)
    3,906       3,217       833                          
                                           
 
Net (loss) income
  $ (5,158 )   $ (130,785 )   $ (7,085 )   $ 31     $ 22,600     $ 8,858     $ (506 )
                                           
Earnings (loss) per share data(6):
                                                       
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                                  $ (0.29 )
Net income (loss)
                                                    (506 )
Weighted average shares
                                                    1,179  
Cash Flow Data:
                                                       
 
Cash provided by (used in) operating activities
  $ 7,458     $ 5,249     $ 19,466     $ 4,988     $ 35,059     $ 15,641     $ 18,742  
 
Cash (used in) provided by investing activities
    (6,261 )     1,288       15,101       154       (3,317 )     (20,799 )     (362,250 )
 
Cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    504       (17,614 )     (15,907 )     (13,976 )     (35,744 )     1,708       348,489  
Other Financial Data:
                                                       
 
Depreciation and amortization(7)
  $ 17,783     $ 14,531     $ 9,260     $ 2,225     $ 8,490     $ 6,808     $ 4,396  
                                                           
            Successor
    2Predecessor Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
    As of        
    December 31,   As of   As of   As of   As of   As of
        September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,
    2001   2002   2003   2003   2004   2005   2005
                             
    (In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                                       
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 11,801     $ 7,225     $ 27,815     $ 18,600     $ 14,814     $ 11,470     $ 15,433  
 
Working capital(8)(9)
    57,438       8,853       35,826       47,161       51,292       43,486       55,454  
 
Total assets
    408,980       279,294       299,745       299,637       307,080       343,107       641,806 (10)
 
Long-term debt
    259,120       1,161       122,537       109,081       76,406       74,480       345,000  
 
Total debt
    272,083       263,900       126,012       112,561       79,411       80,943       347,304  
 
Shareholders’ equity (deficit)
    49,340       (81,617 )     89,865       90,807       115,640       121,321       116,330  
(footnotes on next page)

42


Table of Contents

 
  (1)  In March 2003, we completed the closure of our Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, operated by CHEL. On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. In accordance with SFAS No. 94, “Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries,” we are not consolidating the accounts or financial results of CHEL subsequent to March 28, 2003 due to the assumption of control of CHEL by the insolvency administrator. Effective March 28, 2003, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13.7 million to write off our net investment in CHEL.
 
  (2)  In 2002, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $92.4 million to write off non-deductible goodwill of the D&S segment. Further information about this charge is found in Note A to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
  (3)  In September 2003, in accordance with Fresh-Start accounting, all assets and liabilities were adjusted to their fair values. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for further discussion. The adjustment to record the assets and liabilities at fair value resulted in net other income of $5.7 million. Further information about the adjustment is located in Note A to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
  (4)  Includes derivative contracts valuation income or expense for interest rate collars to manage interest exposure relative to term debt.
 
  (5)  This relates to the sale of our Greenville Tube, LLC business in July 2003. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for additional information.
 
  (6)  Earnings per share data on a diluted basis is not shown for the 2005 Successor Period because it is anti-dilutive as a result of our loss during this period.
 
  (7)  Includes financing costs amortization for the years ended December 31, 2001 and 2002, the nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period of $1.5 million, $3.2 million, $1.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
 
  (8)  As of December 31, 2002, we were in default on our senior debt due to violation of financial covenants. In April 2003, the lenders under our then-existing credit facility waived all defaults existing at December 31, 2002 and through April 30, 2003. Since the waiver of defaults did not extend until January 1, 2004, this debt was classified as a current liability on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2002.
 
  (9)  Working capital is defined as current assets excluding cash minus current liabilities excluding short-term debt.
(10)  Includes $236.7 million of goodwill and $154.1 million of finite-lived and indefinite-lived intangible assets as of December 31, 2005.

43


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
      The following discussion and analysis of our results of operations includes periods prior to the consummation of the Acquisition and periods after the consummation of the Acquisition. Accordingly, the discussion and analysis of historical periods does not reflect fully the significant impact that the Acquisition will have on us, including significantly increased leverage and liquidity requirements. You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial Data” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information” sections and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Actual results may differ materially from those discussed below. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” for a discussion of certain of the uncertainties, risks and assumptions associated with these statements.
Overview
      We are a leading independent global manufacturer of highly engineered equipment used in the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. We believe we are a preferred global supplier of engineered equipment used throughout the liquid gas supply chain. The largest portion of end-use applications for our products is energy-related. We are a leading manufacturer of standard and engineered equipment primarily used for low-temperature and cryogenic applications. We have developed an expertise in cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero (0° Kelvin; -273° Centigrade; -459° Fahrenheit). The majority of our products, including vacuum-insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases.
      In 2005, we experienced increased orders, backlog, sales and gross profit compared to 2004, which was primarily driven by continued growth in the global industrial and hydrocarbon processing markets served by our D&S and E&C segments. Combined orders for 2005 were $511.2 million, which represented an increase of $118.4 million, or 30.1%, compared to 2004 orders of $392.8 million, while backlog was $233.6 million at December 31, 2005 compared to $129.3 million at December 31, 2004, and represented growth of 80.7%. In 2005, combined sales were $403.1 million compared to sales in 2004 of $305.6 million, reflecting an increase of $97.5 million, or 31.9%. Our combined gross profit in 2005 was $110.1 million, or 27.3% of sales, and gross profit in 2004 was $93.8 million, or 30.7% of sales. While we benefited from higher volumes in 2005, our combined gross profit was negatively impacted by an $8.9 million, or 2.2% of sales, non-cash charge for adjusting inventory to fair value as a result of the Acquisition and higher manufacturing costs due to the move of our medical respiratory product line production from Burnsville, Minnesota to Canton, Georgia.
      The continued growth in many of the markets we serve, our present customer order trends, our 2005 year end backlog level, our focus on the energy-related industry, and the completion of our operational restructuring initiatives provide a good opportunity for continued improvement in our operating results in 2006. We believe that our cash flow from operations, available cash and available borrowings under the senior secured credit facility will be adequate to meet our working capital, capital expenditure, debt service and other funding requirements for the next twelve months and our long-term future contractual obligations. However, a significant decline in orders and sales in the U.S. medical respiratory product line, as a result of announced reductions in U.S. government reimbursement programs, could have a negative impact on our 2006 operating results and cash flows.
      On August 2, 2005, Chart Industries, Inc. entered into an agreement and plan of merger with certain of its then-existing stockholders (the “Principal Stockholders”), First Reserve and CI Acquisition to purchase shares of common stock owned by the Principal Stockholders. The Acquisition closed on October 17, 2005. First Reserve contributed $111.3 million, which was used to fund a portion of the Acquisition. The remainder of the cash needed to finance the Acquisition, including related fees and expenses, was provided by proceeds of $170.0 million from the issuance of senior subordinated notes due 2015 and borrowings under the senior

44


Table of Contents

secured credit facility. See “The Transactions.” We refer to our company after the Acquisition as the “Successor Company.”
Chapter 11 Filing and Emergence
      On July 8, 2003, we and all of our then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries (the “Predecessor Company”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to implement an agreed upon senior debt restructuring plan through a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. On September 15, 2003, we (as reorganized, the “Reorganized Company”) and all of our then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries emerged from Chapter 11 proceedings pursuant to the Amended Joint Prepackaged Reorganization Plan of Chart Industries, Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries, dated September 3, 2003.
      Our emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings resulted in a new reporting entity and the adoption of fresh-start accounting in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”) (“Fresh-Start accounting”). We used September 30, 2003 as the date for adopting Fresh-Start accounting in order to coincide with our normal financial closing for the month of September 2003. Upon adoption of Fresh-Start accounting, a new reporting entity was deemed to be created and the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported historical financial statements of the Predecessor Company prior to the adoption of Fresh-Start accounting for periods ended prior to September 30, 2003 are not necessarily comparable to those of the Reorganized Company. In this prospectus, references to our nine-month period ended September 30, 2003 and all periods ended prior to September 30, 2003 refer to the Predecessor Company.
      SOP 90-7 requires that financial statements for the period following the Chapter 11 filing through the bankruptcy confirmation date distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of the business, including adjustments to fair value assets and liabilities and the gain on the discharge of pre-petition debt, were reported separately as reorganization items, net, in the other income (expense) section of the Predecessor Company’s consolidated statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. In accordance with Fresh-Start accounting, all assets and liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values as of September 30, 2003. Such fair values represented our best estimates based on independent appraisals and valuations. In applying Fresh-Start accounting, adjustments to reflect the fair value of assets and liabilities, on a net basis, and the restructuring of our capital structure and resulting discharge of the senior lenders’ pre-petition debt, resulted in net other income of $5.7 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The reorganization value exceeded the fair value of the Reorganized Company’s assets and liabilities, and this excess is reported as reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets in the Reorganized Company’s consolidated balance sheet.

45


Table of Contents

Operating Results
      The following table sets forth the percentage relationship that each line item in our consolidated statements of operations represents to sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, the three months ended December 31, 2003, the year ended December 31, 2004, the period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005 (the “2005 Reorganized Period”) and the period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005 (the “2005 Successor Period”). The Predecessor, Reorganized and Successor Company are further described in our audited financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.
                                         
    Predecessor       Successor
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
    Nine Months   Three Months       January 1,   October 17,
    Ended   Ended   Year Ended   2005 to   2005 to
    September 30,   December 31,   December 31,   October 16,   December 31,
    2003   2003   2004   2005   2005
                     
Sales
    100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %     100.0 %
Cost of sales(1)
    71.7       76.6       69.3       71.1       77.6  
Gross profit
    28.3       23.4       30.7       28.9       22.4  
Selling, general and administrative expense(2)(3)(4)(5)(6)
    22.5       20.6       17.5       19.6       17.0  
Acquisition expenses(7)
    0.0       0.0       0.0       2.2       0.0  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    0.4       1.5       1.0       0.3       0.1  
Loss on insolvent subsidiary
    6.9       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Equity expense in joint venture
    0.0       0.1       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Operating income (loss)
    (1.5 )     1.2       12.2       6.8       5.3  
(Loss) gain on sale of assets
    2.4       0.1       0.0       0.0       (0.1 )
Interest expense, net
    (5.0 )     (2.1 )     (1.6 )     (1.4 )     (5.7 )
Financing costs amortization
    (0.9 )     0.0       0.0       0.0       (0.3 )
Derivative contracts valuation income (expense)
    (0.2 )     0.1       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Foreign currency income (loss)
    (0.1 )     0.5       0.1       (0.2 )     (0.1 )
Reorganization items, net
    2.8       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    1.5       (0.2 )     3.3       2.3       (0.5 )
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (4.0 )     0.0       7.4       2.9       (0.4 )
Income from discontinued operation, net of tax
    0.4       0.0       0.0       0.0       0.0  
Net (loss) income
    (3.6 )     0.0       7.4       2.9       (0.4 )
 
(1)  Includes non-cash inventory valuation charges of $9.0 million, $0.6 million, $0.2 million, $5.4 million, and $0.5 million, representing 9.2%, 0.2%, 0.1%, 7.9%, and 0.2%, of sales, for the 2005 Successor Period, the 2005 Reorganized Period, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.
 
(2)  Includes $1.5 million, $0.7 million, and $6.4 million, representing 0.5%, 0.2%, and 3.2% of sales, for claim settlements, professional fees incurred by us related to our debt restructuring and bankruptcy reorganization activities for the 2005 Reorganized Period, the year ended December 31, 2004, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.
 
(3)  Includes stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, $9.5 million and $2.4 million, representing 0.4%, 3.1% and 0.8% of sales, for the 2005 Successor Period, the 2005 Reorganized Period and the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively.

46


Table of Contents

(4)  Includes charges and losses related to damages caused by Hurricane Rita of $0.4 million and $1.1 million, representing 0.4% and 0.4% of sales, for the 2005 Successor Period and the 2005 Reorganized Period, respectively.
 
(5)  Includes a charge for the settlement of former shareholders’ appraisal rights claims related to the Acquisition of $0.5 million, or 0.5% of sales, and a charge for the write-off of purchased in-process research and development of $2.8 million, or 0.1% of sales, for the 2005 Successor Period and the 2005 Reorganized Period, respectively.
 
(6)  Includes amortization expense for intangible assets of $3.0 million, $2.7 million, $2.8 million, $0.7 million, and $1.2 million, representing 3.0%, 0.9%, 0.9%, 1.0%, and 0.6%, of sales, for the 2005 Successor Period, the 2005 Reorganized Period, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, respectively.
 
(7)  Represents expenses incurred by us related to the Acquisition.
Segment Information
      The following table sets forth sales, gross profit and gross profit margin for our three operating segments for the periods indicated during the last three years:
                                               
    Predecessor           Successor
    Company     Reorganized Company     Company
                 
    Nine Months     Three Months       January 1,     October 17,
    Ended     Ended   Year Ended   2005 to     2005 to
    September 30,     December 31,   December 31,   October 16,     December 31,
    2003     2003   2004   2005     2005
                         
          (Dollars in thousands)      
Sales
                                           
 
Energy & Chemicals
  $ 42,910       $ 15,699     $ 69,609     $ 86,920       $ 34,135  
 
Distribution and Storage
    102,469         37,863       162,508       161,329         47,832  
 
Biomedical
    51,638         15,008       73,459       57,248         15,685  
                                   
Total
  $ 197,017       $ 68,570     $ 305,576     $ 305,497       $ 97,652  
                                   
Gross Profit
                                           
 
Energy & Chemicals
  $ 12,683       $ 5,405     $ 21,475     $ 23,391       $ 10,494  
 
Distribution and Storage
    25,515         8,682       46,588       47,120         8,861  
 
Biomedical
    17,579         1,974       25,743       17,702         2,564  
                                   
Total
  $ 55,777       $ 16,061     $ 93,806     $ 88,213       $ 21,919  
                                   
Gross Profit Margin
                                           
 
Energy & Chemicals
    29.6 %       34.4 %     30.9 %     26.9 %       30.7 %
 
Distribution and Storage
    24.9 %       22.9 %     28.7 %     29.2 %       18.5 %
 
Biomedical
    34.0 %       13.2 %     35.0 %     30.9 %       16.4 %
Total
    28.3 %       23.4 %     30.7 %     28.9 %       22.4 %
      We moved the management and reporting of the LNG alternative fuel systems product line from the E&C segment to the D&S segment effective December 31, 2004. All segment information for all previous periods has been restated to conform to this presentation.
2005 Successor Period
Sales
      Sales for the 2005 Successor Period were $97.7 million. E&C segment sales were $34.1 million and benefited from volume increases in both heat exchangers and LNG Systems, primarily due to continued demand growth in the hydrocarbon processing market. D&S segment sales were $47.8 million as bulk storage

47


Table of Contents

systems and packaged gas systems volume remained strong due to stable demand in the global industrial gas market and higher product pricing. BioMedical segment sales for this two month period were $15.7 million. Sales of medical respiratory products were unfavorably affected by lower volume in the United States, and in particular to one of our major customers, due to announced reductions in government reimbursement programs for liquid oxygen therapy systems. This unfavorable volume trend in domestic medical respiratory product sales was partially offset by continued volume growth in medical respiratory product sales in Europe and Asia and biological storage systems in the United States as we further penetrated these markets.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
      For the 2005 Successor Period, gross profit was $21.9 million, or 22.4% of sales. Overall, the gross profit was favorably affected by higher volumes in the D&S and E&C segments. The E&C gross profit of $10.5 million, or 30.7% of sales, benefited from the completion of a high margin ethylene heat exchanger and LNG system emergency order. The D&S segment gross profit of $8.9 million, or 18.5% of sales, was also favorably impacted by improved product pricing. The BioMedical gross profit of $2.6 million, or 16.4% of sales, benefited from productivity improvements at the Canton, Georgia facility related to the manufacturing of medical respiratory products. The BioMedical segment margins in the 2005 Reorganized Period were negatively impacted by higher costs related to inefficiencies from ramping-up production of the medical respiratory product line after completing the move from the Burnsville, Minnesota facility to the Canton, Georgia facility. In addition, overall company gross profit included a $8.9 million, or 9.1% of sales, charge for the fair value adjustment of finished goods and work-in-process inventory recorded under purchase accounting as a result of the Acquisition. This fair value inventory adjustment was charged to cost of sales as the inventory was sold. The D&S and BioMedical segments’ gross profit charges were $6.4 million, or 13.4% of sales, and $2.5 million, or 15.9% of sales, respectively, for this fair value inventory adjustment. The E&C segment was not required to record an inventory fair value adjustment due to the use of the percentage of completion method for revenue recognition in this segment.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (“SG&A”)
      SG&A expense for the 2005 Successor Period was $16.6 million, or 17.0% of sales. SG&A expense was affected by higher employee-related and marketing costs in the D&S and E&C segments to support their continued sales growth. SG&A expense included $3.0 million, or 3.1% of sales, of amortization expense for finite-lived intangible assets. In addition, SG&A expense included a $0.5 million, or 0.5% of sales, charge for the settlement of former shareholders’ appraisal rights claims as a result of the Acquisition and $0.4 million, or 0.4% of sales, of losses and charges related to damage caused by Hurricane Rita, at our New Iberia, Louisiana facilities.
Employee Separation and Plant Closure Costs
      For the 2005 Successor Period, we recorded $0.1 million of employee separation and plant closure costs, primarily related to the closure of the Plaistow, New Hampshire and Burnsville, Minnesota facilities.
Other Expenses and Income
      Net interest expense and financing costs amortization for the 2005 Successor Period, was $5.6 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and related to the senior secured credit facility that was entered into, and the senior subordinated notes that were issued, on October 17, 2005 in connection with the Acquisition.
Foreign Currency Loss
      We recorded $0.1 million of foreign currency losses due to certain of our subsidiaries entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currencies.

48


Table of Contents

Income Tax Expense
      Income tax benefit of $0.4 million for the 2005 Successor Period represents taxes on both domestic and foreign earnings at an annual effective income tax rate of 49.3%. Our taxes were affected by tax benefits from foreign sales and research and development and foreign tax credits.
Net Loss
      As a result of the foregoing, we reported a net loss for the 2005 Successor Period of $0.5 million.
2005 Reorganized Period
Sales
      Sales for the 2005 Reorganized Period were $305.5 million. E&C segment sales were $86.9 million and benefited from volume increases in both heat exchangers and LNG systems as a result of strong order levels over the past seven quarters, which has included three large orders each of approximately $20.0 million, driven by continued growth in the LNG and natural gas segments of the hydrocarbon processing market. D&S segment sales were $161.3 million as bulk storage systems and packaged gas systems volume remained strong due to continued demand growth in the global industrial gas market. Other factors contributing favorably to D&S segment sales for this period were higher product pricing, and favorable foreign currency translation of approximately $3.5 million as a result of the weaker U.S. dollar compared to the Euro and Czech Koruna. BioMedical segment sales were $57.2 million. Sales of medical respiratory products were unfavorably affected by lower volume in the United States, and in particular to one of our major customers, primarily resulting from announced U.S. government reimbursement reductions for liquid oxygen therapy systems. This unfavorable volume trend in U.S. medical respiratory product sales was partially offset by continued sales volume growth in medical respiratory product sales in Europe and Asia and biological storage systems in the United States, Europe and Asia as we further penetrated these markets.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
      For the 2005 Reorganized Period gross profit was $88.2 million, or 28.9% of sales. Overall, gross profit was favorably affected by higher volumes in the D&S and E&C segments, while gross profit margin was unfavorably affected by higher manufacturing costs in the BioMedical segment and a shift in product mix in the E&C segment. The gross profit margins in the E&C segment of $23.4 million, or 26.9% of sales, during the period saw overall mix shifts in sales from higher margin heat exchanger projects to lower margin LNG systems projects and also a shift within heat exchangers to lower margin projects. In addition, the D&S segment gross profit of $47.1 million, or 29.2% of sales, benefited from price increases that were implemented during the year to offset higher raw material steel costs that had been incurred in previous years. Gross profit in the BioMedical segment of $17.7 million, or 30.9% of sales, deteriorated primarily due to lower U.S. medical respiratory product volume and lower productivity and inventory valuation adjustments of $0.6 million primarily in the first half of 2005, as a result of the transition of the medical respiratory product line manufacturing from Burnsville, Minnesota to Canton, Georgia.
SG&A
      SG&A expense for the 2005 Reorganized Period was $59.8 million or 19.6% of sales. SG&A expense was affected by an increase in employee-related and marketing costs in the D&S and E&C segments to support their continued sales growth. SG&A expense during this period included stock-based compensation expense of $9.5 million. A significant portion of this charge was incurred as a result of stock options that were exercised in conjunction with the Acquisition further described above. SG&A expense included a charge of $2.8 million, or 0.9% of sales, for the write-off of purchased in-process research and development. In addition, SG&A expense included $1.1 million of costs and losses related to damage caused by Hurricane Rita at the New Iberia, Louisiana facilities and a $1.1 million charge for the settlement of a finders’ fee claim asserted by a former shareholder in connection with our 2003 bankruptcy reorganization.

49


Table of Contents

Acquisition Expenses
      During the 2005 Reorganized Period, we incurred $6.6 million in expenses related to the Acquisition.
Employee Separation and Plant Closure Costs
      For the 2005 Reorganized Period, we recorded $1.1 million of employee separation and plant closure costs, primarily related to the closure of the Plaistow, New Hampshire and Burnsville, Minnesota facilities.
Other Expenses and Income
      We recorded a net gain on the sale of assets of $0.1 million, which included a gain of $1.7 million on the settlement of a promissory note receivable related to the 2003 sale of our former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless tubing business, a $1.2 million loss for the write-off of several assets that were deemed to be impaired, and a loss of $0.5 million for the write down of the Plaistow facility held for sale to its estimated fair value.
      Net interest expense for the 2005 Reorganized Period was $4.2 million. We experienced higher interest expense during this period as a result of higher interest rates and the increase in the outstanding balance under the revolving credit line of our then existing credit facility.
Foreign Currency Loss
      We recorded $0.7 million of foreign currency losses due to certain of our subsidiaries entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currencies.
Income Tax Expense
      Income tax expense of $7.2 million for the 2005 Reorganized Period represents taxes on both domestic and foreign earnings at an annual effective income tax rate of 44.6%. Our income tax expense was unfavorably impacted by approximately $1.4 million due to the non-deductible charge for purchased in-process research and development of $2.8 million and Acquisition costs of $1.2 million.
Net Income
      As a result of the foregoing, we reported net income of $8.9 million for the 2005 Reorganized Period.
Year Ended December 31, 2004
Sales
      Sales for 2004 of $305.6 million were positively affected by volume and price increases, a recovery of the global industrial gas market and favorable foreign currency translation as a result of the weakening of the U.S dollar compared to the Euro and Czech Koruna. Sales in the E&C segment for 2004 were $69.6 million and both the heat exchanger and LNG system product lines benefited from higher volume primarily in the Asian, African and Middle Eastern markets. D&S segment sales were $162.5 million in 2004 and benefited favorably from volume increases in cryogenic bulk storage systems, cryogenic packaged gas systems and beverage liquid CO2 systems driven primarily by a recovery in the global industrial gas market. Price increases and surcharges driven by higher raw material costs and favorable foreign currency translation as a result of the weakening of the U.S. Dollar compared to the Euro and Czech Koruna also had a positive impact on D&S segment sales. Sales in the BioMedical segment were $73.4 million. Sales of our biological storage systems and medical products experienced volume increases in both the U.S. and European markets. Sales of MRI and other products deteriorated in 2004 as this product line’s primary customer continued to transfer volume to lower cost manufacturing regions.

50


Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Gross Margin
      Gross profit for 2004 was $93.8 million or 30.7% of sales. The gross profit was positively affected by volume increases across all operating segments, and product price increases and favorable foreign currency translation in the D&S segment. The E&C segment gross profit and related margin were $21.5 million and 30.9% of sales, respectively, in 2004. The E&C segment benefited from higher volumes and the delivery of a premium-priced, expedited order that was needed to put a natural gas producer’s ethane recovery plant back in service. A shift to lower margin industrial heat exchangers and LNG VIP had an unfavorable impact on the E&C segment gross profit margin. D&S segment gross profit and related margin were $46.6 million and 28.7% of sales, respectively. The D&S segment gross profit margin was positively affected by product price increases and surcharges to offset higher raw material costs that had been incurred, higher sales volume and the realization of savings from our restructuring efforts. The D&S segment gross profit margin was unfavorably affected by a shift to lower margin bulk products. Gross profit and related margin for the BioMedical segment were $25.7 million and 35.0% of sales, respectively. Gross profit margins for medical and biological storage systems products were positively impacted by higher volume and cost reductions, and MRI and other products margins were unfavorably affected by higher material costs and unabsorbed overhead costs due to lower sales volume.
SG&A Expense
      SG&A expense for 2004 was $53.4 million, or 17.5% of sales. In 2004, we benefited from cost savings realized as a result of our continued restructuring efforts, including the lower professional expenses that had been incurred previously to restructure our senior debt in 2003 and $0.9 million of life insurance proceeds from our voluntary deferred income plan. In 2004, we incurred $5.3 million, or 1.7% of sales, of incentive compensation expense for achieving our operating targets, $2.4 million, or 0.8% of sales, of compensation expense resulting from the sale of 28,797 shares of our common stock to our chief executive officer at a price below the closing market price on the date of sale and the issuance of new stock options to certain key employees in 2004, $2.8 million of expense, or 0.9% of sales, in 2004 related to the amortization of certain intangible assets recorded in September 2003 under Fresh-Start accounting, and $0.9 million of selling expense, or 0.3% of sales related to the settlement of two specific customer product claims that were outside of our normal warranty period.
Employee Separation and Plant Closure Costs
      In 2004, we continued our manufacturing facility restructuring plan, which commenced with the 2003 closure of our E&C segment sales and engineering office in Westborough, Massachusetts. We announced in December 2003 and January 2004 the closure of our D&S segment manufacturing facility in Plaistow, New Hampshire and the BioMedical segment manufacturing and office facility in Burnsville, Minnesota, respectively. In each of these facility closures, we did not exit the product lines manufactured at those sites, but moved manufacturing to other facilities with available capacity, most notably New Prague, Minnesota for engineered tank production and Canton, Georgia for medical tank production. The Plaistow facility closure was completed in the third quarter of 2004. We incurred capital expenditures in 2004 of $2.5 million for improvements and additions to the Canton, Georgia facility, and completed the closure of the Burnsville, Minnesota facility in the first quarter of 2005.
      During 2004, we recorded employee separation and plant closure costs of $3.2 million related to the manufacturing facility reduction efforts and overall headcount reduction programs described above. The total charges for 2004 included $0.4 million of expense for contract termination costs, $1.3 million severance and other benefits related to terminating certain employees at these and other sites, and $1.5 million for other associated costs. In addition, we recorded a non-cash inventory valuation charge of $0.2 million, included in cost of sales, for the write-off of inventory at these sites. At December 31, 2004, we had a reserve of $2.8 million remaining for the closure of these facilities, primarily for lease termination and severance costs.

51


Table of Contents

Equity Loss
      We recorded $0.1 million of equity loss related to our Coastal Fabrication joint venture in 2004. In February 2004, our Coastal Fabrication joint venture executed an agreement to redeem the joint venture partner’s 50% equity interest. As a result of the elimination of the joint venture partner and the assumption of 100% of control by us, the assets, liabilities and operating results of Coastal Fabrication are included in the consolidated financial statements subsequent to February 2004.
Sale of Assets
      In conjunction with the closure of the Burnsville, Minnesota facility, we sold this facility in October 2004 for gross proceeds of $4.5 million and recorded a loss on the sale of $0.4 million. The proceeds of this sale were used to pay down $0.9 million of debt outstanding under an industrial revenue bond and the balance was used for working capital purposes. In April 2004, we sold for $0.6 million of cash proceeds a vacant building and a parcel of land at our New Prague, Minnesota facility that was classified as an asset held for sale in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2003. In August 2004, we sold for $1.1 million in cash proceeds, equipment at our Plaistow, New Hampshire facility, resulting in a $0.6 million gain on the sale of assets. We recorded a $0.4 million loss on the sale of assets related to adjusting the Plaistow land and building to fair value less cost to sell based upon an agreement executed in September 2004 to sell the Plaistow land and building. The land and building related to the Plaistow facility are included in “assets held for sale” on our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004.
Net Interest Expense
      Net interest expense for 2004 was $4.8 million. This lower expense is attributable primarily to our debt restructuring in September 2003 in conjunction with the Reorganization Plan and the reduction in the debt balance as a result of $40.0 million of aggregate voluntary prepayments on our then existing term loan at the end of 2003 and during 2004.
Derivative Contracts Valuation Income and Expense
      We entered into an interest rate derivative contract in the form of a collar in March 1999 to manage interest rate risk exposure relative to our debt. This collar had a notional value of $19.1 million at December 31, 2004 and expired in March 2006. The fair value of the contract related to the collar outstanding at December 31, 2004 is a liability of $0.3 million and is recorded in accrued interest. The change in fair value of the contracts related to the collars during 2004 of $0.1 million is recorded in derivative contracts valuation income.
Foreign Currency Gain
      We recorded a $0.5 million of foreign currency remeasurement gain in 2004 as result of certain of our subsidiaries entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency.
Income Tax Expense
      In 2004, we recorded income tax expense of $10.1 million, which primarily reflects the income tax expense associated with U.S. and foreign earnings and a reduction in tax accruals for prior tax periods at an annual effective tax rate of 30.9%.

52


Table of Contents

Net Income
      As a result of the foregoing, we recorded net income of $22.6 million in 2004.
Three Months Ended December 31, 2003
Sales
      Sales for the three months ended December 31, 2003 were $68.6 million and continued to be negatively impacted by our prolonged debt restructuring initiatives and the resultant reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, but not as significantly as during the first nine months of 2003. Sales in the E&C segment were $15.7 million. Heat exchanger and process system sales were favorably impacted by volume and price increases in the hydrocarbon processing market and began to recover from the prolonged impact of the debt restructuring and bankruptcy reorganization. D&S segment sales were $37.9 million during this period as continued weakness in the global industrial gas market had an unfavorable impact on bulk storage systems sales. In addition, LNG fueling systems were affected by lower volume primarily as a result of a decline in the economies of West Coast and South Central states of the United States and our financial difficulties. However, packaged gas and beverage liquid CO2 systems benefited from higher sales volumes. Sales in the BioMedical segment for the three months ended December 31, 2003 were $15.0 million. Sales of biological storage systems and medical products benefited from higher volume, while the MRI components sales declined due to lower volume as this product line’s primary customer transferred volume to lower cost manufacturing regions.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
      For the three months ended December 31, 2003, gross profit was $16.1 million or 23.4% of sales. During this three month period, we included as a component of cost of sales a charge for the fair value write-up in inventory value as required under Fresh-Start accounting at September 30, 2003. The charge was included as a component of cost of sales as the inventory was sold during the three months ended December 31, 2003. The dollar value of this adjustment and its percentage reduction on gross profit margin by operating segment for the three months ended December 31, 2003 was as follows: $2.2 million and 5.8% of sales for the D&S segment, and $3.2 million and 21.3% of sales for the BioMedical segment. A similar valuation adjustment for inventory in the E&C segment was not required due to our use of the percentage of completion method for revenue recognition in this segment.
      In addition, the gross profit margin in the E&C segment benefited from improved pricing in the hydrocarbon processing market, cost savings recognized due to the closures of our Wolverhampton, U.K. heat exchanger manufacturing facility and Westborough, Massachusetts engineering facility. The D&S segment gross profit margin was positively impacted by the overhead cost savings from the closure of our Costa Mesa, California and Columbus, Ohio manufacturing facilities. Gross profit margin in the BioMedical segment was negatively impacted further by lower margins for MRI cryostat components due to lower pricing and unabsorbed overhead costs due to reduced volume.
SG&A Expense
      SG&A expense for the three months ended December 31, 2003 was $14.1 million, or 20.6% of sales. During this three month period, we realized cost savings from the elimination of a significant number of salaried employees from its operational restructuring efforts described further below.
Employee Separation and Plant Closure Costs
      During the three months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded employee separation and plant closure costs of $1.0 million related to the manufacturing facility reduction efforts and overall employee reduction programs described further below. These charges included $0.8 million for severance and other benefits related to terminating certain employees and $0.2 million of plant closure costs. At December 31, 2003, we

53


Table of Contents

had a reserve of $3.4 million remaining for the closure of these facilities, primarily for lease termination and severance costs.
Equity Loss
      We recorded $0.04 million of equity loss from our Coastal Fabrication joint venture for the three months ended December 31, 2003.
Net Interest Expense
      Net interest expense for the three months ended December 31, 2003 was $1.4 million and reflects interest expense recorded under the credit facility entered into on September 15, 2003 under the Reorganization Plan.
Derivative Contracts Valuation Expense
      For the three months ended December 31, 2003, we recorded $0.05 million of derivative contracts valuation income for our interest rate collar that expired in March 2006 and had a notional value of $25.5 million at September 30, 2003.
Foreign Currency Gain
      We recorded $0.4 million foreign currency remeasurement gain for the three months ended December 31, 2003 as result of certain of our subsidiaries entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency.
Income Tax Benefit
      We recorded an income tax benefit of $0.1 million for the three months ended December 31, 2003 for losses incurred primarily as a result of the inventory valuation adjustment under Fresh-Start accounting explained above and a reduction in tax accruals for prior tax periods.
Net Income
      As a result of the foregoing, we had net income of $0.03 million for the three months ended December 31, 2003.
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
Sales
      Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 were negatively impacted by our prolonged debt restructuring initiatives and the resultant reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, as certain customers reduced order quantities, delayed signing significant new orders, did not automatically renew supply contracts that expired in 2003, and contracted with other competitors, due to the uncertainty created by our leverage situation and bankruptcy filing. We believe our E&C segment experienced the most significant negative impact of the Chapter 11 filing, since products in this segment frequently have extended production times and significant dollar values.
      For the nine months ended September 30, 2003, sales were $197.0 million. E&C segment sales were $42.9 million in the first nine months of 2003. The E&C segment was unfavorably impacted by lower sales volume in the process system market, and benefited from higher sales volume for heat exchangers in the hydrocarbon processing market. D&S segment sales were $102.5 million for the first nine months of 2003 and were negatively affected by the continued weak global market for industrial bulk storage systems. BioMedical segment sales were $51.6 million in the first nine months of 2003. Medical products and biological storage systems sales were positively affected by increased international volume, while MRI product sales were unfavorably impacted by lower volume.

54


Table of Contents

Gross Profit and Gross Margin
      Gross profit and the related margin for the first nine months of 2003 were $55.8 million and 28.3% of sales. The gross profit and related margin were favorably affected in the E&C and D&S segments primarily by the realization of operational cost savings from our manufacturing facility rationalization plan that commenced in early 2002. Gross profit margin in the BioMedical segment was negatively impacted by a temporary shut-down of our Denver, Colorado manufacturing plant in the last half of March 2003 due to an unanticipated deferral until the second quarter of 2003 of MRI product orders at the request of the product line’s only customer, and by a temporary shut-down of this same facility in June 2003 due to a weather-related extended power outage.
SG&A Expense
      SG&A expense for the first nine months of 2003 was $44.2 million, or 22.4% of sales. We recorded $6.0 million, or 3.1% of sales, of SG&A expense in the first nine months of 2003 for fees paid to professional advisors related to our efforts to restructure our senior debt.
Employee Separation and Plan Closure Costs
      We recorded $0.9 million of employee separation and plant closure costs in the first nine months of 2003. This expense relates substantially to the closure of the E&C segment’s Wolverhampton, U.K. manufacturing facility and the engineering office in Westborough, Massachusetts and the closure of the D&S segment’s manufacturing facilities in Costa Mesa, California and Columbus, Ohio and consisted primarily of lease termination costs and severance.
Loss on Insolvent Subsidiary
      In March 2003, we completed the closure of our Wolverhampton, U.K. manufacturing facility, operated by Chart Heat Exchangers Limited (“CHEL”). We have continued to manufacture heat exchangers at our La Crosse, Wisconsin facility. On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. In accordance with Statements of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 94, “Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries,” we are not consolidating the accounts or financial results of CHEL subsequent to March 28, 2003 due to the assumption of control of CHEL by the insolvency administrator. Effective March 28, 2003, we recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13.7 million to write off our net investment in CHEL.
Gain on Sale of Assets
      On July 3, 2003, we sold certain assets and liabilities of our former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business, which we previously reported as a component of our E&C segment. We received gross proceeds of $15.5 million, consisting of $13.5 million in cash and $2.0 million in a long-term subordinated note, and recorded a gain of $3.7 million in the third quarter of 2003. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” we classified the operating results of this business as a discontinued operation on our consolidated statement of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2003. We reported income from discontinued operation, net of taxes of $0.8 million in the first nine months of 2003.
      As part of closing our Columbus, Ohio manufacturing facility, we sold our cryopump and valves product lines in the second quarter of 2003 for net proceeds of $2.3 million and recorded a $0.9 million gain in other income, and sold various fixed assets of the Columbus, Ohio facility in the first quarter of 2003 for net proceeds of $0.2 million and recorded a $0.2 million gain in other income.

55


Table of Contents

Net Interest Expense
      Net interest expense was $9.9 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. We recorded interest expense on amounts outstanding under the term loan portion and revolving credit loan portion of our credit facility negotiated by the Predecessor Company in March 1999 and under the Series 1 Incremental Revolving Credit Facility and the Series 2 Incremental Revolving Credit Facility entered into by the Predecessor Company in November 2000 and in April 2001, respectively until July 8, 2003, the date we filed our Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions, but not thereafter. As a result, interest expense for the nine month period ended September 30, 2003 does not include approximately $3.8 million that would have been payable under the terms of these facilities had we not filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection.
Financing Costs Amortization
      Financing costs amortization expense was $1.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. We recorded financing costs amortization expense related to the credit facility negoatiated by the Predecessor Company in March 1999 until July 8, 2003, the date we filed our Chapter 11 bankruptcy petitions, but not thereafter. We did not record any financing costs amortization expense subsequent to the third quarter of 2003 related to our post-bankruptcy credit facilities.
Derivative Contracts Valuation Expense
      We recorded $0.4 million of derivative contracts valuation expense in the nine month period ended September 30, 2003 for our interest rate collar that expired in March 2006 and has a notional value of $26.7 million at September 30, 2003.
Foreign Currency Loss
      We recorded a $0.3 million of foreign currency remeasurement loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 as result of certain of our subsidiaries entering into transactions in currencies other than their functional currency.
Reorganization Items, Net
      The Predecessor Company recorded a net gain of $5.7 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 as a result of adopting Fresh-Start accounting. This net gain was comprised of certain adjustments to the fair value of assets and liabilites resulting in a net charge of $38.6 million, restructuring of the Predecessor Company’s capital structure, including a discharge of the senior lenders pre-petition debt, resulting in a net gain of $52.2 million, and charges of $7.9 million for advisory fees and severance directly related to the reorganization. In accordance with Fresh-Start accounting, all assets and liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of September 30, 2003. Such fair values represented our best estimates based on independent appraisals and valuations.
Income Tax Expense
      Income tax expense of $3.0 million in the first nine months of 2003 consisted of tax benefit from reversals of domestic income tax reserves associated with resolved tax contingencies, partially offset by taxes on earnings of foreign subsidiaries.
      At September 30, 2003, we had a net deferred tax liability of $6.7 million, which represents foreign deferred tax liabilities. At September 30, 2003, we had a full valuation allowance against our domestic net deferred tax assets in accordance with SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” based upon management’s assessment that it was more likely than not that the net deferred tax assets would not be realized. Pursuant to Section 108 of the Internal Revenue Code, we materially reduced certain tax attributes on January 1, 2004 due to the recognition of cancellation of indebtedness income in the three-month period ended September 30, 2003.

56


Table of Contents

Net Income
      As a result of the foregoing, we reported a net loss of $7.1 million for the first nine months of 2003.
Orders and Backlog
      We consider orders to be those for which we have received a firm signed purchase order or other written contractual commitment from the customer. Backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue upon shipment or under the percentage of completion method. Backlog can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large projects, particularly in the E&C segment, and is not necessarily indicative of future backlog levels or the rate at which backlog will be recognized as sales. Our backlog at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $233.6 million, $129.3 million and $49.6 million, respectively. This significant increase in backlog is primarily attributable to the growth in the global industrial gas and the LNG and natural gas segments of the hydrocarbon processing markets served by the E&C and D&S segments. Substantially all of our December 31, 2005 backlog is scheduled to be recognized as sales during 2006.
      The table below sets forth orders and backlog by segment for the last three years:
                                               
    Predecessor           Successor
    Company     Reorganized Company     Company
                 
    Nine Months     Three Months       January 1,     October 17,
    Ended     Ended   Year Ended   2005 to     2005 to
    September 30,     December 31,   December 31,   October 16,     December 31,
    2003     2003   2004   2005     2005
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)
Orders
                                           
 
Energy & Chemicals
  $ 28,621       $ 15,262     $ 121,793     $ 130,786       $ 67,232  
 
Distribution & Storage
    105,233         37,696       193,156       191,188         45,859  
 
Biomedical
    52,751         14,492       77,893       62,396         13,768  
                                   
Total
  $ 186,605       $ 67,450     $ 392,842     $ 384,370       $ 126,859  
                                   
Backlog
                                           
 
Energy & Chemicals
  $ 20,673       $ 19,834     $ 70,766     $ 114,633       $ 147,732  
 
Distribution & Storage
    28,591         27,993       53,900       83,194         79,524  
 
Biomedical
    2,517         1,808       4,613       8,388         6,383  
                                   
Total
  $ 51,781       $ 49,635     $ 129,279     $ 206,215       $ 233,639  
                                   
      Over the last two years, orders have increased significantly, particularly in the E&C and D&S segments, as a result of continued demand growth in the global industrial and the LNG and natural gas segments of the hydrocarbon processing markets. In addition, the E&C segment has benefited from several large heat exchanger and LNG systems, and emergency orders during this period.
      For the 2005 Successor Period, orders were $126.9 million. E&C segment orders of $67.2 million remained strong during this period and included several large heat exchanger and LNG systems orders, including an air separation heat exchanger order of $16.0 million. D&C segment orders of $45.9 million were driven by continued strong packaged gas system orders. Bulk storage systems and packaged gas systems orders were $26.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively for this period. Biomedical segment orders were $13.8 during this period as orders in the European and Asian market medical respiratory and U.S. biological storage system products order levels remained strong, while U.S. medical respiratory product orders continued to decline. This decline is explained further below.
      Orders for the 2005 Reorganized Period were $384.4 million. E&C segment orders of $130.8 million remained strong during this period and included a $21.0 million LNG VIP order and a $10.7 million hydrocarbon processing heat exchanger order. D&C segment orders of $191.2 million were driven by continued strong bulk storage systems orders and strong packaged gas system orders, which were $118.5 mil-

57


Table of Contents

lion and $72.7 million, respectively. This strong order level in the D&S segment is driven by continued demand in the global industrial gas markets served by us. Biomedical segment orders were $62.4 million, as orders for European and Asian medical respiratory products and U.S. biological storage system products continued favorable growth trends due to both continued market penetration and market growth. U.S. medical respiratory product orders during this period were unfavorably impacted by lower orders from a significant customer and announced government reimbursement reductions for liquid oxygen therapy systems.
      For the year ended December 31, 2004, orders of $392.8 million were positively affected by improvements in the markets served by all three segments. During 2004, the E&C segment showed a significant increase in orders to $121.8 million, due to increased orders for both the heat exchangers and LNG systems product lines, including orders of $20.4 million and $19.3 million. The demand increase was mainly due to the recovery of the global industrial gas markets and the continuing development of a worldwide natural gas market. The D&S segment orders significantly increased in 2004 to $193.2 million as bulk storage and packaged gas products experienced increased demand as a result of a recovery in the global industrial gas market. During 2004, the BioMedical segment continued its previous trend of increasing order performance with orders of $77.9 million, driven by strong demand for medical respiratory products and biological storage systems both in the U.S. and international markets. Orders for MRI components continued to decline during 2004 as the product line’s single customer continued to move business to lower cost manufacturing countries.
      For the three months ended December 31, 2003, orders were $67.5 million and for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 were $186.6 million. Although order levels began to improve during the last three months of 2003, orders during the first nine months of 2003 were negatively affected by customer concerns of uncertainty relating to the prolonged debt restructuring initiative and Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, particularly within the E&C segment. BioMedical segment orders during both periods of 2003 were fueled by strong demand for medical respiratory products, but were unfavorably impacted by a reduction in orders for MRI components from its sole customer as they continue to source the product from suppliers in low cost manufacturing countries.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Debt Instruments and Related Covenants
      In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a $240.0 million senior secured credit facility and completed the $170.0 million offering of 91/8% senior subordinated notes due 2015. We repaid the term loan portion of our then existing credit facility (the term loan portion and revolving credit portion of the facility are referred to collectively as the “2003 Credit Facility”) and certain other debt on or before October 17, 2005, the closing date of the Acquisition. The senior secured credit facility consists of a $180.0 million term loan credit facility and a $60.0 million revolving credit facility, of which $35.0 million may be used for the issuance of letters of credit. The term loan was fully funded on the closing date. The term loan matures on October 17, 2012 and the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility matures on October 17, 2010. As a result of a $5.0 million voluntary principal prepayment in December 2005, the term loan requires quarterly principal payments that equal 0.8% per annum of the funded balance commencing in September 2008 and a remaining balloon payment on the maturity date. Future principal payments will be adjusted for any voluntary prepayments. The interest rate under the senior secured credit facility is, at our option, the Alternative Base Rate (“ABR”) plus 1.0% or LIBOR plus 2.0% on the term loan, and ABR plus 1.5% or LIBOR plus 2.5% on the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility. In addition, we are required to pay an annual administrative fee of $0.1 million, a commitment fee of 0.5% on the unused revolving credit balance, a letter of credit participation fee of 2.5% per annum on the letter of credit exposure and letter of credit issuance fee of 0.25%. The obligations under the senior secured credit facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of our domestic subsidiaries and 65% of the capital stock of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. See “Description of Indebtedness—Senior Secured Credit Facility.”
      The notes are due in 2015 with interest payable semi-annually on April 15th and October 15th. Any of the notes may be redeemed beginning on October 15, 2010. The initial redemption price is 104.563% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest. Also, any of the notes may be redeemed solely at our option at any

58


Table of Contents

time prior to October 15, 2010, plus accrued interest and a “make-whole” premium. In addition, before October 15, 2008, up to 35% of the notes may be redeemed solely at our option at a price of 109.125% of the principal amount, plus accrued interest, using the proceeds from sales of certain kinds of capital stock. The notes are our general unsecured obligations and are subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future senior debt, including the senior secured credit facility, pari passu in right of payment with all of our future senior subordinated indebtedness, senior in right of payment with any of our future indebtedness that expressly provides for its subordination to the notes, and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by substantially all of our domestic subsidiaries.
      The senior secured credit facility and provisions of the indenture governing the notes contain a number of customary covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens or other encumbrances, sell assets, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make certain payments, investments, loans, advances and guarantees, make acquisitions and engage in mergers and consolidations, pay dividends and distributions, and make capital expenditures. Our senior secured credit facility also includes covenants relating to leverage and interest coverage ratios. See “Description of Indebtedness.” At December 31, 2005, we had $175.0 million outstanding under the term loan and $170.0 million in aggregate principal amount of notes outstanding, and letters of credit and bank guarantees totaling $22.4 million supported by the revolving credit portion of the senior secured credit facility.
      Chart Ferox, a.s. (“Ferox”), our majority-owned subsidiary that operates in the Czech Republic, maintains secured revolving credit facilities with borrowing capacity, including overdraft protection, of up to $9.6 million, of which $4.4 million is available only for letters of credit and bank guarantees. Under the revolving credit facilities, Ferox may make borrowings in Czech Koruna, Euros and U.S. dollars. Borrowings in Koruna are at PRIBOR, borrowings in Euros are at EUROBOR and borrowings in U.S. dollars are at LIBOR, each with a fixed margin of 0.6%. Ferox is not required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facilities with respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder. Ferox must pay letter of credit and guarantee fees equal to 0.75% on the face amount of each guarantee. Ferox’s land and buildings, and accounts receivable secure $4.6 million and $2.5 million, respectively, of the revolving credit facilities. At December 31, 2005, there was $0.8 million of borrowings outstanding under, and $1.5 million of bank guarantees, supported by the Ferox revolving credit facilities.
      Our debt and related covenants are further described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.
Sources and Uses of Cash
2005 Successor Period
      Cash provided by operating activities for the 2005 Successor Period was $18.7 million, which included cash provided by changes in working capital components of $7.6 million.
      During the 2005 Successor Period, we used $362.3 million of cash for investing activities. Cash of $356.6 million was used to pay proceeds to our former shareholders as a result of the Acquisition and $5.6 million was used for capital expenditures. The significant capital expenditures were for the construction of the new manufacturing facility in China, the expansion of the biological storage product line manufacturing facility in New Prague, Minnesota and reinvestment to upgrade existing facilities to support business growth.
      Cash provided by financing activities for the 2005 Successor Period, was $348.5 million. In connection with the Acquisition, we received proceeds of $350.0 million from the senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes and proceeds of $111.3 million from the sale of stock to affiliates of First Reserve. These proceeds were used to pay our former shareholders, repay $76.5 million of long-term debt under the 2003 Credit Facility, pay former stock option holders $15.8 million and pay financing and transaction costs of $11.6 million and $1.8 million, respectively. In addition, we made a voluntary principal prepayment of $5.0 million on the term loan.

59


Table of Contents

2005 Reorganized Period
      Cash provided by operating activities for the 2005 Reorganized Period was $15.6 million and included cash used in working capital components of $10.6 million to support the growth in business, particularly in the E&C and D&S segments.
      During the 2005 Reorganized Period, we used $20.8 million of cash for investing activities. Cash of $12.0 million, net of cash acquired, was used to acquire 100% of the equity interest in Changzhou CEM Cryo Equipment Co., Ltd (“CEM”). The CEM acquisition is further described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Cash used for capital expenditures for the period was $11.0 million. The significant capital expenditures were for the construction of the new manufacturing facility in China, the expansion of the biological storage product line manufacturing facility in New Prague, Minnesota and reinvestments to upgrade existing facilities to support growth in our businesses. In addition, we received proceeds of $1.7 million from the settlement of a promissory note related to the 2003 sale of our former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business.
      For the 2005 Reorganized Period, $1.7 million of cash was provided by financing activities. We borrowed $18.9 million under our revolving credit facilities, including $10.0 million in the second quarter of 2005 under the revolving credit portion of the 2003 Credit Facility to finance our acquisition of CEM. In addition, we made net payments under the revolving credit portion of our 2003 Credit Facility and other revolving credit facilities of $15.9 million and $1.9 million of scheduled principal payments under the term loan portion of the 2003 Credit Facility, and $1.1 million of payments on other long-term debt. Proceeds from the sale of stock during this period were $1.7 million.
Year Ended December 31, 2004
      Cash provided by operations was $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, which was primarily a result of improved operating performance of all of our business segments, including increased sales, realized savings due to continued restructuring efforts and our successful reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code enabling us to return to normal payment terms with most of our vendors. This positive cash flow was partially offset by increased inventory levels, particularly at the BioMedical segment to ensure uninterrupted service to customers during the transfer of manufacturing operations from the Burnsville, Minnesota facility to the Canton, Georgia facility.
      In 2004, net cash used for investing activities was $3.3 million. Capital expenditures were $9.4 million and included the expansion of the Canton, Georgia facility to accommodate the transfer of medical product line manufacturing to that facility from the Burnsville, Minnesota facility, the expansion of our operations in China and reinvestment into other facilities. In addition, we received cash proceeds on the sale of assets of $6.1 million in 2004, which included $4.3 million from the sale of the Burnsville, Minnesota facility, $0.6 million from the sale of a vacant building and parcel of land at the New Prague, Minnesota facility, and $1.1 million from the sale of equipment at the Plaistow, New Hampshire facility.
      We used $35.7 million of cash for financing activities in 2004. We paid $33.1 million to reduce our long-term debt. This amount included voluntary prepayments made in April, September and December 31, 2004, of $10.0 million, $12.0 million and $8.0 million respectively, on the term loan portion of our 2003 Credit Facility. The prepayments were made due to the significant amount of cash provided by the operating activities in 2004. Each prepayment reduced all future scheduled quarterly amortization payments on a pro-rata basis. Also, we used $1.9 million of cash for our debt restructuring initiatives including costs associated with the reorganization. We were required to delay until January 2004, when our fee applications were approved by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court, payments of approximately $0.9 million in bankruptcy related fees to various professional service providers.
Three Months Ended December 31, 2003
      Our cash provided by operating activities was $5.0 million for the three months ended December 31, 2003. This cash flow was primarily generated from working capital improvements as we continued to benefit

60


Table of Contents

from our successful Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization by improved timeliness of customer cash collections on trade receivables, reduced inventory levels and improved vendor payment terms.
      Cash provided by investing activities was $0.2 million, while cash used in financing activities was $14.0 million for this three month period. We made term loan principal payments of $10.9 million, including a voluntary $10.0 million prepayment in December 2003 under the term loan portion of our 2003 Credit Facility that reduced all future scheduled quarterly principal payments on a pro-rata basis. In addition, we had net payments under the revolving credit portion of our 2003 Credit Facility and other revolving credit facilities of $2.6 million.
Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
      Cash provided by operating activites for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 was $19.5 million. The cash provided from operations and working capital improvements was $16.9 million and $2.6 million, respectively. The working capital improvements were primarily attributable to the successful Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization as we strengthened our credit and collection policies and improved our cash collections of trade receivables, reduced cash requirements for inventory purchases due to the closure of several manufacturing facilities and the return to normal payments terms with a significant number of our vendors.
      During this nine-month period, $15.1 million of cash was provided by investing activities. $16.1 million was provided by the proceeds from the sale of assets, including $13.5 from the sale of certain assets and liabilities from our Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business, and $2.5 million from the sale of certain fixed assets of the cyropump and valves product line from our closed Columbus, Ohio manufacturing facility. The proceeds from these sales were primarily used to fund certain senior debt interest payments, pay certain professional fees, and provide increased liquidity for working capital and other corporate needs.
      Our cash used in financing activities was $15.9 million. We used $12.6 million to pay fees for our debt restructuring initiatives, $1.3 million for net payments under our then-existing credit facilities and $1.2 million for long-term debt payments. The remaining cash of $0.8 million was used for interest rate collar payments and purchases of treasury stock.
Cash Requirements
      We do not expect any unusual cash requirements for working capital needs in 2006. We estimate that we will use approximately $15 to $20 million of cash for capital expenditures subject to restrictions under the senior secured credit facility. A significant portion of capital expenditures will be used for facility expansions and related equipment in the E&C segment to increase capacity. Management believes this expansion is necessary to support our significant growth in sales, order and backlog levels and our expected growth in business due to demand in the industrial gas and LNG and GTL segments of the hydrocarbon gas markets. In addition, we expect to pursue strategic business acquisitions in 2006 to complement our existing product offerings and to alleviate some capacity constraints at certain of our E&C and D&S facilities and expect to fund these acquisitions through working capital, borrowings under our senior secured credit facility or as otherwise appropriate, subject to market conditions.
      In 2006, cash requirements for debt service are forecasted to be approximately $28 million for scheduled interest payments under the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated notes. We are not required to make any principal payments under the term loan portion of the senior secured credit facility due to the $5.0 million voluntary principal prepayment made in December 2005. In addition, we made an additional $5.0 million voluntary prepayment in March 2006 and will consider making additional voluntary principal payments in 2006 based on cash levels and requirements. Finally, in 2006, we expect to use approximately $16.0 million of cash for both U.S. and foreign taxes and, based on current actuarial estimates, to contribute approximately $1.3 million to our four defined benefit pension plans to meet ERISA minimum funding requirements. As of February 28, 2006, all four of these defined benefit plans have been frozen and benefits will no longer be accruing to the participants.

61


Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
      Our known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2005 and cash requirements resulting from those obligations are as follows:
                                         
    Payments Due by Period
     
        2011 and
    Total   2006   2007-2008   2009-2010   Thereafter
                     
    (Dollars in thousands)
Long-term debt(1)
  $ 345,000     $     $ 720     $ 2,880     $ 341,400  
Interest on long-term debt(1)
    236,531       27,729       54,957       54,689       99,156  
Operating leases
    9,255       2,040       3,568       2,939       708  
Pension obligations
    16,596       1,176       2,589       3,010       9,821  
                               
Total contractual cash obligations
  $ 607,382     $ 30,945     $ 61,834     $ 63,518     $ 451,085  
                               
 
(1)  We intend to repay indebtedness using the net proceeds of this offering. This will reduce our long-term debt and interest obligations. See “Use of Proceeds” and “Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information.”
      The interest payments in the above table were estimated based upon our existing debt structure at December 31, 2005, which included the senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes, less scheduled debt payments each year, and the interest rates in effect at December 31, 2005. The planned funding of the pension and other post-employment obligations were based upon actuarial and management estimates taking into consideration the current status of the plans.
      Our commercial commitments as of December 31, 2005, which include standby letters of credit and bank guarantees, represent potential cash requirements resulting from contingent events that require performance by us or our subsidiaries pursuant to funding commitments, and are as follows:
                         
    Total   2006   2007-2008
             
    (Dollars in thousands)
Standby letters of credit
  $ 12,325     $ 10,585     $ 1,740  
Bank guarantees
    11,623       9,279       2,344  
                   
Total commercial commitments
  $ 23,948     $ 19,864     $ 4,084  
                   
Capital Structure
      As a result of the Acquisition, we had 1,718,896 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005. Also, in connection with the Acquisition, 573,027 warrants to purchase our common stock were granted in November 2005 to FR X Chart Holdings LLC and 218,408 stock options (“New Options”) under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan were granted to management to purchase shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $64.75 per share. In addition, certain members of management rolled over 131,823 stock options (“Rollover Options”) in the Acquisition from our 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the exercise price of which was adjusted to $16.19 per share.
      The warrants may be exercised anytime, including on a cashless basis, and expire in March 2014. The New Options are exercisable for a period of ten years and have two different vesting schedules. 77,094 of the New Options are time-based (“Time-based Options”) and vest 20% per year over a five-year period, and 141,314 of the New Options are performance-based (“Performance-based Options”) and vest based upon specified returns on First Reserve’s investment in the company. In addition, 122,470 of the Rollover Options were vested on the closing date of the Acquisition and 9,353 of the Rollover Options vest based upon the attainment of certain performance criteria. As of March 22, 2006, 128,543 of the Rollover Options were vested. On October 17, 2005, we adopted SFAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payments” to account for our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. See “—Recently Adopted Accounting Standards” below for further information regarding the adoption of SFAS 123(R).

62


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
      We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in the Securities Act.
Contingencies
      In conjunction with the Acquisition and the Notice of Merger, dated October 25, 2005 provided to our former shareholders, certain of the former shareholders, representing 244,180 shares of common stock, gave notice of their right under Delaware General Corporation Law to exercise appraisal rights. In February 2006, before the former shareholders filed suit in court under Delaware law, we settled this appraisal rights matter. This resulted in us paying additional proceeds to these former shareholders of $0.5 million. This settlement amount was accrued at December 31, 2005.
      We are involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of our operating facilities, and accrue for these activities when commitments or remediation plans have been developed and when costs are probable and can be reasonably estimated. Historical annual cash expenditures for these activities have been charged against the related environmental reserves. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 8 to 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs. Management believes that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued, which may result from the resolution of such matters should not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
      In March 2003, CHEL filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. It is uncertain whether we will be subject to any significant liability resulting from CHEL’s insolvency administration. See “Business—Legal Proceedings.”
      In 2004, as part of the Plaistow, New Hampshire manufacturing facility closure, we withdrew from the multi-employer pension plan related to the Plaistow employees. We continue to carry a related estimated withdrawal liability of $0.2 million at December 31, 2005. Any additional liability in excess of the amount accrued is not expected to have a material adverse impact on our financial position, liquidity, cash flow or results of operations.
      We are occasionally subject to various other legal actions related to performance under contracts, product liability and other matters, several of which actions claim substantial damages, in the ordinary course of our business. Based on our historical experience in litigating these actions, as well as our current assessment of the underlying merits of the actions and applicable insurance, we believe the resolution of these other legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Foreign Operations
      During 2005, we had operations in Australia, China, the Czech Republic, Germany and the United Kingdom, which accounted for 23.3% of consolidated revenues and 13.5% of total assets at December 31, 2005. Functional currencies used by these operations include the Australian Dollar, the Chinese Renminbi Yuan, the Czech Koruna, the Euro and the British Pound. We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions by these subsidiaries in currencies other than their functional currencies, and from transactions by our domestic operations in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar. The majority of these functional currencies and the other currencies in which we record transactions are fairly stable. The use of these currencies, combined with the use of foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts, has enabled us to be sheltered from significant gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions. This situation could change if these currencies experience significant fluctuations in their value as compared to the U.S. Dollar.
Application of Critical Accounting Policies
      Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and are based on the selection and application of significant accounting policies, which require management to make estimates and assumptions. Although Fresh-Start accounting required the

63


Table of Contents

selection of appropriate accounting policies for the Reorganized Company, the significant accounting policies previously used by the Predecessor Company have generally continued to be used by the Reorganized Company and Successor Company. Management believes the following are some of the more critical judgmental areas in the application of its accounting policies that affect its financial position and results of operations.
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts. We evaluate the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings, substantial downgrading of credit scores), a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the receivable to the amount we believe will be collected. We also record allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due and historical experience. If circumstances change (e.g., higher-than-expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in a customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations), our estimates of the collectibility of amounts due could be changed by a material amount.
      Inventory Valuation Reserves. We determine inventory valuation reserves based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where we are aware of a specific problem in the valuation of a certain item, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the item to its net realizable value. We also recognize reserves based on the actual usage in recent history and projected usage in the near-term. If circumstances change (e.g., lower-than-expected or higher-than-expected usage), estimates of the net realizable value could be changed by a material amount.
      Long-Lived Assets. We monitor our long-lived assets for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” If impairment indicators exist, we perform the required analysis and record impairment charges in accordance with SFAS No. 144. In conducting our analysis, we compare the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the long-lived assets are considered not to be impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon either discounted cash flow analyses or estimated salvage values. Cash flows are estimated using internal forecasts as well as assumptions related to discount rates. Changes in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets. In 2006, we expect to record approximately $4.3 million of amortization expense related to backlog.
      Goodwill and Other Indefinite Lived Intangible Assets. Under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, we evaluate goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis. To test for impairment, we are required to estimate the fair market value of each of our reporting units. We developed a model to estimate the fair market value of our reporting units. This fair market value model incorporates our estimates of future cash flows, estimates of allocations of certain assets and cash flows among reporting units, estimates of future growth rates and management’s judgment regarding the applicable discount rates to use to discount those estimated cash flows. Changes to these judgments and estimates could result in a significantly different estimate of the fair market value of the reporting units, which could result in a different assessment of the recoverability of goodwill and other indefinite lived intangible assets.
      Pensions. We account for our defined benefit pension plans in accordance with SFAS No. 87, “Employers’ Accounting for Pensions,” which requires that amounts recognized in financial statements be determined on an actuarial basis. Our funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum funding amounts required by law. SFAS No. 87 and the policies used by us, notably the use of a calculated value of plan assets (which is further described below), generally reduce the volatility of pension expense from changes in pension liability discount rates and the performance of the pension plans’ assets.
      A significant element in determining our pension expense in accordance with SFAS No. 87 is the expected return on plan assets. We have assumed that the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets as of December 31, 2005 will be 8.25%. These expected return assumptions were developed using a simple averaging formula based upon the plans’ investment guidelines and the historical returns of equities and bonds.

64


Table of Contents

While over the long term, the investment strategy employed with our pension plan assets has earned in excess of such rates, we believe our assumptions for expected future returns are reasonable. However, we cannot guarantee that we will achieve these returns in the future. The assumed long-term rate of return on assets is applied to the market value of plan assets. This produces the expected return on plan assets that reduces pension expense. The difference between this expected return and the actual return on plan assets is deferred. The net deferral of past asset gains or losses affects the calculated value of plan assets and, ultimately, future pension expense.
      At the end of each year, we determine the rate to be used to discount plan liabilities. The discount rate reflects the current rate at which the pension liabilities could be effectively settled at the end of the year. In estimating this rate, we look to rates of return on high quality, fixed-income investments that receive one of the two highest ratings given by a recognized rating agency and the expected timing of benefit payments under the plan. At December 31, 2005, we determined this rate to be 5.50%. Changes in discount rates over the past three years have not materially affected pension expense, and the net effect of changes in the discount rate, as well as the net effect of other changes in actuarial assumptions and experience, has been deferred as allowed by SFAS No. 87.
      At December 31, 2005, our consolidated net pension liability recognized was $6.9 million, a decrease of $2.3 million from December 31, 2004. The decrease is primarily due to an increase in the fair value of plan assets during 2005, and the recognition of the previously determined net unamortized gain at the closing date of the Acquisition in accordance with SFAS 141, “Business Combinations.” For the 2005 Successor Period and the 2005 Reorganized Period, we recognized approximately $0.01 million and $0.2 million, respectively, of pension income. The consolidated pension expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $0.8 million. The pension expense has decreased in the 2005 periods primarily due to the freezing of a third defined benefit pension plan at December 31, 2004 and the elimination of amortization of prior service costs at October 17, 2005 in accordance with SFAS 141. We currently expect that the pension income in 2006 will be approximately $0.5 million, an improvement from the 2005 and 2004 pension income and expense, respectively, due to the freezing of all four defined benefit pension plans.
      Environmental Remediation Obligations. Our obligation for known environmental problems at our current and former manufacturing facilities have been recognized on an undiscounted basis based on estimates of the cost of investigation and remediation at each site. Management reviews our environmental remediation sites quarterly to determine if additional cost adjustments or disclosures are required. The characteristics of environmental remediation obligations, where information concerning the nature and extent of clean-up activities is not immediately available and changes in regulatory requirements frequently occur, result in a significant risk of increase to the obligations as they mature. Expected future expenditures are not discounted to present value and potential insurance recoveries are not recognized until realized.
      Product Warranty Costs. We estimate product warranty costs and accrue for these costs as products are sold. Estimates are principally based upon historical product warranty claims experience over the warranty period for each product line. Due to the uncertainty and potential volatility of these warranty estimates, changes in assumptions could materially affect net income.
      Revenue Recognition — Long-Term Contracts. We recognize revenue and gross profit as work on long-term contracts progresses using the percentage of completion method of accounting, which relies on estimates of total expected contract revenues and costs. We follow this method since reasonably dependable estimates of the revenue and costs applicable to various stages of a contract can be made. Since the financial reporting of these contracts depends on estimates, which are assessed continually during the term of the contract, recognized revenues and profit are subject to revisions as the contract progresses toward completion. Revisions in profit estimates are reflected in the period in which the facts that give rise to the revision become known. Accordingly, favorable changes in estimates result in additional profit recognition, and unfavorable changes will result in the reversal of previously recognized revenue and profits. When estimates indicate a loss is expected to be incurred under a contract, cost of sales is charged with a provision for such loss. As work progresses under a loss contract, revenue and cost of sales continue to be recognized in equal amounts, and the

65


Table of Contents

excess of costs over revenues is charged to the contract loss reserve. We use the percentage of completion method of accounting primarily in the E&C segment, with the balance made up by the D&S segment.
Recently Adopted Accounting Standards
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.” SFAS No. 123(R) is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values and eliminates the pro forma disclosure option allowed under SFAS 123. SFAS 123(R) is effective for nonpublic entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. We adopted SFAS 123(R) on October 17, 2005 in conjunction with the Acquisition.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”) FSP No. 109-1, “Application for FASB Statement No 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP 109-1 is intended to clarify that the domestic manufacturing deduction should be accounted for as a special deduction (rather than a rate reduction) under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” A special deduction is recognized under SFAS 109 as it is earned. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP 109-2 provides guidance under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act”) on enterprises’ income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP 109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. We completed evaluating the impact of the repatriation provisions, and the adjustment as provided for in FSP 109-2, did not have a material impact on our tax expense or deferred tax liability.
      In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations.” This interpretation requires companies to recognize a liability for the fair value of a legal obligation to perform asset retirement activities that are conditional on a future event if the amount can be reasonably estimated. This statement is effective for the year ending December 31, 2005. The adoption of this statement did not have a material affect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
      The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has recently issued the following Statements of Financial Accounting Standards that we have not adopted as of December 31, 2005:
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs.” SFAS No 151 requires abnormal amounts of inventory costs related to idle facility, freight handling and wasted material expenses to be recognized as current period charges. Additionally, SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. We are currently evaluating the effect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have on our financial position or results of operations.
      In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections.” SFAS 154 replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and SFAS 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements.” SFAS 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating and amortizing a long-lived asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate, and the correction of errors in previously issued financial

66


Table of Contents

statements should be termed a restatement. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The implementation of SFAS 154 does not have an impact our present consolidated financial statements and will only affect financial statements to the extent there are future accounting changes or errors.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
      In the normal course of business, our operations are exposed to continuing fluctuations in foreign currency values and interest rates that can affect the cost of operating and financing. Accordingly, we address a portion of these risks through a program of risk management.
      Our primary interest rate risk exposure results from the current senior secured credit facility’s various floating rate pricing mechanisms. We entered into an interest rate derivative contract, or collar, in March 1999 to manage interest rate risk exposure relative to our debt. This collar had a notional amount of $4.4 million at December 31, 2005 and expired in March 2006. The fair value of the contract related to the collar outstanding December 31, 2005 is a liability of less than $0.1 million and is recorded in accrued interest. If interest rates were to increase 100 basis points (1%) from December 31, 2005 rates, and assuming no changes in debt from the December 31, 2005 levels, our additional annual expense would be approximately $1.8 million on a pre-tax basis.
      We have assets, liabilities and cash flows in foreign currencies creating foreign exchange risk, the primary foreign currencies being the British Pound, the Czech Koruna and the Euro. Monthly measurement, evaluation and forward exchange contracts are employed as methods to reduce this risk. We enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge anticipated and firmly committed foreign currency transactions. We do not hedge foreign currency translation or foreign currency net assets or liabilities. The terms of the derivatives are one year or less.
Covenant Compliance
      We believe that our senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing our outstanding notes are material agreements, that the covenants are material terms of these agreements and that information about the covenants is material to an investor’s understanding of our financial condition and liquidity. The breach of covenants in the senior secured credit facility that are tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA, as defined below, could result in a default under the senior secured credit facility and the lenders could elect to declare all amounts borrowed due and payable. Any such acceleration would also result in a default under our indenture. Additionally, under the senior secured credit facilities and indenture, our ability to engage in activities such as incurring additional indebtedness, making investments and paying dividends is also tied to ratios based on Adjusted EBITDA.
      Covenant levels and pro forma ratios for the four quarters ended December 31, 2005 are as follows:
                 
        Four Quarters Ended
        December 31, 2005
    Covenant Level   Ratio
         
Senior Secured Credit Facility(1)
               
Minimum Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest ratio
    1.75x       2.62x  
Maximum total debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio
    6.75x       4.85x  
Indenture(2)
               
Minimum pro forma Adjusted EBITDA to pro forma fixed charge coverage ratio required to incur additional debt pursuant to ratio provisions(3)
    2.0x       2.33x  
 
(1)  The senior secured credit facility requires us to maintain an Adjusted EBITDA to cash interest ratio starting at a minimum of 1.75x and a total net debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio starting at a maximum of 6.75x. Failure to satisfy these ratio requirements would constitute a default under the senior secured credit facility. If lenders under the senior secured credit facility failed to waive any such default,

67


Table of Contents

repayment obligations under the senior secured credit facility could be accelerated, which would also constitute a default under the indenture.
 
(2)  Our ability to incur additional debt and make certain restricted payments under our indenture, subject to specified exceptions, is tied to an Adjusted EBITDA to fixed charge ratio of at least 2.0 to 1.0.
 
(3)  The ratio is calculated giving pro forma effect to the Acquisition and the incurrence of debt under the indenture and the senior secured credit facility.
      Adjusted EBITDA as used herein is defined as net income before interest expense, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization and further adjusted to exclude non-recurring items, non-cash items and other adjustments permitted in calculating covenants contained in the related senior secured credit facility and indenture governing the notes, as shown in the table below. We believe that the inclusion of supplementary adjustments to EBITDA applied in presenting Adjusted EBITDA are appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with financing covenants and our ability to pay dividends. The presentation of Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure, and ratios based thereon, do not comply with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
                                             
    Predecessor           Successor
    Company     Reorganized Company     Company
                 
    Nine Months     Three Months       January 1,     October 17,
    Ended     Ended   Year Ended   2005 to     2005 to
    September 30,     December 31,   December 31,   October 16,     December 31,
    2003     2003   2004   2005     2005
                         
    (Dollars in thousands)
Net income (loss)
  $ (7,085 )     $ 31     $ 22,600     $ 8,858       $ (506 )
Income tax expense (benefit)
    3,047         (125 )     10,134       7,159         (441 )
Interest expense — net
    10,300         1,344       4,712       4,164         5,556  
Depreciation and amortization(a)
    9,260         2,225       8,490       6,808         4,396  
                                   
EBITDA
  $ 15,522       $ 3,475     $ 45,936     $ 26,989       $ 9,005  
                                   
     
EBITDA
  $ 15,522       $ 3,475     $ 45,936     $ 26,989       $ 9,005  
Stock-based compensation expense(b)
                  2,433       9,508         437  
Inventory valuation charge(c)
            5,368                     8,903  
Acquisition expenses(d)
                        6,602          
In-process research and development charge(e)
                        2,768          
Hurricane losses(f)
                        1,057         406  
Employee separation and plant closure costs(g)
    1,338         1,010       3,346       1,700         255  
Reorganization expenses(h)
    369         357       706       1,470         88  
Appraisal rights settlement(i)
                                500  
Management fees(j)
                  380       306          
(Gain) loss on sale of assets(k)
    8,929         (57 )     133       (131 )       78  
Income from discontinued operations(l)
    (833 )                            
                                   
Adjusted EBITDA
  $ 25,325       $ 10,153     $ 52,934     $ 50,269       $ 19,672  
                                   
 
(a)   The nine months ended September 30, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period include financing costs amortization of $1.7 million and $0.3 million, respectively.
(b)   Represents stock-based compensation charges for stock and stock options issued to key employees and directors, and an additional charge for the cash-out of stock options in the 2005 Reorganized Period as a result of the Acquisition. Although it may be of limited relevance to holders of our debt instruments, it may be of more relevance to our equity holders, since such equity holders ultimately bear such expenses.
(c)   Represents a non-cash inventory valuation charge recorded in cost of sales for the adjustment of inventory to fair value as a result of Fresh-Start accounting as of September 30, 2003 and purchase accounting as of

68


Table of Contents

October 17, 2005, the closing date of the Acquisition. Under Fresh-Start and purchase accounting, inventory was adjusted to the fair value as of the dates indicated above, and a corresponding charge was taken in the subsequent three months ended December 31, 2003 and the 2005 Successor Period cost of sales as the inventory was sold.
(d)   Represents acquisition expenses, primarily professional fees, incurred by us as a result of the Acquisition.
(e)  Represents a non-cash charge for purchased in-process research and development in conjunction with the acquisition of CEM in 2005.
(f)   Represents losses and costs incurred related to the damaged caused by Hurricane Rita at our New Iberia, Louisiana facilities.
(g)   Includes inventory valuation charges recorded in cost of sales, and severance expenses, facility exit costs and non-operating expenses related to the execution of our operational restructuring plan, which primarily included moving the Burnsville, Minnesota manufacturing operations to Canton, Georgia, closing the Plaistow, New Hampshire and Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facilities and closing the Westborough, Massachusetts engineering office.
 
(h)   Includes pre-bankruptcy debt restructuring-related fees, Fresh-Start accounting adjustments and expenses, and a claim settlement related to our 2003 bankruptcy reorganization.
 
(i)   Represents a charge for the settlement of former Reorganized Company shareholders’ appraisal rights claims as a result of the Acquisition.
 
(j)   Represents non-recurring management fees charged by our Reorganized Company majority shareholders, which are not charged by First Reserve.
 
(k)   Includes non-recurring gains and losses and charges on the sale, disposal or impairment of assets.
 
(l)   Represents income from our former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business, which was sold in July 2003.

69


Table of Contents

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
      Our products and services are important components to the liquid gas supply chain. They are employed in cryogenic liquid production, purification, transportation, distribution, storage and other processes in which cryogenic liquids are converted into the desired gases. These processes are important to the use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. Important applications include LNG liquefaction and regasification, gas to liquids, natural gas and petrochemical processing, industrial gas production, transportation and storage, home healthcare applications and biomedical research. Accordingly, global demand for natural gas and industrial gases are fundamental drivers of our business.
      Natural gas usage is increasing rapidly due to its advantageous environmental characteristics, superior heat efficiency, and growth in other applications such as petrochemical feedstock. According to the International Energy Agency (“IEA”), the consumption of natural gas will exceed that of coal by 2015. The Energy Information Administration (“EIA”) projects that global natural gas usage will grow 2.4% annually from 2002 to 2020 compared to 2.0% for oil and 2.3% for coal.
Growing Natural Gas Consumption
(GRAPH)
(GRAPH)
Source: “LNG World Energy Outlook” May 19-20, 2005 International Energy Agency presentation
     LNG is expected to be the fastest growing segment of the natural gas value chain. New supplies of natural gas are largely found in areas that are long distances from the consumers of natural gas. In circumstances where pipeline transport is not feasible, natural gas must be converted into a more compact, liquid form, in order to effectively transport it to the required location. Products that enable the liquefaction of natural gas and re-gasification of LNG for transportation and storage are critical to the LNG industry.
      The LNG liquefaction process is currently the largest LNG market for our products. Our heat exchangers, cold boxes, VIP and other products are used by customers in the LNG market to liquefy, transport, distribute and store natural gas. According to the IEA, investments in global LNG facilities are expected to total approximately $250 billion from 2001 to 2030.

70


Table of Contents

      Energy Ventures Analysis projects LNG liquefaction capacity to increase 15.2% per annum from 2005 through 2011.
(GRAPH)
Source: Energy Ventures Analysis, 2005
     Commensurate with the increased LNG liquefaction investment and capacity, transportation of LNG is expected to outpace pipeline transport of natural gas over the next couple decades. The IEA expects the transportation of LNG in 2030 to be more than six times the level in 2001. Once this LNG reaches its end market it will either be re-gasified for pipeline distribution or distributed or stored in LNG format using cryogenic tanks where there is no pipeline infrastructure.
(GRAPH)
Source: “LNG World Energy Outlook” May 19-20, 2005 International Energy Agency presentation
     Hydrocarbon processing is another substantial market for our products. In natural gas processing, customers employ cryogenic equipment to separate and purify natural gas and then to further separate natural gas into its component elements such as ethane, propane, butane, other natural gas to liquids (“NGL”) and by-products such as helium. In petrochemical processing, customers use cryogenic separation and purification processes to convert natural gas elements into ethylene (the basic building block of plastics), propylene and numerous other industrial chemicals. The hydrocarbon processing market uses many of the products from our cryogenic categories in the gas separation and purification processes and the subsequent storage and distribution of liquid gases. Major customers for our products in the hydrocarbon processing markets are large multinational firms in the oil and gas industry, and large engineering and construction firms.
      Industrial gas demand is another fundamental driver of our business. Growth in the industrial gas market is driven by the underlying demand for products that require oxygen, nitrogen, argon and other air gases. Producers of industrial gases separate atmospheric air into its component gases using cryogenic processes. The resultant liquid gases are then stored and transported for ultimate use by a wide variety of customers in the petrochemical, electronics, glass, paper, metals, food, fertilizer, welding, enhanced oil recovery and medical industries. The industrial gas market uses our products throughout this process, for the separation, purification, storage and distribution of gases. Notably, the oil and chemicals sector is a substantial user of industrial gases, for stimulating well pressure, refining oil, producing petrochemicals and other applications.

71


Table of Contents

      According to Spiritus Consulting (“Spiritus”), revenue in the industrial gas market grew at 6.6% per annum from 1999 to 2004. Spiritus projects the global industrial gas market to grow at 7.0% per annum through 2009, fueled by growth of 9.0% per annum in Asia, the Middle East and Africa. The following graph was prepared by us using data from the Spiritus Consulting Report, 2004.
Industrial Gas Sales Growth by Region
(BAR GRAPH)
Source: Spiritus Consulting Report, 2004
     Our BioMedical segment is primarily driven by growth in home healthcare and biomedical research. Growth in the home healthcare market is being driven by the trend of decreased hospital inpatient stays in favor of lower cost outpatient treatments as well as by the aging U.S. population. According to U.S. Census data, the U.S. population aged 65 and over will grow from 36.7 million in 2005 to 46.8 million by 2015.
Growth in U.S. Elderly Population
Aged 65+
(BAR GRAPH)
Source: U.S. Census Bureau, 2000
     Growth in an aging population as well as increases in the number of respiratory disease cases is expected to increase demand for respiratory therapy and home-based oxygen devices. Respiratory therapy, which includes liquid oxygen systems, oxygen compression systems and oxygen concentrators, is a primary product service of our BioMedical segment.
      Similarly, the global expansion of bio-tech and stem cell research, and cord blood storage is expected to increase demand for our biological storage products for storing biological material. Additionally, U.S. Homeland Security initiatives in response to acts of bio-terrorism should drive greater demand for our biological storage products. Global artificial insemination is expected to grow as countries are moving toward independence in their dairy and beef production.
      We believe that equipment suppliers that are diversified in terms of product offerings that span the entire supply chain for users of hydrocarbon and industrial gases will continue to be industry leaders.

72


Table of Contents

BUSINESS
Overview
      We are a leading independent global manufacturer of highly engineered equipment used in the production, storage and end-use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases. We believe we are a preferred global supplier of engineered equipment used throughout the liquid gas supply chain. The largest portion of end-use applications for our products is energy-related, accounting for 51% of sales in 2005, and 58% of orders and 77% of backlog at December 31, 2005. We are a leading manufacturer of standard and engineered equipment primarily used for low-temperature and cryogenic applications. We have developed an expertise in cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero (0° Kelvin; -273° Centigrade; -459° Fahrenheit). The majority of our products, including vacuum-insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and use of hydrocarbon and industrial gases.
      Our primary customers are large, multinational producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases and their suppliers. We sell our products and services to more than 2,000 customers worldwide. We have developed long-standing relationships with leading companies in the gas production, gas distribution, gas processing, LNG, chemical and industrial gas industries, including Air Products, Praxair, Airgas, Air Liquide, JGC Corporation (“JGC”), Bechtel Corporation, General Electric (“GE”), ExxonMobil, British Petroleum (“BP”) and ConocoPhillips, many of whom have been purchasing our products for over 20 years.
      We have attained this position by capitalizing on our low-cost global manufacturing footprint, technical expertise and know-how, broad product offering, reputation for quality, and by focusing on attractive, growing markets. We have an established sales and customer support presence across the globe and low-cost manufacturing operations in the United States, Central Europe and China. We believe we are the number one or two equipment supplier in all of our primary end-use markets. For the combined year ended December 31, 2005, we generated revenues of $403.1 million compared to revenues of $305.6 for the year ended December 31, 2004. Our backlog at December 31, 2005 was $233.6 million, compared to $129.3 at December 31, 2004.
      We believe that we are well-positioned to benefit from a variety of long-term trends driving demand in our industry, including:
  •  increasing demand for natural gas and the geographic dislocation of supply and consumption, which is resulting in the need for a global network for LNG;
 
  •  increasing demand for natural gas processing, particularly in the Middle East, as crude oil producers look to utilize the gas portions of their reserves; and
 
  •  increased demand for natural and industrial gases resulting from rapid economic growth in developing areas, particularly Central and Eastern Europe and China.
Our Competitive Strengths
      We believe that the following competitive strengths position us to enhance our growth and profitability:
        Focus on Attractive Growing End Markets. We anticipate growing demand in the end markets we serve, with particularly strong growth in LNG, natural gas processing, specific international markets across all segments and biomedical equipment. Energy Ventures Analysis projects global LNG liquefaction capacity to increase 15.2% per annum from 2005 through 2011 and the International Energy Agency expects the natural gas industry to invest approximately $250 billion in LNG facilities from 2001 to 2030. In addition, international demand for our products is being driven by growing manufacturing capacity and industrial activity in developing areas, particularly Central and Eastern Europe and China. Rapid economic development in these areas has caused a significant increase in the demand for natural and

73


Table of Contents

  industrial gases. According to Spiritus Consulting, the global market for industrial gas is projected to grow 7.0% per annum from 2009.
 
        Substantial Revenue Visibility. We have a large and growing backlog, which provides us with a high degree of visibility in our forecasted revenue. Our backlog is comprised of the portion of signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue under the percentage of completion method or based upon shipment. Our backlog as of December 31, 2005 was $233.6 million compared to $129.3 million and $49.6 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Projects for energy-related applications totaled approximately $180.0 million in backlog as of December 31, 2005. Substantially all of our backlog as of December 31, 2005 is scheduled to be recognized as sales during the next twelve months.
 
        Leading Market Positions. We believe we are the #1 or #2 equipment supplier in each of our primary end markets both domestically and internationally. Based on our relationships with key customers, we believe that our strong industry positioning makes us the preferred supplier and typically one of only two or three suppliers qualified to provide certain products to key customers. As our customers continue to rationalize their vendors, we expect to gain additional market share and that the benefit of our leading position will become more pronounced.
 
        Diverse, Long-Standing Customer Base. We currently serve over 2,000 customers worldwide. Our primary customers are large, multinational producers and distributors of hydrocarbon and industrial gases that provide us with revenue stability. Customers and end-users also include high growth LNG processors, petrochemical processors and biomedical companies. We have developed strong, long-standing relationships with these customers, many of whom have been purchasing products from us or one of our predecessors for over 20 years. Our primary customers and end-users include Air Products, Praxair, Airgas, Air Liquide, JGC, Bechtel Corporation, GE, ExxonMobil, BP and ConocoPhillips.
 
        Highly Flexible and Low-Cost Manufacturing Base. Given our long-term investment in global manufacturing facilities and specialized equipment, we have developed a substantial comparative scale and geographic advantage within the markets for the cryogenic products that we manufacture. The scale enables cost efficiencies and the geographic reach provides access to customers that we believe would be difficult for a potential competitor to replicate. With more than 1.5 million square feet of manufacturing space across 11 primary facilities and three continents, we have substantial operational flexibility. We are a low-cost producer for our products across all segments. In addition, the high cost of capital and economies of scale required for this type of manufacturing create significant barriers for new entrants.
 
        Product Expertise, Quality, Reliability and Know-How. Within our end markets, we have established a reputation for quality, reliability and technical innovation. We believe that the main drivers of our target customers’ purchasing decisions are a supplier’s product expertise, quality, reliability and know-how rather than pricing and terms, giving us an advantage based on our reputation and consequent brand recognition. The value of this brand recognition is significantly enhanced by the extended life cycle of our products and the high cost to our target customers of product failure. As a focused provider of highly engineered cryogenic equipment, we believe it would be difficult for a new entrant to duplicate our capabilities.
 
        Experienced Management Team. We have assembled a strong senior management team with over 250 combined years of related experience. We have a balance of entrepreneurs, internally developed leaders and experienced managers from analogous industries. The team has grown into a cohesive unit with complementary management and operational skills. The current management team is directly responsible for the strong sales growth and the significant margin improvements experienced since 2003.
Business Strategy
      We believe that we are well-positioned to maintain our leadership in providing highly engineered equipment for use in low-temperature and cryogenic applications and meet the world’s growing demand for

74


Table of Contents

hydrocarbon and industrial gases with more economical, reliable and environmentally friendly systems. The principal elements of our strategy are as follows:
        Continue to develop innovative, high-growth, energy-specific products. We plan to continue to focus on extending our cryogenic technological leadership, both to capitalize on increasing demand for energy and to create new applications. We believe that we are well positioned to benefit from increased demand for LNG, natural gas processing and gas to liquid (“GTL”) solutions. Our engineering, technical and marketing employees actively assist customers in specifying their needs and in determining appropriate products to meet those needs. Current product development includes subsea VIP, synthetic gas, hydrogen recovery, small-scale bulk gas distribution solutions and LNG/ GTL production systems.
 
        Leverage our global platform to capitalize on growing international demand. We expect growth in hydrocarbon and industrial gas demand and investment over the next five years in the Middle East, Central and Eastern Europe, Russia and China. We believe that our historic and planned investment in our manufacturing facilities in the Czech Republic and China and the investment in sales and marketing capabilities in these markets, supplemented by our continuing investment in our U.S. facilities, has positioned us to increase our market share in growing international markets. We believe we are well-positioned to make acquisitions of complementary businesses to expand our global infrastructure.
 
        Capitalize on our position as a market leader. We plan to continue to grow our long-standing relationships with the leading users of cryogenic equipment. Our engineering and development teams partner with our customers to better understand and meet their cryogenic equipment needs, particularly in the growing LNG and international markets. We intend to grow our customer base as industrial gas producers increasingly outsource bulk tank storage and other non-core parts of their business.
 
        Maintain our position as a low-cost producer while continuing to improve operating performance. We believe we are the lowest cost manufacturer for most of our products and we intend to continue to leverage our scale, scope, technical expertise and know-how to deliver to our customers higher quality and more reliable products and services at lower cost. Our largest manufacturing facility is in the Czech Republic, which allows us to achieve considerable cost savings versus our competitors. In addition, we believe China, where we are experiencing significant growth, will be a sustainable low-cost labor environment. We maintain a disciplined approach to capital expenditures. We intend to make capacity investments in energy-related markets where we expect to realize significant and timely returns, and to also leverage our existing operating capacity in other markets.
Segments and Products
      We operate in three segments: (i) Energy and Chemicals (“E&C”), (ii) Distribution and Storage (“D&S”) and (iii) BioMedical. While each segment manufactures and markets different cryogenic equipment and systems to distinct end-users, they share a reliance on our heat transfer and low temperature storage know-how and expertise. The E&C and D&S segments manufacture products used in energy-related applications.
Energy and Chemicals Segment
      Our principal products within the E&C segment, which accounted for 30% of sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, are focused on process equipment, primarily heat exchangers and LNG systems, which include cold boxes and LNG vacuum-insulated pipe, used by major natural gas, petrochemical processing and industrial gas companies in the production of their products. Our products in the E&C segment include the following:
Heat Exchangers
      We are a leading designer and manufacturer of cryogenic heat exchangers. Using technology pioneered by us, heat exchangers are incorporated into systems such as cold boxes to facilitate the progressive cooling and liquefaction of air or hydrocarbon mixtures for the subsequent recovery or purification of component

75


Table of Contents

gases. In hydrocarbon processing industries, heat exchangers allow producers to obtain purified hydrocarbon by-products, such as methane, ethane, propane and ethylene, which are commercially marketable for various industrial or residential uses. In the industrial gas market, heat exchangers are used to obtain high purity atmospheric gases, such as oxygen, nitrogen and argon, which have numerous diverse industrial applications. Heat exchangers are customized to the customer’s requirements and range in price from approximately $30,000 for a relatively simple unit to as high as $10 million for a major project.
      The heat exchangers market has seen significant demand improvement over the last two years, resulting primarily from increased activity in the LNG and natural gas segments of the hydrocarbon processing market as well as the Asian industrial gas market. In the future, management believes that continuing efforts by petroleum producing countries to better utilize stranded natural gas and previously flared gases, as well as efforts to broaden their industrial base, present a promising source of demand for our heat exchangers and cold box systems. Demand for heat exchangers in developed countries is expected to continue as firms upgrade their facilities for greater efficiency and regulatory compliance.
      Our principal competitors for heat exchangers are Linde, Sumitomo, Kobe and Nordon. Management believes that we are the only producer of large brazed aluminum heat exchangers in the United States and that we are the leader in the global heat exchanger market. Major customers for our heat exchangers in the industrial gas market include Air Liquide, Air Products and Praxair. In the hydrocarbon processing market, major customers and end-users include Air Liquide, Air Products and Praxair. In the hydrocarbon processing market, major customers include BP, ExxonMobil, Saudi Aramco, ConocoPhillips and contractors such as JGC, Bechtel and KBR.
Cold Boxes
      We are a leading designer and fabricator of cold boxes. Cold boxes are highly engineered systems used to significantly reduce the temperature of gas mixtures to the point where component gases liquefy and can be separated and purified for further use in multiple industrial, scientific and commercial applications. In the hydrocarbon processing market, our cold box systems are used in natural gas processing and in the petrochemical industry. In the industrial gas market, cold boxes are used to separate air into its major atmospheric components, including nitrogen, oxygen and argon, where the gases are used in a diverse range of applications such as the quick-freezing of food, wastewater treatment and industrial welding. The construction of a cold box generally consists of one or more heat exchangers and other equipment packaged in a “box” consisting of metal framing and a complex system of piping and valves. Cold boxes, which are designed and fabricated to order, sell in the price range of $500,000 to $10 million, with the majority of cold boxes priced between $1 million and $2 million.
      We have a number of competitors for fabrication of cold boxes, including Linde, Air Products and many smaller fabrication-only facilities around the world. Principal customers for our cold boxes include Air Liquide, ABB Lummus, BP, Bechtel, Saudi Aramco, Stone and Webster, and KBR.
LNG Vacuum Insulated Pipe
      This product line consists of vacuum-insulated pipe (“VIP”) used for LNG transportation (“LNG VIP”) within both export and import terminals. This is a new and growing market as new LNG infrastructure is added around the world. LNG VIP is fabricated to order with projects varying in size from $500,000 to $25 million. Our competitors in the LNG VIP market include Technip and ITP. In general, our customers are the major contractors such as Technip and Bechtel. LNG VIP competes directly with mechanically insulated pipe which takes longer to install and requires higher maintenance over its life.
Distribution and Storage Segment
      Through our D&S segment, which accounted for 52% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, we are a leading supplier of cryogenic equipment to the global bulk and packaged industrial gas markets. Demand for the products supplied by this segment is driven primarily by the significant installed base of users of cryogenic liquids as well as new applications and distribution technologies for cryogenic liquids. Our

76


Table of Contents

products span the entire spectrum of the industrial gas market from small customers requiring cryogenic packaged gases to large users requiring custom engineered cryogenic storage systems. Our products in the D&S segment include the following:
Cryogenic Bulk Storage Systems
      We are a leading supplier of cryogenic bulk storage systems of various sizes ranging from 500 gallons to 150,000 gallons. Using sophisticated vacuum insulation systems placed between inner and outer vessels, these bulk storage systems are able to store and transport liquefied industrial gases and hydrocarbon gases at temperatures from -100° Fahrenheit to temperatures nearing absolute zero. End use customers for our cryogenic storage tanks include industrial gas producers and distributors, chemical producers, manufacturers of electrical components, health care organizations, food processors and businesses in the oil and natural gas industries. Prices for our cryogenic bulk storage systems range from $10,000 to $1,000,000. Global industrial gas producers, including Praxair, Air Liquide, Air Products, Linde, Messer and The BOC Group, are significant customers for our cryogenic bulk storage systems. In addition, Airgas is a significant customer in the North American industrial gas market. On a worldwide basis, we compete primarily with Taylor-Wharton, a Harsco Company in this product area. In the European and Asian markets, we compete with several suppliers owned by the global industrial gas producers as well as independent regional suppliers.
Cryogenic Packaged Gas Systems
      We are a leading supplier of cryogenic packaged gas systems of various sizes ranging from 160 liters to 2,000 liters. Cryogenic liquid cylinders are used extensively in the packaged gas industry to allow smaller quantities of liquid to be easily delivered to the customers of the industrial gas distributors on a full-for-empty or fill on site basis. Principal customers for our liquid cylinders are the same global industrial gas producers as the North American industrial gas distributors who purchase our cryogenic bulk storage systems. We compete on a worldwide basis primarily with Harsco in this product area. We have developed two technologies in the packaged gas product area: ORCA Micro-Bulk systems and Tri-fecta® Laser Gas assist systems. ORCA Micro-Bulk systems bring the ease of use and distribution economics of bulk gas supply to customers formerly supplied by high pressure or cryogenic liquid cylinders. The ORCA Micro-Bulk system is the substantial market leader in this growing product line. The Tri-fecta® Laser Gas assist system was developed to meet the “assist gas” performance requirements for new high powered lasers being used in the metal fabrication industry.
Cryogenic Systems and Components
      Our line of cryogenic components, including VIP, engineered bulk gas installations and specialty liquid nitrogen end-use equipment are recognized in the market for their reliability, quality and performance. These products are sold to industrial gas producers, as well as to a diverse group of distributors, resellers and end users. We compete with a number of suppliers of cryogenic systems and components, including Acme Cryogenics, Vacuum Barrier Corporation and others.
LNG Vehicle Fuel Systems
      This product line consists of LNG and liquid/compressed natural gas refueling systems for centrally fueled fleets of vehicles powered by natural gas, such as fleets operated by metropolitan transportation authorities, refuse haulers and heavy-duty truck fleets. Competition for LNG fueling and storage systems is based primarily on product design, customer support and service, dependability and price.
Beverage Liquid CO2 Systems
      This product line consists primarily of vacuum-insulated, bulk liquid CO2 containers used for beverage carbonation in restaurants, convenience stores and cinemas, in sizes ranging from 100 pounds to 750 pounds of liquid CO2 storage. We also manufacture and market non-insulated, bulk fountain syrup containers for side-by-side installation with our CO2 systems. Our beverage systems are sold to national restaurant chains, soft

77


Table of Contents

drink companies and CO2 distributors. Our primary competitors for our bulk liquid CO2 beverage delivery systems are Taylor-Wharton and other producers of high-pressure gaseous CO2 cylinders.
Cryogenic Services
      We operate three locations in the United States providing installation, service and maintenance of cryogenic products including storage tanks, liquid cylinders, cryogenic trailers, cryogenic pumps and VIP.
BioMedical Segment
      The BioMedical segment, which accounted for 18% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2005, consists of various product lines built around our core competencies in cryogenics, but with a focus on the medical and biological users of the liquids and gases instead of the large producers and distributors of cryogenic liquids. Our products in the BioMedical segment include the following:
Medical Products
      Our medical oxygen product line is comprised of a limited range of medical respiratory products, including liquid oxygen systems and ambulatory oxygen systems, both of which are used for the in-home supplemental oxygen treatment of patients with chronic obstructive pulmonary diseases, such as bronchitis, emphysema and asthma.
      Individuals for whom supplemental oxygen is prescribed generally receive an oxygen system from a home healthcare provider, medical equipment dealer, or gas supplier. The provider or physician usually selects which type of oxygen system to recommend to its customers: liquid oxygen systems, oxygen concentrators or high-pressure oxygen cylinders. Of these modalities, physicians generally believe that liquid oxygen offers greater long-term therapeutic benefits by providing the option of increased patient ambulation.
      Our primary competitor in the medical products line is Puritan-Bennett, a division of Tyco International, Ltd. We believe that competition for liquid oxygen systems is based primarily upon product quality, performance, reliability, ease-of-service and price and focus our marketing strategies on these considerations.
Biological Storage Systems
      This product line consists of vacuum-insulated containment vessels for the storage of biological materials. The primary markets for this product line include medical laboratories, biotech/pharmaceutical, research facilities, blood and tissue banks, veterinary laboratories, large-scale repositories and artificial insemination, particularly in the beef and dairy industry.
      The significant competitors for biological storage systems include a few large companies worldwide, such as Taylor-Wharton, Air Liquide and IBP. These products are sold through multiple channels of distribution specifically applicable to each market sector. The distribution channels range from highly specialized cryogenic storage systems providers to general supply and catalogue distribution operations to breeding service providers. Historically, competition in this field has been focused on design, reliability and price. Additionally, we believe our understanding of the end-user’s applications and concerns enables us to sell a “total value” package. Alternatives to vacuum insulated containment vessels include mechanical, electrically powered refrigeration.
MRI Components
      The basis of the MRI technique is that the magnetic properties of certain nuclei of the human body can be detected, measured and converted into images for analysis. MRI equipment uses high-strength magnetic fields, applied radio waves and high-speed computers to obtain cross-sectional images of the body. The major components of the MRI assembly are a series of concentric thermal shields and a supercooled electromagnet immersed in a liquid helium vessel (a “cryostat”) that maintains a constant, extremely low temperature (4°Kelvin; -452° Fahrenheit) to achieve superconductivity. We manufacture large cryostats, various cryo-

78


Table of Contents

genic interfaces, electrical feed-throughs and various other MRI components that are used to transfer power and/or cryogenic fluids from the exterior of the MRI unit to the various layers of the cryostat and superconducting magnet. We currently sell all of our MRI components to GE, a leading worldwide manufacturer of MRI equipment.
Engineering and Product Development
      Our engineering and product development activities are focused on developing new and improved solutions and equipment for the users of cryogenic liquids. Our engineering, technical and marketing employees actively assist customers in specifying their needs and in determining appropriate products to meet those needs. Portions of our engineering expenditures typically are charged to customers, either as separate items or as components of product cost.
Competition
      We believe we can compete effectively around the world and that we are a leading competitor in our markets. Competition is based primarily on performance and the ability to provide the design, engineering and manufacturing capabilities required in a timely and cost-efficient manner. Contracts are usually awarded on a competitive bid basis. Quality, technical expertise and timeliness of delivery are the principal competitive factors within the industry. Price and terms of sale are also important competitive factors. Because reliable market share data is not available, it is difficult to estimate our exact position in our markets, although we believe we rank among the leaders in each of the markets we serve.
Marketing
      We market our products and services throughout the world primarily through direct sales personnel and through independent sales representatives and distributors. The technical and custom design nature of our products requires a professional, highly trained sales force. While each salesperson and sales representative is expected to develop a highly specialized knowledge of one product or group of products within one of our segments, each salesperson and certain sales representatives are able to sell many products from different segments to a single customer. We use independent sales representatives and distributors to market our products and services in certain foreign countries that we serve and in certain North American markets. These independent sales representatives supplement our direct sales force in dealing with language and cultural matters. Our domestic and foreign independent sales representatives earn commissions on sales, which vary by product type.
Backlog
      The dollar amount of our backlog at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $233.6 million and $129.3 million, respectively. Backlog is comprised of the portion of firm signed purchase orders or other written contractual commitments received from customers that we have not recognized as revenue under the percentage of completion method or based upon shipment. It is expected that substantially all of our December 31, 2005 backlog will be recognized as sales during the next twelve months. Backlog can be significantly affected by the timing of orders for large products, particularly in the E&C segment, and the amount of backlog at December 31, 2005 described above is not necessarily indicative of future backlog levels or the rate at which backlog will be recognized as sales. For further information about our backlog, including backlog by segment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Customers
      We sell our products to gas producers, distributors and end-users across the industrial gas, hydrocarbon and chemical processing industries in countries throughout the world. While no single customer exceeded 10% of consolidated sales in 2005, 2004 or 2003, sales to our top ten customers accounted for 39%, 45% and 43% of consolidated sales in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Our sales to particular customers fluctuate from period to period, but the global gas producer and distributor customers tend to be a consistently large source of

79


Table of Contents

revenue for us. Our supply contracts are generally contracts for “requirements” only. While our customers are obligated to purchase a certain percentage of their supplies from us, there are no minimum requirements. Also, many of our contracts may be cancelled on as little as one month’s notice. To minimize credit risk from trade receivables, we review the financial condition of potential customers in relation to established credit requirements before sales credit is extended and monitors the financial condition of customers to help ensure timely collections and to minimize losses. In addition, for certain domestic and foreign customers, particularly in the E&C segment, we require advance payments, letters of credit and other such guarantees of payment. Certain customers also require us to issue letters of credit or performance bonds, particularly in instances where advance payments are involved, as a condition of placing the order. We believe our relationships with our customers generally have been good since our reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in 2003.
Intellectual Property
      Although we have a number of patents, trademarks and licenses related to our business, no one of them or related group of them is considered by us to be of such importance that its expiration or termination would have a material adverse effect on our business. In general, we depend upon technological capabilities, manufacturing quality control and application of know-how, rather than patents or other proprietary rights, in the conduct of our business.
Raw Materials and Suppliers
      We manufacture most of the products we sell. The raw materials used in manufacturing include aluminum products (including sheets, bars, plate and piping), stainless steel products (including sheets, plates, heads and piping), palladium oxide, carbon steel products (including sheets, plates and heads), 9% nickel steel products (including heads and plates), valves and gauges and fabricated metal components. Most raw materials are available from multiple sources of supply. We believe our relationships with our raw material suppliers and other vendors are generally good. The commodity metals we use have experienced significant upward fluctuations in price. We have generally been able to recover the costs of price increases through our contracts with customers. We foresee no acute shortages of any raw materials that would have a material adverse effect on our operations.
Employees
      As of December 31, 2005, we had 2,271 employees, including 1,402 domestic employees and 869 international employees. These employees consisted of 766 salaried, 283 bargaining unit hourly and 1,222 non-bargaining unit hourly.
      We are a party to one collective bargaining agreement through one of our operating subsidiaries. The agreement with the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers covering 283 employees at our La Crosse, Wisconsin heat exchanger facility expires in February 2007. In 2005, through another one of our operating subsidiaries, we were also a party to the agreement with the United Steel Workers of America, which covered 244 employees at our New Prague, Minnesota facility. On November 16, 2005, pursuant to an approved stipulation election agreement, the bargaining unit employees voted to decertify the United Steel Workers of America as its bargaining representative. The election results were certified on November 23, 2005. Over the past several years, we have not had any work stoppages or strikes and we believe our relationships with our employees are generally good.
Environmental Matters
      Our operations have historically included and currently include the handling and use of hazardous and other regulated substances, such as various cleaning fluids used to remove grease from metal, that are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations. These regulations impose limitations on the discharge of pollutants into the soil, air and water, and establish standards for their handling, management, use, storage and disposal. We monitor and review our procedures and policies for compliance with

80


Table of Contents

environmental laws and regulations. Our management is familiar with these regulations, and supports an ongoing program to maintain our adherence to required standards.
      We are involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of our owned manufacturing facilities and at one owned facility that is leased to a third party. We believe that we are currently in substantial compliance with all known environmental regulations. We accrue for certain environmental remediation-related activities for which commitments or remediation plans have been developed and for which costs can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are determined based upon currently available facts regarding each facility. Actual costs incurred may vary from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 8 to 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs. Although we believe we have adequately provided for the cost of all known environmental conditions, additional contamination or changes in regulatory posture concerning our on-going remedial efforts could result in more costly remediation measures than budgeted, or those we believe are adequate or required by existing law. We believe that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued which may result from the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Properties
      We occupy 24 principal facilities totaling approximately 1.9 million square feet, with the majority devoted to manufacturing, assembly and storage. Of these manufacturing facilities, approximately 1.6 million square feet are owned and 300,000 square feet are occupied under operating leases. We consider our manufacturing facilities sufficient to meet our current and planned operational needs in the D&S and Biomedical segments. However, we have commenced the expansion of our E&C segment facilities over the next few years to meet significant current order backlog levels and expected growth in business as both we and our competitors reach capacity. We lease approximately 10,300 square feet for our corporate office in Garfield Heights, Ohio. Our major owned facilities in the United States are subject to mortgages securing our senior secured credit facility.
      As a result of our operational restructuring activities, we closed our D&S manufacturing facility in Plaistow, New Hampshire in the third quarter of 2004 and we are currently pursuing the sale of this property. The Plaistow, New Hampshire facility is classified as an “asset held for sale” in our audited consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. In the first quarter of 2005, we completed the move of the medical respiratory product line from the Burnsville, Minnesota facility to the Canton, Georgia manufacturing facility. The Burnsville, Minnesota facility was sold in the fourth quarter of 2004 and leased until the move of the medical respiratory product line was completed. Our operational restructuring activities are further described in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

81


Table of Contents

      The following table sets forth certain information about facilities occupied by us as of March 2006:
                         
Location   Segment   Square Feet   Ownership   Use
                 
LaCrosse, Wisconsin
  Energy & Chemicals     149,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
New Iberia, Louisiana
  Energy & Chemicals     62,400       Leased     Manufacturing
New Iberia, Louisiana
  Energy & Chemicals     35,000       Leased     Manufacturing
The Woodlands, Texas
  Energy & Chemicals     29,000       Leased     Office
Wolverhampton, United Kingdom
  Energy & Chemicals     1,600       Leased     Office
Changzhou, China(1)
  Distribution & Storage     21,500       Leased     Manufacturing/Office
Changzhou, China
  Distribution & Storage     130,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
Changzhou, China
  Distribution & Storage     60,000       Leased     Manufacturing/Office
Changzhou, China
  Distribution & Storage     40,000       Leased     Manufacturing
Decin, Czech Republic
  Distribution & Storage     564,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
Houston, Texas
  Distribution & Storage     22,000       Owned     Service
Plaistow, New Hampshire(2)
  Distribution & Storage     164,400       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
Solingen, Germany
  Distribution & Storage     3,000       Leased     Office
Zhangiajang, China
  Distribution & Storage     30,000       Leased     Manufacturing/Office
Canton, Georgia
  Distribution & Storage/ BioMedical     154,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
Jasper, Georgia
  Distribution & Storage/ BioMedical     32,500       Leased     Warehouse/Service
New Prague, Minnesota
  Distribution & Storage/ BioMedical     254,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Service/ Office
Denver, Colorado
  BioMedical     109,000       Owned     Manufacturing
Marietta, Georgia
  BioMedical     11,100       Leased     Office/Lab
Brackell, United Kingdom
  BioMedical     12,500       Leased     Office/Warehouse
Lidcombe, Australia
  BioMedical     2,400       Leased     Office/Warehouse
New Prague, Minnesota
  BioMedical     11,700       Leased     Warehouse
Burnsville, Minnesota(3)
  Corporate     7,000       Leased     Office
Garfield Heights, Ohio
  Corporate     10,300       Leased     Office
Clarksville, Arkansas(4)
  Discontinued operation     110,000       Owned     Manufacturing/Office
 
(1)  This facility has been vacated and we expect to sublease until the lease expires.
 
(2)  This facility is being held for sale.
 
(3)  This facility is in the process of being closed and we expect to buy-out the lease or sublease until the lease expires in January 2007.
 
(4)  This facility is leased from us, with a purchase option, by the company that purchased certain assets of the former Greenville Tube LLC stainless steel tubing business.
Regulatory Environment
      We are subject to federal, state and local regulations relating to the discharge of materials into the environment, production and handling of our hazardous and regulated materials and our products and the conduct and condition of our production facilities. We do not believe that these regulatory requirements have had a material effect upon our capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. We are not anticipating any material capital expenditures in 2006 that are directly related to regulatory compliance matters. We are also not aware of any pending or potential regulatory changes that would have a material adverse impact on our business.

82


Table of Contents

Legal Proceedings
      In March 2003, we completed the closure of our Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, operated by CHEL, and all current heat exchanger manufacturing is being conducted at our LaCrosse, Wisconsin facility. On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. Additionally, we received information that indicated that CHEL’s net pension plan obligations had increased significantly primarily due to a decline in plan asset values and interest rates as well as an increase in plan liabilities, resulting in an estimated plan deficit of approximately $12.0 million. Based on our financial condition, in March 2003 we determined not to advance funds to CHEL in amounts necessary to fund CHEL’s obligations. Since CHEL was unable to fund its net pension plan deficit, pay remaining severance due to former employees or pay other creditors, the trustees of the CHEL pension plan requested a decision to wind-up the plan from a U.K. pension regulatory board. That board approved the wind-up as of March 28, 2003.
      We do not believe that we are legally obligated to fund the net pension deficit of the CHEL pension plan because CHEL, which is no longer one of our consolidated subsidiaries, was the sponsor of the pension plan and the entity with primary responsibility for the plan. In addition, we considered ourselves and our consolidated subsidiaries legally released from being the primary obligor of any CHEL liabilities. Further, at the time the insolvency administrator assumed control of CHEL, we no longer had control of the assets or liabilities of CHEL. As a result, in March 2003, we wrote-off our net investment in CHEL. In addition, any claims of CHEL against us were discharged in bankruptcy as part of our Reorganization Plan.
      While no claims presently are pending against us related to CHEL’s insolvency, persons impacted by the insolvency or others could bring a claim against us asserting that we are directly responsible for pension and benefit related liabilities of CHEL. Although we would contest any claim of this kind, we can provide no assurance that claims will not be asserted against us in the future. To the extent we have a significant liability related to CHEL’s insolvency and pension wind-up, satisfaction of that liability could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity, results of operations and financial position.
      On July 8, 2003, we and all of our then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to implement an agreed upon senior debt restructuring plan through a prepackaged plan of reorganization. None of our non-U.S. subsidiaries were included in the filing in the Bankruptcy Court. On September 15, 2003, we (as reorganized, the “Reorganized Company”) and all of our majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries emerged from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings pursuant to the Amended Joint Prepackaged Reorganization Plan of Chart Industries, Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries, dated September 3, 2003. We have resolved all proofs of claim asserted in the bankruptcy proceedings, including the settlement in July 2005 of a finders’ fee claim in the amount of $1.1 million asserted by one of our former shareholders, against which we had filed an objection in the Bankruptcy Court. We expect to move forward to close these proceedings in the first half of 2006.
      We are a party to other legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of our business. Based on our historical experience in litigating these actions, as well as our current assessment of the underlying merits of the actions and applicable insurance, management believes that the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.

83


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT
      The following table sets forth the name, age as of April 1, 2006 and position of each person that serves as an executive officer or director of our company and certain other key members of management.
             
Name   Age   Position
         
Samuel F. Thomas
    54     Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
Michael F. Biehl
    50     Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
Matthew J. Klaben
    36     Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
James H. Hoppel, Jr. 
    42     Chief Accounting Officer, Controller and Assistant Treasurer
John T. Romain
    42     President—Energy & Chemicals Group
Thomas M. Carey
    48     President—Distribution & Storage Group
Steven T. Shaw
    44     President—BioMedical Group
Ben A. Guill
    55     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Kenneth W. Moore
    36     Director
Timothy H. Day
    35     Director
      Samuel F. Thomas is our Chief Executive Officer and President and has served as a member of our board of directors since October 2003. Prior to joining our company, Mr. Thomas was Executive Vice President of Global Consumables at ESAB Holdings Ltd. In addition to his most recent position at ESAB, Mr. Thomas was responsible for ESAB N. America during his employment at ESAB Holdings Ltd. Prior to joining ESAB in February 1999, Mr. Thomas was Vice President of Friction Products for Federal Mogul, Inc. Prior to its acquisition by Federal Mogul in 1998, Mr. Thomas was employed by T&N plc from 1976 to 1998, where he served from 1991 as chief executive of several global operating divisions, including industrial sealing, camshafts and friction products.
      Michael F. Biehl has been our Executive Vice President since April 2006, served as our Chief Accounting Officer from October 2002 until March 2006, and has been our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer since July 2001. Prior to joining us, Mr. Biehl served as Vice President, Finance and Treasurer at Oglebay Norton Company. Prior to joining Oglebay Norton in 1992, Mr. Biehl worked in the audit practice of Ernst & Young LLP in Cleveland, Ohio from 1978 to 1992.
      Matthew J. Klaben is our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining us in March 2006, Mr. Klaben was a partner at the law firm of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP in Cleveland, Ohio from January 2005 until March 2006, and an associate from April 1998 until December 2004. Before that, Mr. Klaben was an associate at the law firm of Jones Day in Cleveland, Ohio from September 1995 until April 1998.
      James H. Hoppel, Jr. is our Chief Accounting Officer, Controller and Assistant Treasurer and has served as Controller since November 2004. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hoppel served as Vice President, Finance for W.W. Holdings, LLC, a manufacturer and distributor of doors and hardware. Prior to joining W.W. Holdings in 2001, Mr. Hoppel held various finance and accounting positions with different organizations, including the Transaction Services and Audit practices of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP in Cleveland, Ohio.
      John T. Romain has been the President of our Energy & Chemicals Group since October 2002. Mr. Romain has been with our company for twelve years, and prior to becoming the President of the Energy & Chemicals Group served as our Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Romain worked in the audit practice of Ernst & Young LLP from 1985 to 1993, where he gained extensive experience providing services to oil and gas companies.
      Thomas M. Carey has been the President of our Distribution & Storage Group since September 2004. Mr. Carey has been with us and our predecessors since 1987 and prior to becoming the President of the Distribution & Storage Group, Mr. Carey worked in various engineering and business management positions.

84


Table of Contents

Prior to joining Chart, Mr. Carey was employed by Airco as a field engineer in support of bulk industrial gas sales.
      Steven T. Shaw has been the President of our BioMedical Group since October 2002. Mr. Shaw has been employed by us and our predecessors for eleven years in various management positions. Before joining our company in 1993, Mr. Shaw was employed for eleven years in the automotive manufacturing and distribution business of TRW Inc. in Cleveland, Ohio. Before that, he held positions in sales and management with APS Incorporated in Houston, Texas.
      Ben A. Guill has been the Chairman of our board of directors since the Acquisition in October 2005. Mr. Guill is the President and a Managing Director of First Reserve Corporation, which he joined in September 1998. Prior to joining First Reserve Corporation, Mr. Guill was the Managing Director and Co-head of Investment Banking of Simmons & Company International, an investment banking firm specializing in the oil service industry. Mr. Guill also serves as a director of Dresser, Inc., T-3 Energy Services, Inc. and National Oilwell Varco, Inc.
      Kenneth W. Moore has been a member of our board of directors since the Acquisition in October 2005. Mr. Moore is a Managing Director of First Reserve Corporation and joined that firm in January 2004. Prior to joining First Reserve Corporation, Mr. Moore was a Vice President at Morgan Stanley, an investment bank, from 2000 until 2004. Prior to joining Morgan Stanley, Mr. Moore was an Associate at Chase Securities from 1998 until 2000. Mr. Moore also serves as a director of Dresser-Rand Group, Inc.
      Timothy H. Day has been a member of our board of directors since the Acquisition in October 2005. Mr. Day is a Director of First Reserve Corporation, which he joined in November 2000. Before joining First Reserve Corporation, Mr. Day was employed at WorldOil.com where he was a Vice President in charge of Operations. Prior to that time, Mr. Day spent three years with SCF Partners, a private equity investment group and three years with CS First Boston and Salomon Brothers. Mr. Day also serves as a director of Pacific Energy Partners, L.P.
Composition of the Board of Directors after this Offering
      Our board of directors currently consists of four directors. We expect to add an independent director prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, another independent director within three months after the first date the registration statement is declared effective and one additional independent director to our board within twelve months after the registration statement is declared effective.
      Depending on the size of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules if First Reserve and its affiliates continue to own more than 50% of our common stock after the completion of this offering. As a result, we would be eligible for exemptions from provisions of these rules requiring a majority of independent directors, nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees composed entirely of independent directors and written charters addressing specified matters. If available, we intend to take advantage of these exemptions. In the event that we are not, or cease to be, a controlled company within the meaning of these rules, we will be required to comply with these provisions within the transition periods specified in the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance rules.
Board Committees
      Our board of directors currently has an audit committee and a compensation committee. In connection with this offering, we intend to establish a nominating and corporate governance committee.
Audit Committee
      Our audit committee consists of Ben A. Guill, Kenneth W. Moore and Timothy H. Day, who is currently the chairman. We expect that our current audit committee will be comprised of three independent directors within the transition periods specified in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Following this offering, the

85


Table of Contents

audit committee will be required to have at least one member who qualifies as an audit committee “financial expert” as such term is defined in Item 401(h) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee is governed by a written charter which will be reviewed, and amended if necessary, on an annual basis. The audit committee’s responsibilities include (1) appointing, retaining, evaluating and terminating our independent auditors and approving in advance any audit or non-audit engagement or relationship between us and such auditor, (2) approving the overall scope of the audit, (3) assisting the board in monitoring the integrity of our financial statements, the independent accountant’s qualifications and independence, the performance of the independent accountants and our internal audit function and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (4) annually reviewing an independent auditors’ report describing the auditing firms’ internal quality-control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the auditing firm, (5) discussing the annual audited financial and quarterly statements with management and the independent auditors, (6) discussing earnings press releases, as well as financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies, (7) discussing policies with respect to risk assessment and risk management, (8) meeting separately, periodically, with management, internal auditors and the independent auditor, (9) reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems or difficulties and managements’ response, (10) setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors, (11) annually reviewing the adequacy of the audit committee’s written charter, (12) reviewing with management any legal matters that may have a material impact on us and our financial statements and (13) reporting regularly to the full board of directors.
      Prior to consummation of this offering, the audit committee will approve and adopt a Code of Ethical Business Conduct for all employees and an additional Officer Code of Ethics for all of our executives and financial officers, copies of which will be available at no cost upon written request by our stockholders.
Compensation Committee
      Our current compensation committee consists of Ben A. Guill, Kenneth W. Moore and Timothy H. Day. The compensation committee is responsible for (1) reviewing key employee compensation policies, plans and programs, (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer and other executive officers, (3) developing and recommending to the board of directors compensation for board members, (4) reviewing and approving employment contracts and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers, (5) reviewing and consulting with the chief executive officer on the selection of officers and evaluation of executive performance and other related matters, (6) administration of stock plans and other incentive compensation plans, (7) overseeing compliance with any applicable compensation reporting requirements of the SEC, (8) approving the appointment and removal of trustees and investment managers for pension fund assets, (9) retaining consultants to advise the committee on executive compensation practices and policies and (10) handling such other matters that are specifically delegated to the compensation committee by the board of directors from time to time.
Director Compensation
      None of our directors currently receives any additional compensation for serving as a director or as a member or chair of a committee of the board of directors. We expect to pay our independent directors an annual retainer of $32,000, payable in equal quarterly installments, and to grant each independent director 2,000 stock options annually, which options will be granted with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the grant date. The options will vest at 20% per year over five years. We expect to pay also to the chairperson of our audit committee an additional $8,000 annual retainer and to the chairpersons of our other board committees an additional $4,000 annual retainer, in each case in equal quarterly installments. Additionally, we expect to pay our independent directors a fee of $2,000 for board meetings attended in person (up to six meetings and $1,000 per meeting thereafter) and a fee of $1,000 for board meetings attended telephonically. In connection with meetings of the committees of our board of directors, we expect to pay our independent directors who attend committee meetings in person a fee of $1,000 per meeting and a fee of $500 per meeting for committee meetings attended telephonically. In addition, directors must accumulate at least $50,000 in our common stock during their first 24 months on our board.

86


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table
      The following summary compensation table sets forth information concerning compensation earned during the last three fiscal years by our chief executive officer and all other persons who served as executive officers during the last fiscal year. As of April 1, 2006, our executive officers included Messrs. Thomas and Biehl, in addition to Matthew J. Klaben, our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary and James H. Hoppel, our Chief Accounting Officer, Controller and Assistant Treasurer, and Mr. Lovett was no longer an executive officer.
                                                   
                    Long-Term    
            Compensation    
        Annual Compensation   Awards    
                 
            Number of    
            Other Annual   Underlying   All Other
Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary   Bonus   Compensation(1)   Options   Compensation
                         
Samuel F. Thomas(2)
    2005     $ 400,000     $ 600,000     $ 5,766,483 (3)     67,547 (4)   $ 18,726 (5)
  Chief Executive Officer and     2004     $ 400,000     $ 600,000     $ 435,123 (6)     203,701 (7)   $ 19,595 (5)
  President     2003     $ 92,307     $ 94,338                    
 
Michael F. Biehl
    2005     $ 213,200     $ 319,800     $ 1,166,830 (3)     20,264 (4)   $ 18,726 (5)
  Executive Vice President,     2004     $ 205,000     $ 374,167 (8)           28,000 (7)   $ 14,536 (5)
  Chief Financial Officer and     2003     $ 200,000         (8)               $ 14,077 (5)
  Treasurer                                                
 
Charles R. Lovett
    2005     $ 173,349     $ 260,024     $ 916,205 (3)     6,755 (4)   $ 15,471 (5)
  Vice President —     2004     $ 168,300     $ 307,450 (8)           23,000 (7)   $ 5,100 (5)
  Manufacturing     2003     $ 165,000         (8)               $ 4,950 (5)
 
(1)  No person listed in the table received personal benefits or perquisites in excess of the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of his aggregate salary and bonus. Messrs. Thomas and Biehl received automobile allowances of $1,846 and $6,923 in 2005, respectively, and Mr. Biehl received the use of a company car in 2003, 2004 and part of 2005.
 
(2)  Mr. Thomas became Chief Executive Officer on October 6, 2003.
 
(3)  These amounts reflect the payments made by us in connection with the Acquisition related to the cancellation of stock options (or portions of stock options) held by the named individuals before the Acquisition.
 
(4)  These options were granted on November 23, 2005 pursuant to the terms of our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The following portions of these options vest annually in equal installments over five years based on continued service: Mr. Thomas 23,840; Mr. Biehl, 7,152; and Mr. Lovett, 2,384. The following portions of these options vest based on performance, measured by reference to First Reserve’s net return on its investment in us: Mr. Thomas, 43,707; Mr. Biehl, 13,112; and Mr. Lovett, 4,371.
 
(5)  Represents amounts contributed by us to the listed person’s personal account under the Chart Industries, Inc. 401(k) Investment and Savings Plan.
 
(6)  On February 26, 2004, Mr. Thomas purchased from us 28,797 shares of common stock at a price of $13.89 per share. The amount listed as “Other Annual Compensation” for Mr. Thomas for 2004 is equal to the product of the total number of shares purchased and the difference between the price paid to us and the closing price of $29.00 per share of Reorganized Company common stock in the over-the-counter-market on February 26, 2004.
 
(7)  These options were granted on March 19, 2004 pursuant to the terms of our 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. A portion of these options were cancelled in the Acquisition in exchange for the payments describe in footnote (3) above. The balance of these options remain outstanding and were adjusted in connection with the Acquisition to represent rollover options to acquire our common stock after the Acquisition at an exercise price of $16.19 per share, as follows: Mr. Thomas, 94,599; Mr. Biehl, 5,297;

87


Table of Contents

and Mr. Lovett, 5,221. All of these rollover options held by Messrs. Thomas, Biehl and Lovett are currently exercisable.
(8)  Of the amounts listed for 2004, $307,500 and $252,450 represent year-end cash bonuses paid to Mr. Biehl and Mr. Lovett, respectively, for our 2004 fiscal year. The balance of the amounts listed for 2004, $66,667 for Mr. Biehl and $55,000 for Mr. Lovett, represent retention incentives that were paid in March 2004 in lieu of any other cash bonuses for 2003. These retention incentives were paid under retention agreements entered into in 2003 with Mr. Biehl and Mr. Lovett, which required these officers to remain employed with the company through February 29, 2004 as a condition to payment.
Stock Options
      The following table sets forth information concerning the grant of stock options to our chief executive officer and all other executive officers during the last fiscal year.
                                                   
    Individual Grants        
         
        Percent of       Potential Realizable Value
    Number of   Total       at Assumed Annual Rates
    Securities   Options       of Stock Price
    Underlying   Granted to   Exercise       Appreciation for Option
    Options   Employees   or Base       Term
    Granted   in Fiscal   Price   Expiration    
Name   (#)   Year   ($/Sh)   Date   5% ($)   10% ($)
                         
Samuel F. Thomas
    67,547 (1)     31.0 %   $ 64.75       11/23/15 (2)   $ 2,750,514 (3)   $ 6,970,175 (3)
  Chief Executive Officer and President                                                
Michael F. Biehl
    20,264 (1)     9.3 %   $ 64.75       11/23/15 (2)   $ 825,150 (3)   $ 2,091,042 (3)
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer                                                
Charles R. Lovett
    6,755 (1)     3.1 %   $ 64.75       11/23/15 (2)   $ 275,064 (3)   $ 697,048 (3)
  Vice President — Manufacturing                                                
 
(1)  These options were granted on November 23, 2005 at an exercise price of $64.75 pursuant to the terms of our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The following portions of these options vest annually in equal installments over five years based on continued service: Mr. Thomas, 23,840; Mr. Biehl, 7,152; and Mr. Lovett, 2,384. The following portions of these options vest based on performance, measured by reference to First Reserve’s net return on its investment in us: Mr. Thomas, 43,707; Mr. Biehl, 13,112; and Mr. Lovett, 4,371. See “—2005 Stock Incentive Plan.”
 
(2)  The portion of these options that vests based on performance, as described in footnote (1), may terminate earlier than this date to the extent the performance measure is not satisfied at such time that First Reserve may cease to have any ownership interest in us.
 
(3)  The potential realized values are net of exercise price but do not take into account the payment of taxes associated with exercise. The amounts represent hypothetical gains that could be achieved for the respective options if exercised at the end of the option term based on assumed annual rates of compound share price appreciation from the date of this prospectus of 5% and 10% based on $64.75 per share, the fair market value on the date of grant. The 5% and 10% assumed annual rates of compounded share price appreciation are mandated by rules of the SEC and do not represent our estimate or projection of our future common share prices. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises are dependent on the future performance of our common shares and overall stock market conditions and the option holders’ continued service with us.

88


Table of Contents

Exercise of Options
      The following table sets forth information concerning the exercise of stock options during 2005 by each of our chief executive officer and all other executive officers and the 2005 year-end value of unexercised options.
                                   
            Number of Securities    
            Underlying Unexercised   Value of Unexercised
    Shares       Options at   In-the-Money Options at
    Acquired on   Value   Fiscal Year-End (#)   Fiscal Year-End ($)(1)
Name   Exercise (#)   Realized($)   Exercisable/Unexercisable   Exercisable/Unexercisable
                 
Samuel F. Thomas
                94,599/67,547       $    /$  
  Chief Executive Officer and President                                
Michael F. Biehl
                5,297/20,264       $    /$  
  Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer                                
Charles R. Lovett
                4,350/7,626       $    /$  
  Vice President —Manufacturing                                
 
(1)  There was no public trading market for our common stock as of December 31, 2005. The value of unexercised in-the-money options is based on the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share.
Pension Plan Information
      The Chart Retirement Income Plan was frozen as of December 31, 2004. Therefore, no future service or earnings will be considered in the calculation of the “normal retirement benefit” (as defined therein) payable from the plan. Mr. Lovett’s annual benefit payable at his “normal retirement date” (as defined therein) is $4,850.88. This amount was calculated using his final average earnings and credited service at December 31, 2004.
2005 Stock Incentive Plan
      The following description of the Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, which we refer to as the Plan, is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the Plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We adopted the stock incentive plan effective November 23, 2005 and it was approved by our stockholders on November 23, 2005.
      The Plan provides for the grant of options that are not incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) or various other stock-based grants, including the shares of our common stock sold to, and options granted to, our executive officers and other key employees.
      In connection with this offering, we intend to amend the Plan to increase the number of shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan and to make other changes to the terms of the Plan that will be effective when we complete this offering. As of April 1, 2006, there were 245,157 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under the Plan. The number or kind of shares issued or reserved for issuance pursuant to the Plan or pursuant to outstanding awards, maximum number of shares for which options or SARs may be granted during a calendar year to any participant, the exercise price of any award or any other affected term of an award may be adjusted by our board of directors on account of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, extraordinary dividends or other dilutive changes in the shares of common stock. Shares of common stock covered by awards that terminate or lapse without the issuance of shares will again be available for grant under the Plan.
      The Plan is administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any committee thereof. The board has the full power and authority to establish the terms and conditions of any award consistent with the provisions of the Plan and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time. The board also has the authority to grant awards under the Plan. The board is authorized to interpret the Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the Plan and to make any other determinations that it deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan. The board is

89


Table of Contents

authorized to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent the board deems necessary or desirable.
      The exercise price per share for options is equal to the fair market value on the applicable date of grant. An option holder may exercise an option by written notice and payment of the exercise price (i) in cash, (ii) to the extent permitted by the board, by the surrender of a number of shares of common stock already owned by the option holder for at least six months (or such other period as established from time to time by the board to avoid adverse accounting treatment applying generally accepted accounting principles), (iii) in a combination of cash and shares of common stock (as qualified by clause (ii)), (iv) through the delivery of irrevocable instructions to a broker to sell share obtained upon the exercise of the option and deliver to us an amount equal to the exercise price for the shares of common stock being purchased or (v) through such cashless exercise procedures as the board may permit. Option holders who are subject to the withholding of federal and state income tax as a result of exercising an option may satisfy the income tax withholding obligation through the withholding of a portion of the shares of common stock to be received upon exercise of the option.
      As of the date of this prospectus, we have granted under the Plan certain options as non-qualified stock options, which have been granted as follows: approximately 35% vest and become exercisable over the passage of time, which we refer to as “time options,” assuming the holder thereof continues to be employed by us, and the remaining portion vests and becomes exercisable based upon the achievement of certain performance targets, which we refer to as “performance options.” Time options generally become exercisable by the holder of the option in installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the grant date. Performance options generally become exercisable based upon the “Fund X Net Return,” which is the amount received by First Reserve in cash (and/or in kind based upon the fair market value of securities or other property received by First Reserve) in respect of its investment in us divided by the aggregate amount of the investment by First Reserve in us (the “Fund X Investment”).
      Immediately prior to a change in control of us (as defined in the Plan), the exercisability of the time options will automatically accelerate with respect to 100% of the shares of our common stock subject to the time options. In addition, subject to the holder of the option’s continued employment, in the event First Reserve sells 100% of its interest in us to a third party prior to October 17, 2008 and, as a result of such sale, the Fund X Net Return is less than 2.50 times the Fund X Investment, but an internal rate of return of greater than 30% is realized, the performance option will accelerate with respect to 45% of the shares of our common stock subject to the performance option.
      The board may grant SARs independent of or in connection with an option. The exercise price per share of a SAR shall be an amount determined by the board, but in no event shall such amount be less than the greater of (i) the fair market value of a share on the date the SAR is granted or, in the case of a SAR granted in conjunction with an option, or a portion thereof, the exercise price of the related option and (ii) the minimum amount permitted by applicable laws, rules, by-laws or policies of regulatory authorities or stock exchanges. Each SAR granted independent of an option shall entitle a participant upon exercise to an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share over (B) the exercise price per share, times (ii) the number of shares covered by the SAR. Each SAR granted in conjunction with an option, or a portion thereof, shall entitle a participant to surrender to us the unexercised option, or any portion thereof, and to receive from us in exchange therefor an amount equal to (i) the excess of (A) the fair market value on the exercise date of one share over (B) the exercise price per share, times (ii) the number of shares covered by the option, or portion thereof, which is surrendered. Payment shall be made in shares of common stock or in cash, or partly in shares of common stock and partly in cash, all as shall be determined by the board.
      The board may grant awards of shares of common stock, restricted stock and awards that are valued in whole or in part by reference to, or are otherwise based on the fair market value of, shares. Such awards will be subject to the terms and conditions established by the board.
      Unless otherwise determined by the board, awards granted under the Plan are not transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

90


Table of Contents

      The board of directors may amend, alter or discontinue the Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuance may diminish any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent.
2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
      The following description of the Chart Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, which we refer to as our 2004 Plan, is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the 2004 Plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. We adopted the stock incentive plan effective February 12, 2004. We anticipate that the 2004 Plan will be approved by our stockholders prior to the completion of this offering.
      The 2004 Plan permits the grant of nonqualified stock options to our and our affiliates’ employees. A maximum of 494,703 shares of common stock may be subject to awards under the 2004 Plan. The number of shares of common stock issued or reserved pursuant to the 2004 Plan, or pursuant to outstanding awards, is subject to adjustment on account of mergers, consolidations, reorganizations, stock splits, stock dividends, extraordinary dividends and other dilutive changes in the shares of common stock. Shares of common stock covered by awards that expire, terminate or lapse will again be available for grant under the 2004 Plan.
      The stock incentive plan is administered by our board of directors, which may delegate its duties and powers in whole or in part to any committee thereof. The board has the sole discretion to determine the employees to whom awards may be granted under the 2004 Plan and the manner in which such awards will vest. Options will be granted by the board to employees in such numbers and at such times during the term of the 2004 Plan as the board shall determine. The board is authorized to interpret the 2004 Plan, to establish, amend and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the 2004 Plan.
      The board shall determine the exercise price for each option. An option holder may exercise an option by written notice and payment of the exercise price (1) in cash, (2) by the surrender of a number of shares of common stock already owned by the option holder, (3) by surrender of all or part of an award or (4) in a combination of the foregoing methods. The board may also prescribe any other method of paying the exercise price that it determines is consistent with applicable law and the purpose of the 2004 Plan. The board in its discretion may permit option holders who are subject to the withholding of federal and state income tax as a result of exercising an option to satisfy the income tax withholding obligation through the withholding of a portion of the shares of common stock to be received upon exercise of the option.
      Unless otherwise determined by the board, awards granted under the 2004 Plan are not transferable other than by will, by the laws of descent and distribution or pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code.
      Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect the outstanding options under the 2004 Plan to be fully vested and exercised.
      Our board of directors may amend, alter or discontinue the 2004 Plan in any respect at any time, but no amendment, alteration or discontinuance may impair any of the rights of a participant under any awards previously granted, without his or her consent.
2006 Chart Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
      The following description of the 2006 Chart Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, which we refer to as our 2006 Bonus Plan, is not complete and is qualified by reference to the full text of the annual incentive plan, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
      The 2006 Bonus Plan is a bonus plan in which our executive officers participate, which is designed to provide our executive officers with incentive compensation based upon the achievement of pre-established performance goals. The purpose of the annual incentive plan is to attract, retain, motivate and reward participants by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to our performance.

91


Table of Contents

      The 2006 Bonus Plan is administered by the compensation committee of our board of directors. The 2006 Bonus Plan provides for the payment of incentive bonuses, in the form of cash. If our performance relative to the 2006 Bonus Plan’s targets exceeds threshold amounts, participants may earn a bonus of up to a pre-determined percentage of the participant’s base salary, ranging from 90% to 165% of the participant’s base salary at maximum performance levels.
      The compensation committee of the board has established the performance targets under the 2006 Bonus Plan. The material targets under the 2006 Bonus Plan include working capital and EBITDA targets. The performance period under the plan is our fiscal year.
      Following the end of the fiscal year, the compensation committee of the board will determine (i) whether and to what extent any of the performance objectives established have been satisfied, and (ii) for each participant employed as of the last day of the fiscal year, the actual bonus to which such participant shall be entitled, taking into consideration the extent to which the performance objectives have been met.
      Employees on a leave of absence as of the last day of the fiscal year are not eligible for payment under the plan unless and until they return to active status.
      Payment of any bonus amount will be made to participants before March 15, 2007.
Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
      Prior to the consummation of this offering, we expect to adopt an annual cash bonus plan that will apply to fiscal year 2007 and beyond. Such plan will be designed to comply with performance-based compensation exemption from section 162(m) of the Code during any period which section 162(m) of the Code is applicable.
Employment Agreements
Samuel F. Thomas
      On November 23, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Samuel F. Thomas, pursuant to which Mr. Thomas serves as our Chief Executive Officer and President for a rolling term of three years. Under the agreement, Mr. Thomas is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000 payable in regular installments in accordance with our usual payroll practices. Mr. Thomas is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award, for each full year during the term of his employment agreement, of up to 150% of his annual bonus target, which target for calendar year 2006 is $440,000 and may be increased in the sole discretion of our board of directors, based upon the achievement of annual performance targets established by our board. Mr. Thomas is also generally entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other senior executives.
      If Mr. Thomas’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Thomas will be entitled to receive compensation and benefits that are earned but unpaid as of the date of termination and, subject to the execution and delivery of a release of claims against us, (i) base salary for three years, payable in installments and (ii) continued coverage under our group health plans for three years or, to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plans, an amount equal to the premium subsidy we would have otherwise paid on Mr. Thomas’ behalf for such coverage.
      Mr. Thomas is also subject to a covenant not to disclose confidential information during the employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees or customers during the employment term and for three years following termination of employment for any reason.
Michael F. Biehl
      On December 1, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Michael F. Biehl, pursuant to which Mr. Biehl serves as our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer for a rolling term of two years. Under the agreement, Mr. Biehl is entitled to an annual base salary of $235,000 payable in regular installments in

92


Table of Contents

accordance with our usual payroll practices. Mr. Biehl is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award, for each full year during the term of his employment agreement, of up to 150% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of annual performance targets established by our board. Mr. Biehl is also generally entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other senior executives.
      If Mr. Biehl’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), Mr. Biehl will be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits that are earned but unpaid as of the date of termination and, subject to the execution and delivery of a release of claims against us, (i) base salary for two years, payable in installments and (ii) continued coverage under our group health plans for two years and, to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plans, an amount equal to the premium subsidy we would have otherwise paid on Mr. Biehl’s behalf for such coverage.
      Mr. Biehl is also subject to a covenant not to disclose confidential information during the employment term and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for two years following termination of employment for any reason.
Matthew J. Klaben
      On March 29, 2006, we entered into an employment agreement with Matthew J. Klaben, pursuant to which Mr. Klaben serves as our Vice President and General Counsel for a rolling term of one year. Under the agreement, Mr. Klaben is entitled to an annual base salary of $193,000, payable in regular installments in accordance with our usual payroll practices. Mr. Klaben is also entitled to receive a one-time $25,000 signing bonus, which will be forfeited and repaid to the company if Mr. Klaben resigns without “good reason” (as such term is defined in his employment agreement) before March 29, 2007. In addition, Mr. Klaben is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award, for each full year during the term of his employment agreement, of up to 105% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of annual performance targets established by our board. Mr. Klaben is also generally entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other senior executives.
      If Mr. Klaben’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in his employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits that are earned but unpaid as of the date of termination and, subject to the execution and delivery of a release of claims against us, (i) base salary for one year, payable in installments and (ii) continued coverage under our group health plans for one year and, to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plans, an amount equal to the premium subsidy we would have otherwise paid on Mr. Klaben’s behalf for such coverage.
      Mr. Klaben is also subject to a covenant not to disclose confidential information during his term of employment and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for one year following termination of employment for any reason.
Charles R. Lovett
      On December 1, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement with Charles R. Lovett pursuant to which Mr. Lovett serves as our Vice President— Manufacturing for a rolling term of one year. Under the agreement, Mr. Lovett is entitled to an annual base salary of $179,416, payable in regular installments in accordance with our usual payroll practices. Mr. Lovett is also eligible to earn an annual bonus award, for each full year during the term of his employment agreement, of up to 150% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of annual performance targets established by our board. Mr. Lovett is also generally entitled to participate in our employee benefit plans on the same basis as those benefits are generally made available to our other senior executives.

93


Table of Contents

      If Mr. Lovett’s employment is terminated by us without “cause” or he resigns for “good reason” (as such terms are defined in the employment agreement), he will be entitled to receive the compensation and benefits that are earned but unpaid as of the date of termination and, subject to the execution and delivery of a release of claims against us, (i) base salary for one year, payable in installments and (ii) continued coverage under our group health plans for one year and, to the extent such coverage is not permissible under the terms of such plans, an amount equal to the premium subsidy we would have otherwise paid on Mr. Lovett’s behalf for such coverage.
      Mr. Lovett is also subject to a covenant not to disclose confidential information during his term of employment and at all times thereafter and covenants not to compete and not to solicit employees or customers during the term of his employment and for one year following termination of employment for any reason.
Management Equity
      In connection with the Acquisition, the compensation committee elected to adjust, in accordance with the terms of our 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and the merger agreement, a portion of certain then-outstanding stock options held by certain executive officers or members of senior management to represent options to acquire shares of our common stock after the Acquisition. All other then-outstanding stock options were cashed out pursuant to the merger agreement. All such rollover options are subject to the same terms and conditions as set forth in our 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and related option agreements (including post-termination exercise periods) and are fully vested, unless otherwise agreed in writing prior to the closing of the Acquisition. In addition, any rollover option that was granted with an exercise price per share less than the per share fair market value of the shares underlying the option on the grant date thereof was modified by increasing the aggregate exercise price of such option by an amount equal to the excess of (i) the aggregate fair market value of the shares underlying such option on the grant date thereof over (ii) the aggregate exercise price of such options on the grant date thereof (the “Aggregate Option Spread”). At the closing of the Acquisition, the holders of the rollover options received an amount in cash equal to the Aggregate Option Spread (less any required withholding). All shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of a rollover option are subject to the terms of the management stockholder’s agreements. See “Certain Related Party Transactions.”

94


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS
      The following table and accompanying footnotes show information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock before and after this offering by:
  •  each person who is known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common stock;
 
  •  each member of our board of directors and each of our named executive officers; and
 
  •  all members of our board of directors and our executive officers as a group.
      The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership before the offering set forth below are based on 1,718,896 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2006 and after giving effect to the            -for-one stock split we expect to effect immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. The number of shares and percentages of beneficial ownership after the offering are based on            shares of our common stock that will be issued and outstanding immediately after this offering, including            shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, that will be dividended to our existing stockholders assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.
                                                 
            Shares Beneficially Owned Immediately
            After this Offering
             
    Shares Beneficially   Assuming the   Assuming the
    Owned Immediately   Underwriters’ Option   Underwriters’ Option
    Prior to this Offering   is Not Exercised(1)   is Exercised in Full
             
        Percent of       Percent of       Percent of
Name of Beneficial Holder   Number   Common   Number   Common   Number   Common
                         
First Reserve Fund X, L.P(2)
    2,291,923       100%                                  
Samuel F. Thomas(3)
    94,599       5.2%                                  
Michael F. Biehl(4)
    5,297       *                                  
Matthew J. Klaben
    0       *                                  
James H. Hoppel, Jr. 
    0       *                                  
Charles R. Lovett(5)
    5,221       *                                  
Ben A. Guill(6)
    0       *                                  
Kenneth W. Moore(6)
    0       *                                  
Timothy H. Day(6)
    0       *                                  
All directors and officers as a group (8 persons)(7)
    105,117       5.8%                                  
 
(1)  We will grant the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional shares in this offering. Immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, we will declare a stock dividend, the terms of which will require that shortly after the expiration of the underwriters’ over-allotment option (assuming the option is not exercised in full) we issue to our existing stockholders the number of shares equal to (x) the number of additional shares the underwriters have an option to purchase minus (y) the actual number of shares the underwriters purchase from us pursuant to that option.
 
(2)  100% of our common stock is owned by FR X Chart Holdings LLC, which in turn is 100% owned and managed by First Reserve Fund X, L.P. (“Fund X”). First Reserve GP X, L.P. (“GP X”) is the general partner of Fund X. First Reserve GP X, Inc. (“GP X, Inc.”) is the general partner of GP X. First Reserve Corporation is the advisor to Fund X. The address of FR X Chart Holdings LLC, Fund X, GP X, GP X, Inc. and First Reserve Corporation is c/o First Reserve Corporation, One Lafayette Place, Greenwich, Connecticut 06830. First Reserve’s beneficial ownership consists of 1,718,896 shares of our common stock and a warrant exercisable to acquire 573,027 shares of our common stock.
 
(3)  Mr. Thomas’ beneficial ownership consists of 94,599 shares subject to exercisable stock options.
 
(4)  Mr. Biehl’s beneficial ownership consists of 5,297 shares subject to exercisable stock options.

95


Table of Contents

(5)  Mr. Lovett’s beneficial ownership consists of 5,221 shares subject to exercisable stock options.
 
(6)  Mr. Guill is the President, a Managing Director and a member of the board of directors of First Reserve Corporation and GP X, Inc. Mr. Moore is a Managing Director of First Reserve Corporation and GP X, Inc. Mr. Day is a Director of First Reserve Corporation and GP X, Inc. Mr. Guill, Mr. Moore and Mr. Day all disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares of the issuer’s equity securities owned by such entities or their affiliates (including First Reserve Fund X, L.P.).
 
(7)  Consists of 105,117 shares subject to exercisable stock options.
 
* Less than 1%.

96


Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Management Stockholder’s Agreements
      We have entered into management stockholder’s agreements, dated as of November 23, 2005 and March 29, 2006, with certain members of our management, including Messrs. Thomas, Biehl, Klaben, Hoppel and Lovett (the “management stockholders”) and FR X Chart Holdings LLC.
      Restrictions on Transfers. The management stockholder’s agreements impose significant restrictions on transfers of shares of common stock. Except for transfers in accordance with the management stockholder’s agreements, transfers approved in advance by our board, transfers to Chart, FR X Chart Holdings LLC or any affiliate of FR X Chart Holdings LLC, transfers by a management stockholder to a family member or family trust for bona fide estate planning purposes with the consent of our board (which will not be unreasonably withheld), transfers by a management stockholder by will or by intestate succession, or any transfer made pursuant to the registration rights granted by the management stockholder’s agreements (“Permitted Transfers”), no management stockholder will be permitted to transfer any shares of our common stock without the consent of our board until the earliest to occur of (i) an initial public offering of at least 25% of the outstanding shares of our common stock or that results in gross proceeds to us equal to $55,649,258.75, (ii) the occurrence of a “change of control” (as defined in the management stockholder’s agreements) of the company and (iii) October 17, 2008 (the earliest of such dates being the “Lapse Date”). The consummation of this offering is expected to result in the occurrence of the Lapse Date.
      Right of First Offer. If at any time after the Lapse Date but prior to the consummation of an initial public offering of our common stock, the management stockholder proposes to transfer his or her shares of common stock, other than in a Permitted Transfer, or as a result of the exercise of tag-along or drag-along rights (as described below), the management stockholder will notify us of such proposed sale and allow us the opportunity to, or to arrange for a third party to, purchase such shares at the same price and on substantially the same terms of the proposed transfer. If we do not elect to, or arrange for a third party to, purchase such shares at such price and on such terms, the management stockholder may then sell such shares at such price and on such terms to a third party. This right of first offer is expected to expire upon the consummation of this offering.
      Tag-Along Rights. If FR X Chart Holdings LLC wishes to transfer shares of common stock other than pursuant to a registered offering, a transfer pursuant to Rule 144 of the Securities Act, a transfer with the approval of the members of the board not affiliated with FR X Chart Holdings LLC, a transfer by FR X Chart Holdings LLC to any of its affiliates or partners or our employees or a transfer resulting in an exercise by FR X Chart Holdings LLC of its drag-along rights, each management stockholder shall have the right to tag-along and participate, on a pro rata basis, in such transfer of common stock.
      Chart’s Right to Repurchase Shares of Common Stock of a Management Stockholder. If, prior to the Lapse Date, a management stockholder’s employment is terminated by us for “cause” (as defined in the management stockholder’s agreements), then we shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares of common stock held by such management stockholder at a per share price equal to the lower of the purchase price per share paid by such management stockholder and the “fair market value” (as defined in the management stockholder’s agreements) per share on the date of exercise of our repurchase right. If, prior to the Lapse Date, a management stockholder’s employment is terminated due to death or “disability”, by us without “cause”, by such management stockholder for “good reason” or upon retirement (as such terms are defined in the management stockholder’s agreements), then we shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares of common stock held by such management stockholder at a per share price equal to the “fair market value” per share on the date of exercise of our repurchase right. If, prior to the Lapse Date, a management stockholder’s employment is terminated by such management stockholder without “good reason”, then we shall have the right to repurchase all or part of the shares of common stock held by such management stockholder at a per share price equal to (i) the “fair market value” per share on the date of exercise of our repurchase right with respect to “purchased shares” and “rollover shares” (as such terms are defined in the management stockholder’s agreements) held by such management stockholder and (ii) the

97


Table of Contents

lower of the purchase price per share paid by such management stockholder and the “fair market value” per share on the date of exercise of our repurchase right with respect to all other shares held by such management stockholder. Our right to repurchase shares as described in this paragraph is expected to expire upon consummation of this offering.
      Obligation to Repurchase Shares of Common Stock of a Management Stockholder. If a management stockholder’s employment is terminated as a result of death or “disability,” by us without “cause” or by the management stockholder for “good reason” or upon “retirement,” such management stockholder shall, for a period of 90 days following the later of (x) the date of such termination and (y) the date that is six months and one day after the date on which such management stockholder purchased the shares under stock options that were rolled over in connection with the Acquisition from us, have the right to sell to us, and we shall be required to purchase all of such shares at a per share price equal to the “fair market value” per share on the date of exercise of such right.
      “Piggyback” Registration Rights. Pursuant to and subject to the terms of the management stockholder’s agreements, each management stockholder will have the opportunity to include in registered sales of our common stock (other than an initial public offering or relating to any employee benefit plan or corporate merger, acquisition or reorganization), all or any part of the “registrable securities” (as such term is defined in the management stockholder’s agreements) then held by such management stockholder.
      Voting Agreement. Until the occurrence of the Lapse Date, each management stockholder shall vote his or her shares of common stock with respect to all matters in the same proportion as the shares of common stock held by FR X Chart Holdings LLC and its affiliates are voted. This provision is expected to expire upon the consummation of this offering.
      Preemptive Rights. In the event we issue shares of our common stock (other than upon or in connection with (i) any exercise or conversion of options, warrants or convertible securities outstanding as of the date of the management stockholder’s agreements, or the issuance or exercise of any options or warrants issued after the date of the management stockholder’s agreements pursuant to any stock option plan or stock option agreement approved by the board, (ii) any issuance of common stock in exchange for consideration other than cash or (iii) any acquisition (by sale, merger in which we are the surviving corporation, or otherwise) by us of equity in, or assets of, a business), each management stockholder shall have the right to purchase, on a pro-rata basis, shares of the common stock proposed to be issued. This right terminates upon an initial public offering of our common stock.
Stockholders Agreement
      In connection with this offering, we and First Reserve or one of its affiliates intend to enter into a stockholders agreement pursuant to which First Reserve or its affiliates has the right to request us to register the sale of shares held by First Reserve, including shares issuable upon exercise of the warrant held by FR X Chart Holdings LLC, on their behalf and may require us to make available shelf registration statements permitting sales of shares into the market from time to time over an extended period. In addition, First Reserve has the ability to exercise certain piggyback registration rights in connection with registered offerings initiated by us. After the consummation of this offering, First Reserve will own shares entitled to these registration rights. There are also 573,027 shares under FR X Chart Holdings LLC’s warrant which are entitled to these registration rights. See “—Warrant to Purchase our Shares.”
      In addition, pursuant to the terms of the stockholders agreement, after this offering, for so long as First Reserve continues to hold (1) less than 50% but at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, it shall have the right to designate three director nominees, (2) less than 25% but more than 10% of our outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate two director nominees; and (3) 10% of our outstanding common stock, it will have the right to designate one director nominee. Once First Reserve holds less than 10% of our outstanding common stock, it will have no right to designate directors pursuant to the stockholders agreement.

98


Table of Contents

Warrant to Purchase our Shares
      On November 23, 2005, we issued a warrant to FR X Chart Holdings LLC to purchase up to 573,027 shares of our common stock at a per share purchase price of $64.75 (subject to adjustment per the terms of the warrant). FR X Chart Holdings LLC may exercise the warrant at any time prior to March 19, 2014, including through cashless exercise. The warrant may not be transferred except to a successor of FR X Chart Holdings LLC without the prior consent of a majority of our board of directors who are not affiliated with FR X Chart Holdings LLC, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The terms, conditions and securities subject to the warrant shall be adjusted in a manner commensurate with and proportionate to changes applying generally to the outstanding management rollover options. See “Management— Management Equity.”
Legal Fees
      On April 1, 2006, Matthew J. Klaben became our Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Prior to joining us in March 2006, Mr. Klaben was a partner with the law firm of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP. During 2005 and year-to-date in 2006, we paid $959,264 and $41,765, respectively, in legal fees and expenses to the law firm of Calfee, Halter & Griswold LLP for legal services rendered.

99


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF INDEBTEDNESS
Senior Secured Credit Facility
Overview
      In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a senior secured credit facility with Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc., as joint lead arranger and joint book manager, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arranger, joint book manager and syndication agent and each lender party thereto.
      The senior secured credit facility provides senior secured financing of $240.0 million, consisting of:
  •  a $180.0 million term loan facility; and
 
  •  a $60.0 million revolving credit facility.
      The term loan portion of our senior secured credit facility was fully funded on October 17, 2005 and had approximately $37.6 million of borrowing capacity under the revolving portion of our senior secured credit facility at December 31, 2005, after giving effect to approximately $22.4 million of letters of credit and bank guarantees outstanding at that date.
      Upon the occurrence of certain events, we may request an increase to the existing term loan facility and/or the existing revolving credit facility in an amount not to exceed $50.0 million, subject to receipt of commitments by existing lenders or other financial institutions reasonably acceptable to the administrative agent.
      We are the borrower for the term loan facility and the revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility includes borrowing capacity available for letters of credit and for borrowings on same-day notice, referred to as swingline loans.
Interest Rate and Fees
      Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the rate that the administrative agent announces from time to time as its base commercial lending rate, (2) the three month certificate of deposit rate plus 0.5% and (3) the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or (b) a LIBOR rate determined by the applicable screen rate or by reference to the costs of funds for deposits in U.S. dollars for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs.
      The initial applicable margin for borrowings under the revolving credit facility is 1.50% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.50% with respect to LIBOR borrowings. After we deliver our financial statements for the first fiscal quarter ending at least six months after the closing date, such applicable margin will be reduced to 1.25% and 2.25%, respectively if our leverage ratio is less than 5.0 to 1.0 but greater than or equal to 4.0 to 1.0, and to 1.00% and 2.00%, respectively if our leverage ratio is less than 4.0 to 1.0. The applicable margin for borrowings under the term loan facility is 1.00% with respect to base rate borrowings and 2.00% with respect to LIBOR borrowings.
      In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. The initial commitment fee rate is 0.50% per annum (which fee will be reduced to 0.375% per annum if our leverage ratio is less than 4.0 to 1.0). We also have to pay letter of credit fees equal to the applicable margin then in effect with respect to LIBOR loans under the revolving credit facility on the aggregate undrawn amount of all letters of credit outstanding. We also have to pay to each bank issuing a letter of credit fees equal to 0.25% on the face amount of each letter of credit and other customary documentary and processing charges.

100


Table of Contents

Prepayments
      The senior secured credit facility requires us to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with:
  •  beginning in the year ending December 31, 2006, 75% (which percentage will be reduced to 50% if our leverage ratio is equal to or less than 4.75 and greater than 3.75 to 1.00, and to 25% if our leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.75 to 1.00 and greater than 2.75 to 1.00, and to 0% if our leverage ratio is equal to or less than 2.75 to 1.00) of our annual excess cash flow;
 
  •  100% of the net cash proceeds in excess of an amount to be determined from non-ordinary course asset sales and casualty and condemnation events, if we do not reinvest or contract to reinvest those proceeds within 12 months and use such proceeds within 18 months of receipt, subject to certain limitations;
 
  •  100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of debt, other than certain debt permitted under the senior secured credit facility; and
 
  •  100% of amounts in excess of an aggregate amount of $5.0 million in respect of certain claims arising out of the Acquisition, subject to certain exceptions.
      The foregoing mandatory prepayments other than from excess cash flow will be applied first, to the next eight installments of the term loan facility and second, to the remaining installments of the term loan facility on a pro rata basis. Mandatory prepayments from excess cash flow and optional prepayments will be applied to the remaining installments of the term loan facility at our direction. Each lender has the right to decline any mandatory prepayment of its term loans in which case the amount of such prepayment will be retained by us.
      We may voluntarily prepay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.
Amortization
      We are required to repay installments on the loans under the term loan facility in quarterly principal amounts equal to 0.25% of their funded total principal amount for the first six years and nine months, with the remaining amount payable on the date that is seven years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facility.
      Principal amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility will be due and payable in full at maturity, five years from the date of the closing of the senior secured credit facility.
Guarantee and Security
      All our obligations under the senior secured credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries (subject to exceptions with respect to immaterial subsidiaries and with respect to any guaranty that could create materially adverse tax consequences), and our direct parent, FR X Chart Holdings LLC, referred to, collectively, as “Domestic Guarantors.”
      All our obligations under the senior secured credit facility and the guarantees of our obligations under the senior secured credit facility by the Domestic Guarantors are secured by substantially all our assets and the assets of each Domestic Guarantor, including, but not limited to, the following:
  •  subject to certain exceptions, a pledge of 100% of our capital stock and the capital stock of each direct and indirect domestic subsidiary owned by us or a Domestic Guarantor (other than subsidiaries substantially all of whose assets consist of stock in controlled foreign corporations) and 65% of the capital stock of each first tier foreign subsidiary owned by us or a Domestic Guarantor and of each first tier domestic subsidiary owned by us or a Domestic Guarantor substantially all of whose assets consist of stock in controlled foreign corporations; and
 
  •  subject to certain exceptions, a security interest in substantially all of the tangible and intangible assets owned by us and each Domestic Guarantor.

101


Table of Contents

Certain Covenants and Events of Default
      The senior secured credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things, restrict, subject to certain exceptions, our ability and the ability of each of our subsidiaries to:
  •  sell assets;
 
  •  incur additional indebtedness;
 
  •  prepay, redeem or repurchase other indebtedness (including the notes);
 
  •  pay dividends and distributions or repurchase capital stock;
 
  •  create liens on assets;
 
  •  make investments, loans or advances;
 
  •  make capital expenditures;
 
  •  make certain acquisitions;
 
  •  engage in mergers or consolidations;
 
  •  engage in certain transactions with affiliates;
 
  •  amend certain material agreements governing indebtedness (including the notes);
 
  •  change the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries;
 
  •  enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries;
 
  •  enter into sale and lease-back transactions; and
 
  •  enter into swap agreements.
      In addition, the senior secured credit facility requires us to maintain the following financial covenants:
  •  a maximum consolidated net leverage ratio; and
 
  •  a minimum interest coverage ratio.
      The senior secured credit facility also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.
      As of February 28, 2006 we were in compliance in all material respects with all covenants and provisions contained under our senior secured credit facility.
      In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into an amendment to our senior secured facility to remove certain restrictions on our ability to consummate the offering and the use of proceeds as described in “Use of Proceeds” as well as to make certain other amendments.
Senior Subordinated Notes
General
      In October 2005, we issued 91/8 % senior subordinated notes that mature on October 15, 2015 in an aggregate principal amount of $170.0 million in a private transaction not subject to the registration requirements under the Securities Act. The net proceeds from that financing were used to finance the Acquisition and pay related fees and expenses.
Guarantees
      The notes are guaranteed, on a senior subordinated, unsecured basis, by each of our direct and indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries that were domestic subsidiaries on the issue date.

102


Table of Contents

Ranking
      The notes are our general unsecured senior subordinated obligations that rank junior to our existing and future senior indebtedness, including obligations under the senior secured credit facility, equally in right of payment with all of our future senior subordinated debt and senior in right of payment to all of our future subordinated debt. They are effectively subordinated in right of payment to all of our existing and future secured debt to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt, and are structurally subordinated to all obligations of our subsidiaries that are not guarantors.
Optional Redemption
      At any time prior to October 15, 2008, we may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture (including any additional notes issued after the issue date) at a redemption price of 109.125% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, with the net cash proceeds of one or more equity offerings (such as this offering); provided that:
        (1) at least 65% of the aggregate principal amount of notes issued under the indenture (excluding notes held by us and our subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and
 
        (2) the redemption occurs within 180 days of the date of the closing of such equity offering.
      Except pursuant to the preceding paragraph or as otherwise set forth below, the notes will not be redeemable at our option prior to October 15, 2010. We are not, however, prohibited from acquiring the notes by means other than a redemption, whether pursuant to a tender offer, open market purchase or otherwise, so long as the acquisition does not violate the terms of the indenture.
      On or after October 15, 2010, we may redeem all or a part of the notes at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, on the notes to be redeemed, to, but not including, the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve month period beginning on October 15 of the years indicated below, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date.
         
Year   Percentage
     
2010
    104.563%  
2011
    103.042%  
2012
    101.521%  
2013 and thereafter
    100.000%  
      In addition, at any time prior to October 15, 2010, we may also redeem all or a part of the notes at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of notes to be redeemed, plus the applicable premium (an amount intended to approximate a “make-whole” price based on the price of a U.S. treasury security plus 50 basis points) as of, and accrued and unpaid interest and additional interest, if any, to, but not including, the redemption date, subject to the rights of holders on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date. Though the notes may be redeemed prior to October 15, 2010 in this way, because any “make-whole” premium would be prohibitively expensive, we do not expect to make a redemption pursuant to this provision of the indenture.
Change of Control
      In the event of a change of control, which is defined in the indenture governing the notes, each holder of the notes will have the right to require us to repurchase all or any part of such holder’s notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of purchase.

103


Table of Contents

Covenants
      The indenture governing the notes contains certain covenants that, among other things, limit our ability and the ability of some of our subsidiaries to:
  •  incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;
 
  •  pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our or any of our restricted subsidiaries’ capital stock or make other restricted payments;
 
  •  make certain investments;
 
  •  sell certain assets;
 
  •  create liens on certain debt without securing the notes;
 
  •  consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
 
  •  enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and
 
  •  designate our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
Events of Default
      The indenture governing the notes also provides for events of default which, if any of them occurs, would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on such notes to become or to be declared to be due and payable.
      As of February 28, 2006 we were in compliance in all material respects with all covenants and provisions contained under the indenture governing the notes.
Exchange Offer
      We are obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to register the notes under the Securities Act and consummate an exchange offer no later than August 14, 2006. If this requirement is not met, then the annual interest on the notes will increase by (1) 0.25 percentage points for the first 90 days following the end of such period and (2) 0.25 percentage points at the beginning of each subsequent 90 day period, up to a maximum of 1.0 percentage point until all such registration defaults are cured.
Chart Ferox Credit Facility
      Chart Ferox, a.s., our majority-owned subsidiary located in the Czech Republic, currently maintains a secured revolving credit facility with borrowing capacity of up to $9.6 million, of which $4.4 million is available only for letters of credit and bank guarantees. At December 31, 2005, there was $0.8 million outstanding under the Ferox revolving credit facility. Ferox is the only borrower for this revolving credit facility.
      Under the revolving credit facility, Ferox may make borrowings in Czech Koruna, Euros and U.S. dollars. Borrowings in Koruna are at PRIBOR, borrowings in Euros are at EURIBOR and borrowings in U.S. dollars are at LIBOR, each with a fixed margin of 0.6%. Ferox is not required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder. Ferox must pay letter of credit and guarantee fees equal to 0.75% on the face amount of each guarantee.
      Ferox’s land and buildings secure $4.6 million, and Ferox’s account receivables secure $2.5 million of this revolving credit facility.

104


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
      The following is a description of the material terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will be in effect immediately prior to this offering. We refer you to the form of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Authorized Capitalization
      Our authorized capital stock consists of                      shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which                      shares were issued and outstanding immediately prior to this offering, and                      shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of which no shares are currently issued and outstanding. Immediately following the completion of this offering, we will have                      shares of common stock outstanding. Immediately following completion of the offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding.
Common Stock
      Voting Rights. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. The holders of common stock do not have cumulative voting rights in the election of directors.
      Dividend Rights. Subject to the rights of the holders of any preferred stock that may be outstanding, holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by our board of directors out of funds legally available to pay dividends. Dividends upon our common stock may be declared by the board of directors at any regular or special meeting, and may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of capital stock. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any of our funds available for dividends, such sums as the board of directors deems proper as reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any of our property, or for any proper purpose, and the board of directors may modify or abolish any such reserve. The senior secured credit facility and the indenture governing the notes impose restrictions on our ability to declare dividends with respect to our common stock.
      Liquidation Rights. Upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, any business combination or a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the assets, the holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably the assets available for distribution to the stockholders after payment of liabilities and the liquidation preference of any of our outstanding preferred stock.
      Other Matters. The common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights and is not subject to further calls or assessment by us. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. All outstanding shares of our common stock, including the common stock offered in this offering, are fully paid and non-assessable.
Preferred Stock
      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes our board of directors to establish one or more series of preferred stock and to determine, with respect to any series of preferred stock, the terms and rights of that series, including:
  •  the designation of the series;
 
  •  the number of shares of the series, which our board may, except where otherwise provided in the preferred stock designation, increase or decrease, but not below the number of shares then outstanding;
 
  •  whether dividends, if any, will be cumulative or non-cumulative and the dividend rate of the series;
 
  •  the dates at which dividends, if any, will be payable;
 
  •  the redemption rights and price or prices, if any, for shares of the series;

105


Table of Contents

  •  the terms and amounts of any sinking fund provided for the purchase or redemption of shares of the series;
 
  •  the amounts payable on shares of the series in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the affairs of our company, or upon any distribution of assets of our company;
 
  •  whether the shares of the series will be convertible into shares of any other class or series, or any other security, of our company or any other corporation, and, if so, the specification of the other class or series or other security, the conversion price or prices or rate or rates, any rate adjustments, the date or dates as of which the shares will be convertible and all other terms and conditions upon which the conversion may be made;
 
  •  restrictions on the issuance of shares of the same series or of any other class or series;
 
  •  the voting rights, if any, of the holders of the series; and
 
  •  such other rights, powers and preferences with respect to the series as our board of directors may deem advisable.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Certain Provisions of Delaware Law and our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
      Certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are summarized in the following paragraphs, may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares held by stockholders.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that unless otherwise stated in the stockholders agreement as more fully described in “Certain Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement”, (i) prior to the date on which First Reserve ceases to own at least 40% of all outstanding shares of stock, directors may be removed for any reason upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class and (ii) on and after the date on which First Reserve ceases to own at least 40% of all the then outstanding shares of common stock, directors may be removed with or without cause, at any time by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of all the then outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws also provide that any vacancies on our board of directors will be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, although less than a quorum or by the sole remaining director.
No Cumulative Voting
      The Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”) provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation does not expressly provide for cumulative voting.
Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders
      Our amended and restated bylaws provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called at any time by the board of directors or a committee of the board which has been designated by the board of directors.

106


Table of Contents

Stockholder Action by Written Consent
      The DGCL permits stockholder action by written consent unless otherwise provided by our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation precludes stockholder action by written consent after the date on which First Reserve ceases to hold at least 40% of the then outstanding stock.
Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals and Director Nominations
      Our amended and restated bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors or to bring business before an annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their proposal in writing to the corporate secretary.
      Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90 calendar days nor more than 120 calendar days prior to the first anniversary of the date on which we first mailed our proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting or at such other time as specified in our amended and restated bylaws. Our amended and restated bylaws also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may impede stockholders’ ability to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders or make nominations for directors at an annual meeting of stockholders.
Supermajority Provisions
      The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, unless the certificate of incorporation requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the following provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may only be amended, altered, repealed or rescinded by a vote of at least 75% of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of our stock entitled to vote:
  •  the removal of directors;
 
  •  the limitation of stockholder action by written consent;
 
  •  the ability to call a special meeting of stockholders being vested solely in our board of directors and any committee of the board of directors which has been designated by our board of directors;
 
  •  the advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations; and
 
  •  the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be amended only with a 75% supermajority vote.
      In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation grants our board of directors the authority to amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws without a stockholder vote in any manner not inconsistent with the laws of the State of Delaware or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
      The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except:
  •  for breach of duty of loyalty;
 
  •  for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;
 
  •  under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or
 
  •  for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

107


Table of Contents

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide that we must indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. We are also expressly authorized to, and do, carry directors’ and officers’ insurance providing coverage for our directors, officers and certain employees for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.
      The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers providing for additional indemnification protection beyond that provided by the directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy. In the indemnification agreements, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify and hold harmless the director or officer to the maximum extent then authorized or permitted by the provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation, the DGCL, or by any amendment(s) thereto.
      There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.
Delaware Anti-takeover Statute
      We have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL. Subject to specified exceptions, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder. “Business combinations” include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the “interested stockholder.” Subject to various exceptions, an “interested stockholder” is a person who together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change-in-control attempts.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
      National City Bank is the transfer agent and registrar for our common stock.
Listing
      We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GTL.”
Authorized but Unissued Capital Stock
      The DGCL does not require stockholder approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, which would apply so long as our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange, require stockholder approval of certain issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding voting power or then outstanding number of shares of common stock, as well as for certain issuances of stock in compensatory transactions. These additional shares may be used for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings, to raise additional capital or to facilitate acquisitions. One of the effects of the existence of unissued and unreserved common stock may be to enable our board of directors to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of our company by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of our management and possibly deprive the stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

108


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
      Prior to this offering, there has not been any public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.
      Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately            million shares of common stock, including an additional                      shares, adjusted for the elimination of any fractional shares, that will be issued upon the exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option or otherwise dividended to our existing stockholders. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed “restricted securities” as that term is defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or 144(k) under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.
      Under our stockholders agreement and management stockholder’s agreements, we may be required to register the sale of our shares held by First Reserve and certain management stockholders. First Reserve and certain management stockholders will have the ability to exercise certain registration rights in connection with registered offerings initiated by us or requested by First Reserve. Immediately after this offering, First Reserve and management will own                      shares and                      shares, respectively, entitled to these registration rights. See “Certain Related Party Transactions.”
Rule 144
      Subject to the lock-up agreements described below and the volume limitations and other conditions under Rule 144, additional shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market pursuant to exemptions from registration requirements as follows:
     
Number of Shares   Date
     
    After     days from the date of this prospectus (subject to volume limitations and other conditions under Rule 144 and to the lock-up agreements described below)
      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are required to be aggregated), including an affiliate, who has beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least one year is entitled to sell in any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
  •  1% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock; and
 
  •  the average weekly reported volume of trading in the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the date on which notice of sale is filed, subject to restrictions.
      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 144(k)
      In addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, would be entitled to sell those shares under Rule 144(k) without regard to the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice requirements of Rule 144. To the extent that our affiliates sell their shares, other

109


Table of Contents

than pursuant to Rule 144 or a registration statement, the purchaser’s holding period for the purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer from the affiliate.
Lock-Up Agreements
      In connection with this offering, we, our executive offices, directors and existing stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, dispose of or hedge any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and UBS Securities LLC. See “Underwriting.”

110


Table of Contents

CERTAIN UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND
ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS
      The following is a summary of certain United States federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder.
      A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than an entity that is treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) that is not for United States federal income tax purposes any of the following:
  •  an individual citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
 
  •  an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
 
  •  a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable United States Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
      This summary is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in United States federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of United States federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their personal circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the United States federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the United States federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for United States federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.
      If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.
      If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular United States federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership of the common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.
Dividends
      Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to withholding of United States federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are attributable to a United States permanent establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed base) of the non-U.S. holder) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are generally subject to United States federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

111


Table of Contents

      A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to complete Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.
      A non-U.S. holder of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
Gain on Disposition of Common Stock
      Any gain realized on the disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income or withholding tax unless:
  •  the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S.  holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment (or, for an individual, a fixed base) of the non-U.S. holder);
 
  •  the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition and the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock.
      An individual non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under regular graduated United States federal income tax rates. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States. If a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation falls under the first bullet point immediately above, it will be subject to tax on its net gain in the same manner as if it were a United States person as defined under the Code and, in addition, may be subject to the branch profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.
      We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States federal income tax purposes.
Federal Estate Tax
      Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for United States federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
      We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to each non-U.S. holder the amount of dividends paid to such holder and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
      A non-U.S. holder will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual

112


Table of Contents

knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.
      Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain United States-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

113


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING
      Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each of the underwriters named below have severally agreed to purchase, and we have agreed to sell to them, severally, the number of shares indicated in the table below. Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and UBS Securities LLC are acting as book-running managers and as representatives of the underwriters named below.
           
Underwriters   Number of Shares
     
Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated
       
Lehman Brothers Inc. 
       
UBS Securities LLC
       
       
 
Total
       
       
      The underwriters are offering the common stock subject to their acceptance of the shares from us and subject to prior sale. The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to pay for and accept delivery of the common stock offered by this prospectus are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by their counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to take and pay for all of the common stock offered by this prospectus if any such shares are taken. However, the underwriters are not required to take or pay for the shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option described below.
      The underwriters initially propose to offer part of the shares of common stock directly to the public at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus and part to certain dealers at a price that represents a concession not in excess of $          a share under the public offering price. Any underwriter may allow, and such dealer may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          a share to other underwriters or to certain dealers. After the initial offering of the shares of common stock, the offering price and other selling terms may from time to time be varied by the representatives.
      We have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of                     additional shares of common stock at the public offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The underwriters may exercise this option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, made in connection with the offering of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter will become obligated, subject to specified conditions, to purchase approximately the same percentage of additional shares of common stock as the number listed next to the underwriter’s name in the preceding table bears to the total number of shares of common stock listed next to the names of all underwriters in the preceding table. If the underwriters’ option is exercised in full, the total price to the public would be $          , the total underwriters’ discounts and commissions would be $          , and total proceeds to us would be $          .
      The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.
                 
Paid by Chart Industries, Inc.   No Exercise   Full Exercise
         
Per Share
               
Total
               
      The expenses of this offering payable by us, not including the underwriting discounts and commissions, are estimated at $           million.
      The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend sales to accounts over which any such underwriter exercises discretionary authority to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of common stock offered by them.
      We intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GTL.”

114


Table of Contents

      We, our executive officers, directors and existing stockholders have agreed that, without the prior written consent of Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated, Lehman Brothers Inc. and UBS Securities LLC on behalf of the underwriters, none of us will, during the period ending 180 days after the date of this prospectus:
  •  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or file any registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 (other than a registration statement on Form S-8) with respect to the foregoing; or
 
  •  enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock;
whether any transaction described above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.
      The restrictions described in the previous paragraph do not apply to:
  •  the sale of shares to the underwriters pursuant to the underwriting agreement;
 
  •  the issuance by us of shares of common stock upon the exercise of an option or a warrant or the conversion of a security outstanding on the date of this prospectus of which the underwriters have been advised in writing;
 
  •  grants, issuances, or exercises under our existing employee benefits plans;
 
  •  the issuance of common stock in connection with the acquisition of, or joint venture with, another company, provided that the recipient agrees to be bound by the restrictions described in the previous paragraph;
 
  •  transactions by any person other than us relating to shares of common stock or other securities acquired in open market transactions after the completion of the offering of the shares;
 
  •  transfers by any person other than us of shares of common stock or any security convertible, exchangeable for or exercisable into common stock as a bona fide gift or gifts as a result of operation of law or testate or in testate succession, provided that such transferee agrees to be bound by the restrictions described in the previous paragraph;
 
  •  transfers by any person other than us to a trust, partnership, limited liability company or other entity, all of the beneficial interests of which are held, directly, or indirectly by such person, provided that such transferee agrees to be bound by the restrictions described in the previous paragraph; or
 
  •  distributions by any person other than us of shares of common stock or any security convertible, exchangeable for or exercisable into common stock to limited partners or stockholders of such person, provided that such distributee agrees to be bound by the restrictions described in the previous paragraph.
      At our request, the underwriters will reserve for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to                      shares offered in this prospectus for our directors, officers, employees, business associates and related persons. The number of shares of common stock available for sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent such persons purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as the other shares offered in this prospectus.
      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common stock. The initial public offering price was negotiated between us and the representatives of the underwriters. The factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, our business prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses, and the price-earnings ratios, market prices of securities and other quantitative and qualitative data relating to such businesses. The

115


Table of Contents

estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus is subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors.
      In order to facilitate the offering of the common stock, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may sell more shares than they are obligated to purchase under the underwriting agreement, creating a short position. A short sale is “covered” if the short position is no greater than the number of shares available for purchase by the underwriters under the over-allotment option. The underwriters can close out a covered short sale by exercising the over-allotment option or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out a covered short sale, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the open market price of shares compared to the price available under the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also sell shares in excess of the over-allotment option, creating a “naked” short position. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. As an additional means of facilitating the offering, the underwriters may bid for, and purchase, common stock in the open market to stabilize the price of the common stock. The underwriting syndicate may also reclaim selling concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer for distributing common stock in the offering, if the syndicate repurchases previously distributed common stock to cover syndicate short positions, or to stabilize the price of the common stock. These activities may raise or maintain the market price of the common stock above independent market levels or prevent or retard a decline in the market price of our common stock. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time.
      The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares of common stock sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
      Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
      A prospectus in electronic format may be made available by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.
      From time to time, some of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided, and may continue to provide, investment banking, commercial banking and capital raising services to us and our affiliates for fees and commissions that we believe are customary. Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc. acts as joint lead arranger, joint book manager and syndication agent and is a lender under our senior secured credit facility. UBS Securities LLC acted as our financial advisor in connection with the Acquisition.
      We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

116


Table of Contents

VALIDITY OF THE SHARES
      The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon for us by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York. Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York will act as counsel to the underwriters. Shearman & Sterling LLP represents First Reserve on other matters.
EXPERTS
      The accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chart Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from October 17, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period from January 1, 2005 through October 16, 2005, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, appearing in this prospectus have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, appearing elsewhere herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
      We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the issuance of shares of our common stock being offered hereby. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and exhibits and schedules. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act. After the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will be subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules to the registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s home page on the Internet (http://www.sec.gov).

117


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
  F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2005 and 2004
  F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005, the Period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005, the Year Ended December 31, 2004, the Three Months Ended December 31, 2003 and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
  F-4
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)
  F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Period from October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005, the Period from January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005, the Year Ended December 31, 2004, the Three Months Ended December 31, 2003 and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
  F-8
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
  F-9

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholder and Board of Directors of Chart Industries, Inc.
      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Chart Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from October 17, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period from January 1, 2005 through October 16, 2005, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
      We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
      In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Chart Industries, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for the period from October 17, 2005 through December 31, 2005, the period from January 1, 2005 through October 16, 2005, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
      As more fully described in Note A to the consolidated financial statements, effective September 15, 2003, the Company emerged from Chapter 11 Bankruptcy. In accordance with American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Statement of Position No. 90-7, Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code, the Company has adopted “Fresh Start” reporting whereby its assets, liabilities and new capital structure have been adjusted to reflect estimated fair values as of September 30, 2003. As a result, the consolidated financial statements for periods from September 30, 2003 through October 16, 2005 reflect this basis of reporting and are not comparable to the Company’s pre-reorganization consolidated financial statements.
      As more fully described in Note J to the consolidated financial statements, on October 17, 2005, the Company changed its method of accounting for stock based compensation by adopting the fair value recognition provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R), “Share Based Payments”.
  /s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
April 11, 2006

F-2


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                     
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
ASSETS
Current Assets
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 15,433     $ 14,814  
 
Accounts receivable, net
    62,463       45,744  
 
Inventories, net
    53,132       47,777  
 
Unbilled contract revenue
    23,813       10,528  
 
Prepaid expenses
    3,037       2,119  
 
Other current assets
    12,102       14,840  
 
Assets held for sale
    3,084       3,567  
             
Total Current Assets
    173,064       139,389  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    64,265       41,993  
Goodwill
    236,742       75,110  
Identifiable intangible assets, net
    154,063       48,472  
Other assets, net
    13,672       2,116  
             
TOTAL ASSETS
  $ 641,806     $ 307,080  
             
 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities
               
 
Accounts payable
  $ 34,435     $ 26,789  
 
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
    26,741       15,181  
 
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
    19,797       16,148  
 
Warranty reserve
    3,598       2,812  
 
Other current liabilities
    17,606       12,353  
 
Short-term debt
    2,304       3,005  
             
Total Current Liabilities
    104,481       76,288  
Long-term debt
    345,000       76,406  
Long-term deferred tax liability, net
    56,038       12,939  
Other long-term liabilities
    19,957       25,807  
Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
Common stock of Successor and Reorganized Company, par value $.01 per share — 9,500,000 shares authorized, 1,718,896 and 5,358,183 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    17       54  
   
Additional paid-in capital
    117,367       90,652  
   
Retained (deficit) earnings
    (506 )     22,631  
   
Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income
    (548 )     2,303  
             
      116,330       115,640  
             
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
  $ 641,806     $ 307,080  
             
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Dollars in thousands)
                                               
    Successor           Predecessor
    Company     Reorganized Company     Company
                 
    October 17,     January 1,   Year   Three Months     Nine Months
    2005 to     2005 to   Ended   Ended     Ended
    December 31,     October 16,   December 31,   December 31,     September 30,
    2005     2005   2004   2003     2003
                         
Sales
  $ 97,652       $ 305,497     $ 305,576     $ 68,570       $ 197,017  
Cost of sales
    75,733         217,284       211,770       52,509         141,240  
                                   
Gross profit
    21,919         88,213       93,806       16,061         55,777  
Selling, general and administrative expense
    16,632         59,826       53,374       14,147         44,211  
Transaction expense
            6,602                      
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    139         1,057       3,169       1,010         882  
Loss on insolvent subsidiary
                                13,682  
Equity expense in joint venture
                  51       41          
                                   
      16,771         67,485       56,594       15,198         58,775  
                                   
Operating income (loss)
    5,148         20,728       37,212       863         (2,998 )
Other income (expense)
(Loss) gain on sale of assets
    (78 )       131       (133 )     57         4,753  
 
Interest expense, net
    (5,565 )       (4,192 )     (4,760 )     (1,390 )       (9,911 )
 
Financing costs amortization
    (308 )                           (1,653 )
 
Derivative contracts valuation income (expense)
    9         28       48       46         (389 )
 
Foreign currency gain (loss)
    (101 )       (659 )     465       350         (287 )
 
Reorganization items, net
                                5,677  
                                   
      (6,043 )       (4,692 )     (4,380 )     (937 )       (1,810 )
                                   
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
    (895 )       16,036       32,832       (74 )       (4,808 )
Income tax (benefit) expense
                                           
 
Current
    1,902         9,420       8,031       (751 )       (1,953 )
 
Deferred
    (2,343 )       (2,261 )     2,103       626         5,000  
                                   
      (441 )       7,159       10,134       (125 )       3,047  
                                   
(Loss) income from continuing operations before minority interest
    (454 )       8,877       22,698       51         (7,855 )
Minority interest, net of taxes
    (52 )       (19 )     (98 )     (20 )       (63 )
                                   
(Loss) income from continuing operations
    (506 )       8,858       22,600       31         (7,918 )
Income from discontinued operation, net of tax
                                833  
                                   
Net (loss) income
  $ (506 )     $ 8,858     $ 22,600     $ 31       $ (7,085 )
                                   
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
                                                             
    Common Stock            
        Accumulated       Total
        Additional   Retained   Other       Shareholder’s
    Shares       Paid-In   Earnings   Comprehensive   Treasury   Equity
    Outstanding   Amount   Capital   (Deficit)   (Loss) Income   Stock   (Deficit)
                             
Balance at January 1, 2003, Predecessor Company
    25,554     $ 257     $ 45,792     $ (116,086 )   $ (10,799 )   $ (781 )   $ (81,617 )
 
Net (loss)
                      (7,085 )                 (7,085 )
 
Other comprehensive income:
                                                       
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            7,532             7,532  
                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    447  
 
Contribution of stock to employee benefit plans
    944       9       328                       6       343  
 
Issuance of warrants to lenders
                430                         430  
 
Treasury stock acquisitions
    (232 )                             (111 )     (111 )
 
Other
                      (9 )                 (9 )
                                           
Balance at September 30, 2003, Predecessor Company
    26,266     $ 266     $ 46,550     $ (123,180 )   $ (3,267 )   $ (886 )   $ (80,517 )
                                           
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
                                                             
    Common Stock            
        Accumulated       Total
        Additional   Retained   Other       Shareholder’s
    Shares       Paid-In   Earnings   Comprehensive   Treasury   Equity
    Outstanding   Amount   Capital   (Deficit)   (Loss) Income   Stock   (Deficit)
                             
Balance at September 30, 2003, (Date of Reorganization)
        $     $     $     $     $     $  
 
Issuance of new common shares
    5,325       53       89,812                         89,865  
 
Net income
                      31                   31  
   
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            914             914  
   
Minimum pension liability adjustment
                            (3 )           (3 )
                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    942  
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2003, Reorganized Company
    5,325       53       89,812       31       911             90,807  
 
Net income
                      22,600                   22,600  
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            2,635             2,635  
   
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes
                            (1,243 )           (1,243 )
                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    23,992  
Issuance of common shares
    33       1       840                         841  
                                           
Balance at December 31, 2004, Reorganized Company
    5,358       54       90,652       22,631       2,303             115,640  
 
Net income
                      8,858                   8,858  
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                                       
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            (2,240 )           (2,240 )
                                           
 
Comprehensive income
                                                    6,618  
Stock option pay-out adjustment, net of tax
                (2,628 )                       (2,628 )
Issuance of common shares
    51             1,691                         1,691  
                                           
Balance at October 16, 2005, Reorganized Company
    5,409     $ 54     $ 89,715     $ 31,489     $ 63     $     $ 121,321  
                                           
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER EQUITY
(Dollars and shares in thousands)
                                                     
    Common Stock           Accumulated    
        Additional       Other   Total
    Shares       Paid-in   Retained   Comprehensive   Shareholder
    Outstanding   Amount   Capital   (Deficit)   (Loss)   Equity
                         
Balance at October 17, 2005 (Date of Acquisition)
        $     $     $     $     $  
 
Equity contributions:
                                               
   
Cash investment
    1,719       17       111,281                   111,298  
   
Rollover of Reorganized Company vested stock options
                5,947                   5,947  
 
Net loss
                      (506 )           (506 )
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                                               
   
Foreign currency translation adjustment
                            (286 )     (286 )
   
Minimum pension liability adjustment, net of taxes
                            (262 )     (262 )
                                     
   
Comprehensive (loss)
                                  (1,054 )
 
Compensation expense recognized for employee stock options
                139                   139  
                                     
Balance at December 31, 2005, Successor Company
    1,719     $ 17     $ 117,367     $ (506 )   $ (548 )   $ 116,330  
                                     
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-7


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)
                                               
    Successor           Predecessor
    Company     Reorganized Company     Company
                 
              Three      
    October 17,     January 1,   Year   Months     Nine Months
    2005 to     2005 to   Ended   Ended     Ended
    December 31,     October 16,   December 31,   December 31,     September 30,
    2005     2005   2004   2003     2003
                         
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
                                           
Net (loss) income
  $ (506 )     $ 8,858     $ 22,600     $ 31       $ (7,085 )
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                           
 
Income from discontinued operations, net of taxes
                                (833 )
 
Inventory purchase accounting charge
    8,903                     5,368          
 
Reorganization items, net
                                (5,677 )
 
Reorganization value in excess of amounts allocable to identifiable assets
                  1,430                
 
Loss on insolvent subsidiary
                                13,682  
 
Financing costs amortization
    308                             1,653  
 
Employee stock and stock option related compensation expense
    437         9,509       2,433                    
 
Debt restructuring-related fees expensed
                                6,046  
 
Employee separation and plant closure costs
                  177               456  
 
Loss (gain) on sale of assets
    78         (131 )     133       (57 )       (4,753 )
 
Purchased in-process research and development charge
            2,768                      
 
Depreciation and amortization
    4,088         6,808       8,490       2,225         7,607  
 
Equity loss (income) from joint venture
                  51       41            
 
Foreign currency transaction (gain) loss
    101         659       (465 )     (350 )       287  
 
Minority interest
    95         29       198       34         105  
 
Deferred income tax expense (benefit)
    (2,343 )       (2,261 )     2,103       626         5,000  
 
Contribution of stock to employee benefit plans
                                343  
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects from Acquisition:
                                           
 
Accounts receivable
    (8,267 )       (8,611 )     (4,661 )     (3,027 )       2,486  
 
Inventory
    2,812         (6,463 )     (11,566 )     2,603         6,574  
 
Unbilled contract revenues and other current assets
    2,687         (11,039 )     2,903       (853 )       (1,304 )
 
Accounts payable and other current liabilities
    6,424         6,634       4,602       (1,838 )       (1,527 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    779         731                      
 
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
    3,146         8,150       6,631       185         (3,594 )
                                   
 
Net Cash Provided By Operating Activities
    18,742         15,641       35,059       4,988         19,466  
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
                                           
 
Capital expenditures
    (5,601 )       (11,038 )     (9,379 )     (518 )       (1,907 )
 
Dividends received from joint venture
                                790  
 
Proceeds from sale of assets
            2,220       6,057               16,075  
 
Acquisition of business
            (12,147 )                    
 
Payments to Reorganized Company shareholders for Transaction
    (356,649 )                            
 
Other investing activities
            166       5       672         143  
                                   
 
Net Cash (Used In) Provided By Investing Activities
    (362,250 )       (20,799 )     (3,317 )     154         15,101  
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
                                           
 
Proceeds from long-term debt
    350,000                              
 
Borrowings on revolving credit facilities
    2,605         18,901       1,742       4,151         20,359  
 
Payments on revolving credit facilities
    (4,790 )       (15,916 )     (1,742 )     (6,775 )       (21,614 )
 
Principal payments on long-term debt
    (81,457 )       (2,968 )     (33,148 )     (10,840 )       (1,199 )
 
Proceeds from equity contribution
    111,298                              
 
Payment of financing costs
    (11,558 )                            
 
Payment of exercised stock options
    (15,756 )                            
 
Payment of Acquisition costs
    (1,853 )                            
 
Debt restructuring-related fees paid
                  (1,882 )             (12,583 )
 
Payments on interest rate collars
                  (805 )     (512 )       (759 )
 
Proceeds from sale of stock
            1,691       400                
 
Purchases of treasury stock
                                (111 )
 
Other financing activities
                  (309 )              
                                   
 
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities
    348,489         1,708       (35,744 )     (13,976 )       (15,907 )
                                   
Cash Flow provided by (used in) continuing operations
    4,981         (3,450 )     (4,002 )     (8,834 )       18,660  
Cash flow provided by discontinued operation
                                1,592  
                                   
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    4,981         (3,450 )     (4,002 )     (8,834 )       20,252  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
    (1,018 )       106       216       (381 )       338  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
    11,470         14,814       18,600       27,815         7,225  
                                   
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF PERIOD
  $ 15,433       $ 11,470     $ 14,814     $ 18,600       $ 27,815  
                                   
* See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements, including Note A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, describing the Successor Company, Reorganized Company and Predecessor Company. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
NOTE A — Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
      Nature of Operations: Chart Industries, Inc. (the “Company”), a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of First Reserve Fund X, L.P. (“First Reserve”), is a leading global supplier of standard and custom-engineered products and systems serving a wide variety of low-temperature and cryogenic applications. The Company has developed an expertise in cryogenic systems and equipment, which operate at low temperatures sometimes approaching absolute zero. The majority of the Company’s products, including vacuum-insulated containment vessels, heat exchangers, cold boxes and other cryogenic components, are used throughout the liquid-gas supply chain for the purification, liquefaction, distribution, storage and use of industrial gases and hydrocarbons. The Company has domestic operations located in seven states, including the Corporate Office in Garfield Heights, Ohio, and an international presence in Australia, China, the Czech Republic, Germany and the United Kingdom.
      Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions are eliminated in consolidation. Investments in affiliates where the Company’s ownership is between 20 percent and 50 percent, or where the Company does not have control but has the ability to exercise significant influence over operations or financial policy, are accounted for under the equity method. The Company’s Chart Heat Exchangers Limited (“CHEL”) subsidiary, the equity of which was 100 percent owned by the Company, filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986 on March 28, 2003, as more fully described in Note F to the consolidated financial statements. Since CHEL is not under the control of the Company subsequent to March 28, 2003, the consolidated financial statements do not include the accounts or results of CHEL subsequent to this date.
      Basis of Presentation: On August 2, 2005, the Company, certain stockholders of the Company (the “Principal Stockholders”), First Reserve Fund X, L.P. (“Buyer”) and CI Acquisition, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of Buyer (“CI Acquisition”), entered into an agreement and plan of merger (“Merger Agreement”). The Merger Agreement provided for the sale of shares of common stock of the Company owned by the Principal Stockholders (“Principal Stockholders Shares”) to CI Acquisition, which is referred to as the “Stock Purchase”, and the merger of CI Acquisition with and into the Company, with the Company surviving the merger as a wholly-owned indirect subsidiary of Buyer, which is referred to as the “Merger”. The Stock Purchase and Merger are collectively referred to as the “Acquisition”.
      Upon satisfaction of the conditions to the Stock Purchase, CI Acquisition agreed to purchase the Principal Stockholders Shares for a purchase price (the “Per Share Purchase Price”) equal to $65.74 per share in cash, minus the result of (i) the expenses of the Company related to the Acquisition (as provided in the Merger Agreement) divided by (ii) the number of fully-diluted shares of Company common stock outstanding immediately before the closing (assuming full exercise of all Company stock options and warrants). The Merger Agreement provided for the occurrence of the Merger after the closing of the Stock Purchase, and provided that at the effective time of the Merger each share of Company common stock outstanding (other than treasury stock, shares held by Buyer or CI Acquisition, and shares with respect to which appraisal rights have been exercised under Delaware law) will be converted into the right to receive the Per Share Purchase Price (or the price paid in the Stock Purchase, if greater) in cash, without interest (the “Merger Consideration”). Furthermore, the Merger Agreement provided that the holders of outstanding warrants and stock options to acquire shares of common stock of the Company (other than any stock options adjusted to represent options to acquire stock of the surviving corporation in the Merger) will be entitled to receive an amount in cash equal to the product of (i) the number of shares of common stock of the Company issuable upon the exercise of the surrendered warrant or option, as applicable, as of immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger multiplied by (ii) the excess of the Merger consideration over the per share exercise price of the warrant or option, subject to applicable withholding taxes. The Merger Agreement further

F-9


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
provided that after the Merger, no holders of common stock, warrants or options (other than any stock options adjusted to represent options to acquire stock of the surviving corporation in the Merger) outstanding before the Merger will have any rights in respect of such common stock, warrants or options, other than the right to receive the cash referred to above. A more complete description of the Acquisition and the terms of the Merger Agreement are set forth above in this Prospectus under the caption “Transaction”.
      On October 17, 2005, the closing of the Acquisition (the “Closing Date”) took place under the terms of the Merger Agreement as described above in this Prospectus under the caption “Transaction”. The Stock Purchase was made by CI Acquisition for a Per Share Purchase Price of $64.75 per share of common stock ($65.74 per share, less the Company’s transaction expenses of $0.99 per share) and immediately following the Stock Purchase, the Merger occurred. At the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding share of the Company’s common stock (other than treasury stock, shares held by Buyer or CI Acquisition, and shares as to which appraisal rights were exercised under Delaware law) was converted into the right to receive $64.75 per share and CI Acquisition merged with and into Chart Industries, Inc. (which is referred to after the merger as the “Successor Company”). In the Merger, outstanding warrants and stock options to acquire common stock of the Company (other than any stock options adjusted to represent options to acquire the stock of the surviving corporation in the Merger) were likewise cancelled and treated in accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement. Certain stock options outstanding immediately before the Merger were not cancelled and were adjusted under the terms of the Merger Agreement to represent options to acquire the Company’s common stock after the Merger. The purchase price related to the Acquisition was $456,662 and included $356,649 of cash paid for common stock and warrants outstanding, $15,756 of cash paid for Reorganized Company stock options, repayment of $76,458 of existing pre-Transaction credit facility and certain other debt, $1,852 of First Reserve’s acquisition expenses and vested Rollover Reorganized Company stock options valued at $5,947 to acquire stock of the Successor Company.
      The table below summarizes the preliminary fair value assigned to the Successor Company’s assets and liabilities within the balance sheet as of October 17, 2005 as a result of the Acquisition, in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 141, “Business Combinations”:
         
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 20,861  
Accounts receivable, net
    54,594  
Inventories, net
    65,005  
Unbilled contract revenue
    22,667  
Prepaid expenses
    3,544  
Other current assets
    5,396  
Assets held for sale
    3,084  
Deferred income taxes, net
    4,900  
       
Total Current Assets
    180,051  
Property, plant and equipment
    61,189  
Goodwill
    236,823  
Identifiable intangible assets
    157,162  
Other assets
    13,357  
       
Total Assets
  $ 648,582  
       

F-10


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
         
Accounts payable
  $ 31,469  
Customer advances and billings in excess of contract revenue
    23,546  
Accrued salaries, wages and benefits
    16,069  
Warranty reserve
    3,439  
Other current liabilities
    25,620  
Short-term debt
    4,486  
       
Total Current Liabilities
    104,629  
Long-term debt
    350,000  
Long-term deferred tax liability, net
    56,978  
Other non-current liabilities
    18,392  
Minority interest
    1,337  
Shareholder equity
  $ 117,246  
       
Total Liabilities and Shareholder Equity
  $ 648,582  
       
      The consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes for the period from January 1 to October 16, 2005 for the Reorganized Company are presented as the “2005 Reorganized Period” and for the period from October 17 to December 31, 2005 for the Successor Company are presented as the “2005 Successor Period”.
      On July 8, 2003, the Company and all of its then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries (the “Predecessor Company”) filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code to implement an agreed upon senior debt restructuring plan through a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. On September 15, 2003, the Company (as reorganized, the “Reorganized Company”) and all of its then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries emerged from Chapter 11 proceedings pursuant to the Amended Joint Prepackaged Reorganization Plan of Chart Industries, Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries, dated September 3, 2003 (the “Reorganization Plan”).
      The Company’s emergence from Chapter 11 bankruptcy proceedings resulted in a new reporting entity and the adoption of fresh-start accounting in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (“AICPA”) Statement of Position 90-7, “Financial Reporting by Entities in Reorganization Under the Bankruptcy Code” (“SOP 90-7”) (“Fresh-Start accounting”). The Company used September 30, 2003 as the date for adopting Fresh-Start accounting in order to coincide with the Company’s normal financial closing for the month of September 2003. Upon adoption of Fresh-Start accounting, a new reporting entity was deemed to be created and the recorded amounts of assets and liabilities were adjusted to reflect their estimated fair values. Accordingly, the reported historical financial statements of the Company prior to the adoption of Fresh-Start accounting for periods ended prior to September 30, 2003 are not necessarily comparable to those of the Reorganized Company.
      In this prospectus, references to the Company’s nine month period ended September 30, 2003 and all periods ended prior to September 30, 2003 refer to the Predecessor Company.
      SOP 90-7 requires that financial statements for the period following the Chapter 11 filing through the bankruptcy confirmation date distinguish transactions and events that are directly associated with the reorganization from the ongoing operations of the business. Accordingly, revenues, expenses, realized gains and losses and provisions for losses directly associated with the reorganization and restructuring of the business, including adjustments to fair value assets and liabilities and the gain on the discharge of pre-petition debt, are reported separately as reorganization items, net, in the other income (expense) section of the Predecessor Company’s consolidated statement of operations. In accordance with Fresh-Start accounting, all assets and liabilities were recorded at their respective fair values as of September 30, 2003. Such fair values

F-11


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
represented the Company’s best estimates based on independent appraisals and valuations. In applying Fresh-Start accounting, adjustments to reflect the fair value of assets and liabilities, on a net basis, and the restructuring of the Company’s capital structure and resulting discharge of the senior lenders’ pre-petition debt, resulted in net other income of $5,677 in the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The reorganization value exceeded the fair value of the Reorganized Company’s assets and liabilities, and this excess is reported as goodwill in the Reorganized Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
      Changes to Significant Accounting Policies: As part of the provisions of SOP 90-7, the Reorganized Company was required to adopt on September 30, 2003 all accounting guidance that was going to be effective within the twelve-month period following September 30, 2003. Additionally, Fresh-Start accounting required the selection of appropriate accounting policies for the Reorganized Company. The significant accounting policies previously used by the Predecessor Company were generally continued to be used by the Reorganized Company. As of September 30, 2003, the Company changed its method of accounting for inventories at sites of the Company’s former Chart Heat Exchangers Limited Partnership legal entity and former Process Systems, Inc. legal entity from the last-in, first-out (“LIFO”) method to the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method since the value of inventory on the LIFO method was approximately equal to the value on a FIFO basis.
      All accounting policies of the Successor Company have generally remained the same as the Reorganized Company, except for the early adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) “Share-Based Payment” on October 17, 2005 in conjunction with the Acquisition. SFAS No. 123(R) is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values and eliminates the pro forma disclosure option allowed under SFAS 123.
      Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all investments with an initial maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The December 31, 2005 and 2004 balances include money market investments and cash.
      Concentrations of Credit Risks: The Company sells its products to gas producers, distributors and end-users across the industrial gas, hydrocarbon and chemical processing industries in countries all over the world. Approximately 51 percent, 52 percent and 49 percent of sales were to foreign countries in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. While no single customer exceeded ten percent of consolidated sales in 2005, 2004 or 2003, sales to the Company’s top ten customers accounted for 39 percent, 45 percent and 43 percent of consolidated sales in 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The Company’s sales to particular customers fluctuate from period to period, but the gas producer and distributor customers of the Company tend to be a consistently large source of revenue for the Company. To minimize credit risk from trade receivables, the Company reviews the financial condition of potential customers in relation to established credit requirements before sales credit is extended and monitors the financial condition of customers to help ensure timely collections and to minimize losses. Additionally, for certain domestic and foreign customers, particularly in the Energy and Chemicals segment, the Company requires advance payments, letters of credit and other such guarantees of payment. Certain customers also require the Company to issue letters of credit or performance bonds, particularly in instances where advance payments are involved, as a condition of placing the order.
      The Company is also subject to concentrations of credit risk with respect to its cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities, interest rate collar agreements and forward foreign currency exchange contracts. To minimize credit risk from these financial instruments, the Company enters into these arrangements with major banks and other high credit quality financial institutions and invests only in high-quality instruments. The Company does not expect any counterparties to fail to meet their obligations in this area.

F-12


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Allowance for Doubtful Accounts: The Company evaluates the collectibility of accounts receivable based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific customer’s inability to meet its financial obligations (e.g., bankruptcy filings, or substantial downgrading of credit scores), a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the receivable to the amount the Company believes will be collected. The Company also records allowances for doubtful accounts based on the length of time the receivables are past due and historical experience. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance at December 31, 2005 and 2004 was $1,304 and $1,520, respectfully.
      Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost being determined by the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The components of inventory are as follows:
                 
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Raw materials and supplies
  $ 26,385     $ 22,896  
Work in process
    13,003       16,918  
Finished goods
    13,744       7,963  
             
    $ 53,132     $ 47,777  
             
      Inventory Valuation Reserves: The Company determines inventory valuation reserves based on a combination of factors. In circumstances where the Company is aware of a specific problem in the valuation of a certain item, a specific reserve is recorded to reduce the item to its net realizable value. The Company also recognizes reserves based on the actual usage in recent history and projected usage in the near-term. If circumstances change (e.g., lower-than-expected or higher-than-expected usage), estimates of the net realizable value could be changed by a material amount.
      Property, Plant and Equipment: At October 17, 2005, property, plant and equipment was recorded at fair value under SFAS 141 “Business Combinations”. The depreciable lives were adjusted to reflect the estimated remaining useful life of each asset and all existing accumulated depreciation of the Reorganized Company was eliminated. Subsequent to October 17, 2005, all capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment are stated on the basis of cost. Expenditures for maintenance, repairs and renewals are charged to expense as incurred, whereas major improvements are capitalized. The cost of applicable assets is depreciated over their estimated useful lives. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes. Depreciation expense was $1,115 for the 2005 Successor Period, $4,122 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $5,681 for the year ended December 31,

F-13


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
2004, $1,523 for the three-months ended December 31, 2003, and $6,441 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The following table summarizes the components of property, plant and equipment:
                     
        Successor   Reorganized
        Company   Company
             
        December 31,   December 31,
Classification   Estimated Useful Life   2005   2004
             
Land and buildings
  20-35 years (buildings)   $ 34,450     $ 24,264  
Machinery and equipment
  3-12 years     19,750       21,917  
Computer equipment, furniture and fixtures
  3-7 years     2,383       2,823  
Construction in process
        8,244       2,476  
                 
          64,827       51,480  
Less accumulated depreciation
        (562 )     (9,487 )
                 
Total property, plant and equipment, net
      $ 64,265     $ 41,993  
                 
      The Company monitors its property, plant and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets for impairment indicators on an ongoing basis in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets.” If impairment indicators exist, the Company performs the required analysis and records impairment charges in accordance with SFAS No. 144. In conducting its analysis, the Company compares the undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the long-lived assets to the related net book values. If the undiscounted cash flows exceed the net book value, the long-lived assets are considered not to be impaired. If the net book value exceeds the undiscounted cash flows, an impairment loss is measured and recognized. An impairment loss is measured as the difference between the net book value and the fair value of the long-lived assets. Fair value is estimated based upon either discounted cash flow analyses or estimated salvage values. Cash flows are estimated using internal forecasts as well as assumptions related to discount rates. Changes in economic or operating conditions impacting these estimates and assumptions could result in the impairment of long-lived assets.
      Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets: In conjunction with the Acquisition as previously explained above, the Company recorded $236,742 of goodwill. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets”, the Company does not amortize goodwill or other indefinite-lived intangible assets, but reviews them at least annually for impairment using a measurement date of October 1st. The Company amortizes intangible assets that have finite useful lives over their useful lives.
      SFAS No. 142 requires that indefinite-lived intangible assets be tested for impairment and that goodwill be tested for impairment at the reporting unit level on an annual basis. Under SFAS No. 142, a company determines the fair value of any indefinite-lived intangible assets, compares the fair value to its carrying value and records an impairment loss if the carrying value exceeds its fair value. Goodwill is tested utilizing a two-step approach. After recording any impairment losses for indefinite-lived intangible assets, a company is required to determine the fair value of each reporting unit and compare the fair value to its carrying value, including goodwill, of such reporting unit (step one). If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss would be recognized. If the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the Goodwill of the reporting unit may be impaired. The amount of the impairment, if any, would then be measured in step two, which compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s Goodwill with the carrying

F-14


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
amount of that Goodwill. The following table displays the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization for finite-lived intangible assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets:
                                                   
        Successor Company       Reorganized Company
                 
        December 31, 2005       December 31, 2004
    Weighted       Weighted    
    Average   Gross       Average   Gross    
    Estimated   Carrying   Accumulated   Estimated   Carrying   Accumulated
    Useful Life   Amount   Amortization   Useful Life   Amount   Amortization
                         
Finite-lived assets
                                               
 
Unpatented technology
    9 years     $ 9,400     $ (235 )     9 years     $ 3,305     $ (450 )
 
Patents
    10 years       8,138       (298 )     11 years       4,269       (566 )
 
Product names
    20 years       940       (10 )                  
 
Backlog
    14 months       5,440       (1,110 )                  
 
Non-compete agreements
    3 years       1,344       (280 )                  
 
Licenses and certificates
    18 months       48       (20 )                  
 
Customer relations
    13 years       96,906       (1,480 )     13 years       23,960       (2,495 )
                                     
            $ 122,216     $ (3,433 )           $ 31,534     $ (3,511 )
                                     
Indefinite-lived intangible assets:
                                               
 
Goodwill
          $ 236,742                     $ 75,110          
 
Trademarks and trade names
            35,280                       20,449          
                                     
            $ 272,022                     $ 95,559          
                                     
      Amortization expense for intangible assets subject to amortization was $2,973, for the 2005 Successor Period, $2,686 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $2,809 for the year ended December 31, 2004, $702 for the three months ended December 31, 2003, and $1,166 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003, and is estimated to range from approximately $15,500 to $10,300 annually for fiscal years 2006 through 2010, respectively.
      Financial Instruments: The fair values of cash equivalents, accounts receivable and short-term bank debt approximate their carrying amount because of the short maturity of these instruments. The fair value of long-term debt is estimated based on the present value of the underlying cash flows discounted at the Company’s estimated borrowing rate. Under such method the Company’s long-term debt approximated its carrying value at December 31, 2005 and 2004.
      Derivative Instruments: The Company utilizes certain derivative financial instruments to enhance its ability to manage risk, including interest rate risk and foreign currency risk that exists as part of ongoing business operations. Derivative instruments are entered into for periods consistent with related underlying exposures and do not constitute positions independent of those exposures. The Company does not enter into contracts for speculative purposes, nor is it a party to any leveraged derivative instrument.
      The Company’s primary interest rate risk exposure results from various floating rate pricing mechanisms in the consolidated term loan and revolving credit facility. This interest rate risk has been partially managed by the use of an interest rate derivative contract relating to a portion of the term debt. The interest rate derivative contract is generally described as a collar and results in putting a cap on the base LIBOR interest rate at approximately 7.0 percent and a floor at approximately 5.0 percent on certain portions of the Company’s floating rate term debt. The Predecessor Company entered into an interest rate collar in March 1999 to manage interest rate risk exposure relative to its term debt. This collar, in the amount of $4,430 at December 31, 2005, expired in March 2006. The Company’s interest rate collar does not qualify as a hedge

F-15


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
under the provisions of SFAS No. 133, “Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities”, which requires such a collar to be recorded in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value. Changes in their fair value must be recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The fair value of the contract related to the collar outstanding at December 31, 2005 and 2004 is a liability of $5 and $312, respectively and is recorded in accrued interest.
      The change in fair value for the 2005 Successor Period, 2005 Reorganized Period, year ended December 31, 2004, three months ended December 31, 2003, and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 of $9, $28, $48, $46, and ($389) respectively, is recorded in derivative contracts valuation income (expense).
      The Company is exposed to foreign currency exchange risk as a result of transactions in currencies other than the functional currency of certain subsidiaries. The Company utilizes foreign currency forward purchase and sale contracts to manage the volatility associated with foreign currency purchases and certain intercompany transactions in the normal course of business. Contracts typically have maturities of less than one year. Principal currencies include the Euro, British Pound and Czech Koruna. The Company’s foreign currency forward contracts do not qualify as hedges under the provisions of SFAS No. 133. Gains and losses recorded by the Company related to foreign currency forward contracts during 2005, 2004 and 2003 were not material.
      The Company held foreign exchange forward sale contracts for notional amounts as follows:
                 
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
USD
  $     $ 400  
Euros
    2,400        
             
    $ 2,400     $ 400  
             
      Product Warranties: The Company provides product warranties with varying terms and durations for the majority of its products. The Company records warranty expense in cost of sales. The changes in the Company’s consolidated warranty reserve are as follows:
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
    October 17,   January 1,       Three   Nine
    2005   2005   Year   Months   Months
    to   to   Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Balance at beginning of period
  $ 3,439     $ 2,812     $ 3,208     $ 3,803     $ 4,032  
 
Warranty expense
    515       2,206       1,522       89       1,214  
 
Warranty usage
    (356 )     (1,579 )     (1,918 )     (684 )     (1,443 )
                               
Balance at end of period
  $ 3,598     $ 3,439     $ 2,812     $ 3,208     $ 3,803  
                               
      Shareholders’ Equity: As a result of the Acquisition, the Company had 1,718,896 shares of common stock issued and outstanding at December 31, 2005. Also, in connection with Acquisition, 573,027 warrants were granted in November 2005 to FRX Chart Holdings LLC, then sole shareholder and affiliate of First Reserve, at an exercise price of $64.75 per share and expire in March 2014. The warrants may be exercised at

F-16


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
anytime. The Company reports comprehensive income in its consolidated statement of shareholders’ equity. The components of accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income are as follows:
                 
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Foreign currency translation adjustments
  $ (286 )   $ 3,549  
Minimum pension liability adjustments net of taxes of $162 and $671 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively
    (262 )     (1,246 )
             
    $ (548 )   $ 2,303  
             
      In 2004, the Company finalized the liquidation of the Biomedical operation in Solingen, Germany and recognized $403 of foreign currency gain, $258 net of tax, related to the elimination of the foreign currency translation adjustments previously recorded as part of this entity.
      Revenue Recognition: For the majority of the Company’s products, revenue is recognized when products are shipped, title has transferred and collection is reasonably assured. For these products, there is also persuasive evidence of an arrangement and the selling price to the buyer is fixed or determinable. For heat exchangers, cold boxes, liquefied natural gas fueling stations and engineered tanks, the Company uses the percentage of completion method of accounting. Earned revenue is based on the percentage that incurred costs to date bear to total estimated costs at completion after giving effect to the most current estimates. Earned revenue on contracts in process at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, totaled $126,122, $47,978 and $73,360, respectively. Timing of amounts billed on contracts varies from contract to contract and could cause significant variation in working capital needs. Amounts billed on percentage of completion contracts in process at December 31 totaled $125,971, $43,343 and $65,309, in 2005, 2004, and 2003, respectively. The cumulative impact of revisions in total cost estimates during the progress of work is reflected in the period in which these changes become known. Earned revenue reflects the original contract price adjusted for agreed upon claims and change orders, if any. Losses expected to be incurred on contracts in process, after consideration of estimated minimum recoveries from claims and change orders, are charged to operations as soon as such losses are known.
      Distribution Costs: The Company records distribution costs, including warehousing and freight related to product shipping, in cost of sales.
      Advertising Costs: The Company incurred advertising costs of $556 for the 2005 Successor Period, $2,151 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $2,833 for the year ended December 31, 2004, $465 for the three months ended December 2003, $1,538 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. Such costs are expensed as incurred.
      Research and Development Costs: The Company incurred research and development costs of $805 for the 2005 Successor Period, $2,198 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $3,279 for the year ended December 31, 2004, $1,280 for the three months ended December 31, 2003, and $2,551 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. Such costs are expensed as incurred.
      Foreign Currency Translation: The functional currency for the majority of the Company’s foreign operations is the applicable local currency. The translation from the applicable foreign currencies to U.S. dollars is performed for balance sheet accounts using exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date and for revenue and expense accounts using a weighted average exchange rate during the period. The resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a component of shareholders’ equity. Gains or losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are charged to operations as incurred.

F-17


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Deferred Income Taxes: The Company and its U.S. subsidiaries file a consolidated federal income tax return. Deferred income taxes are provided for temporary differences between financial reporting and the consolidated tax return in accordance with the liability method. A valuation allowance is provided against net deferred tax assets when conditions indicate that it is more likely than not that the benefit related to such assets will not be realized.
      Employee Stock Options: In November 2005, the Successor Company granted stock options (“New Options”), under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“Stock Incentive Plan”) to certain management employees. In addition, under the Company’s 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”) certain management employees rolled over stock options (“Rollover Options”). The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) “Share-Based Payments”, on October 17, 2005 using the modified prospective method, to account for these New Options. The New Options are exercisable for a period of ten years and have two different vesting schedules. The time-based (“Time-based Options”) vest equally over a five-year period and the performance-based (“Performance-based Options”) vest based upon specified actual returns on First Reserve’s investment in the Company. Furthermore, certain of the Rollover Options were vested on the Closing Date of the Acquisition and the remaining unvested Rollover Options vest upon the performance criteria as outlined in the 2004 Plan and related option agreements. The New Options and Rollover Options generally may not be transferred, and any shares of stock that are required upon exercise of the New Options or Rollover Options generally may not be sold, transferred, assigned or disposed of except under certain predefined liquidity events or in the event of a change in control. The Company’s policy is to issue authorized shares upon the exercise of any stock options. In addition, all of the 2004 stock options (“2004 Options”) of the Reorganized Company, except for the Rollover Options described above, were deemed to be exercised in conjunction with the Transaction on October 17, 2005. These 2004 Options were accounted for under the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25 “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” and related interpretations in accounting for employee stock options. See Note J for further discussions regarding the stock options.
      Reclassifications: Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation.
      Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
      Recently Adopted Accounting Standards: The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has recently issued the following Statements of Financial Accounting Standards that the Company has adopted as of December 31, 2005:
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment.” SFAS No. 123(R) is a revision of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” and supersedes Accounting Principles Board (“APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and amends SFAS No. 95, “Statement of Cash Flows.” SFAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee stock options, to be recognized in the financial statements based on their fair values and eliminates the pro forma disclosure option allowed under SFAS 123. SFAS 123(R) is effective for nonpublic entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. The Company adopted SFAS 123(R) early on October 17, 2005 in conjunction with the Acquisition.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP”) FSP No. 109-1, “Application for FASB Statement No 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP 109-1 is intended to clarify that the domestic manufacturing deduction should be accounted for as a special deduction (rather than a rate

F-18


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
reduction) under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes.” A special deduction is recognized under SFAS 109 as it is earned. The adoption of this statement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
      In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” FSP 109-2 provides guidance under SFAS No. 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes,” with respect to recording the potential impact of the repatriation provisions of the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the “Jobs Act”) on enterprises’ income tax expense and deferred tax liability. The Jobs Act was enacted on October 22, 2004. FSP 109-2 states that an enterprise is allowed time beyond the financial reporting period of enactment to evaluate the effect of the Jobs Act on its plan for reinvestment or repatriation of foreign earnings for purposes of applying SFAS No. 109. The Company completed evaluating the impact of the repatriation provisions. The adjustment as provided for in FSP 109-2 did not have a material impact on the Company’s tax expense or deferred tax liability.
      In March 2005, the FASB issued FASB Interpretation No. 47 “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations”. This interpretation requires companies to recognize a liability for the fair value of a legal obligation to perform asset retirement activities that are conditional on a future event if the amount can be reasonably estimated. This statement is effective for the year ending December 31, 2005. The adoption of this statement did not have a material affect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations, liquidity or cash flows.
      Recently Issued Accounting Standards: The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) has recently issued the following Statements of Financial Accounting Standards that the Company has not adopted as of December 31, 2005:
      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 151, “Inventory Costs.” SFAS No. 151 requires abnormal amounts of inventory costs related to idle facility, freight handling and wasted material expenses to be recognized as current period charges. Additionally SFAS No. 151 requires that allocation of fixed production overheads to the costs of conversion be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2005. The Company is currently evaluating the effect the adoption of SFAS No. 151 will have on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.
      In June 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, “Accounting Changes and Error Corrections”. SFAS 154 replaces APB Opinion No. 20, “Accounting Changes” and SFAS 3, “Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements”. SFAS 154 requires that a voluntary change in accounting principle be applied retrospectively with all prior period financial statements presented on the new accounting principle. SFAS 154 also requires that a change in method of depreciating and amortizing a long-lived asset be accounted for prospectively as a change in estimate, and the correction of errors in previously issued financial statements should be termed a restatement. SFAS 154 is effective for accounting changes and corrections of errors made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. SFAS 154 will only affect the Company’s consolidated financial statements to the extent there are future accounting changes or errors.

F-19


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
NOTE B — Balance Sheet Components
      The following table summarizes the components of other current assets, other assets, net, other current liabilities and other long-term liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and 2004:
                   
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Other current assets:
               
 
Deposits
  $ 306     $ 425  
 
Investment in leases
    133       133  
 
Deferred income taxes
    6,429       7,125  
 
Other receivables
    5,234       7,157  
             
    $ 12,102     $ 14,840  
             
Other assets net:
               
 
Deferred financing costs
  $ 11,749     $  
 
Investment in leases
    64       185  
 
Cash value life insurance
    1,265       1,719  
 
Unearned compensation
    159        
 
Other
    435       212  
             
    $ 13,672     $ 2,116  
             
Other current liabilities:
               
 
Accrued interest
  $ 4,599     $ 324  
 
Accrued income taxes
          2,636  
 
Accrued other taxes
    1,948       936  
 
Accrued rebates
    3,152       2,734  
 
Accrued employee separation and plant closure costs
    2,007       2,763  
 
Accrued other
    5,900       2,960  
             
    $ 17,606     $ 12,353  
             
Other long-term liabilities:
               
 
Accrued environmental
  $ 6,608     $ 6,460  
 
Accrued pension cost
    7,233       11,106  
 
Minority interest
    1,103       1,213  
 
Accrued contingencies and other
    5,013       7,028  
             
    $ 19,957     $ 25,807  
             

F-20


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
NOTE C — Debt and Credit Arrangements
      The following table shows the components of the Company’s borrowings at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively.
                 
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Senior term loan, due October 2012 and September 2009, respectively, average interest rate of 6.62% and 5.62% at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively
  $ 175,000     $ 78,395  
Subordinated notes, due 2015, interest accrued at 9.125%
    170,000        
Industrial Development Revenue bonds, due August 2006, average interest rate of 6.33% at December 31, 2004
          1,016  
Revolving foreign credit facility and other short-term debt
    2,304        
             
Total debt
    347,304       79,411  
Less: current maturities
    2,304       3,005  
             
Long-term debt
  $ 345,000     $ 76,406  
             
      In connection with the Acquisition, the Company entered into a $240,000 senior secured credit facility (“the Senior Credit Facility”) and completed a $170,000 offering of 91/8 percent senior subordinated notes (“the Subordinated Notes”). The Company repaid the then existing credit facility of the Reorganized Company, as described further below, and certain other debt on or before October 17, 2005, the Closing Date of the Acquisition. The Senior Credit Facility consists of a $180,000 term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and a $60,000 revolving credit facility (the “Revolver”), of which $35,000 may be used for the issuance of letters of credit. The Term Loan and Subordinated Notes were fully funded on the Closing Date. The Term Loan matures on October 17, 2012 and the Revolver matures on October 17, 2010. As a result of a $5,000 voluntary principal prepayment in December 2005, the Term Loan requires quarterly principal payments that equal 0.8 percent per annum of the funded balance commencing in September 2008 and a remaining balloon payment on the maturity date. Future principal payments will be adjusted for any voluntary prepayments. The interest rate under the Senior Credit Facility is, at the Company’s option, the Alternative Base Rate (“ABR”) plus 1.0 percent or LIBOR plus 2.0 percent on the Term loan and ABR plus 1.5 percent or LIBOR plus 2.5 percent on the Revolver. In addition, the Company is required to pay an annual administrative fee of $100, a commitment fee of 0.5 percent on the unused Revolver balance, a letter of credit participation fee of 2.5 percent per annum on the letter of credit exposure and a letter of credit issuance fee of 0.25 percent. The obligations under the Secured Credit Facility are secured by substantially all of the assets of the Company’s U.S. Subsidiaries and 65 percent of the capital stock of the Company’s non-U.S. Subsidiaries.
      The Subordinated Notes are due in 2015 with interest payable semi-annually on April 15th and October 15th. Any of the Subordinated Notes may be redeemed solely at the Company’s option beginning on October 15, 2010. The initial redemption price is 104.563 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued interest. Also, any of the notes may be redeemed solely at the Company’s option at any time prior to October 15, 2010, plus accrued interest and a “make-whole” premium. In addition, before October 15, 2008, up to 35 percent of the Subordinated Notes may be redeemed solely at the Company’s option at a price of 109.125 percent of the principal amount, plus accrued interest, using the proceeds from sales of certain kinds of capital stock. The Subordinated Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Company and are subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future senior debt of the Company, including the Senior Credit Facility, pari passu in right of payment with all future senior subordinated indebtedness of the

F-21


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Company, senior in right of payment with any future indebtedness of the Company that expressly provided for its subordination to the Subordinated Notes, and unconditionally guaranteed jointly and severally by substantially all of the Company’s U.S. Subsidiaries.
      The Senior Credit Facility agreement and provisions of the indenture governing the Subordinated Notes contain a number of customary covenants, including, but not limited to, restrictions on the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, create liens or other encumbrances, sell assets, enter into sale and lease-back transactions, make certain payments, investments, loans, advances or guarantees, make acquisitions and engage in mergers or consolidations, pay dividends and distributions, and make capital expenditures. The Senior Credit Facility also includes covenants relating to leverage and interest coverage. At December 31, 2005, there was $175,000 and $170,000 outstanding under the Term Loan and Subordinated Notes, respectively, and letters of credit and bank guarantees totaling $22,442 supported by the Revolver.
      Chart Ferox, a.s. (“Ferox”), a majority-owned subsidiary of the Company, maintains secured revolving credit facilities with borrowing capacity, including overdraft protection, of up to $9,600, of which $4,400 is available only for letters of credit and bank guarantees. Under the revolving credit facilities, Ferox may make borrowings in Czech Koruna, Euros and U.S. dollars. Borrowings in Koruna are at PRIBOR, borrowings in Euros are at EUROBOR and borrowings in U.S. dollars are at LIBOR, each with a fixed margin of 0.6%. Ferox is not required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facilities in respect to the unutilized commitments thereunder. Ferox must pay letter of credit and guarantee fees equal to 0.75% on the face amount of each guarantee. Ferox’s land and buildings, and accounts receivable secure $4,600 and $2,500, respectively, of the revolving credit facilities. At December 31, 2005, there was $800 of borrowings outstanding under, and $1,506 of bank guarantees supported by the Ferox revolving credit facilities.
      The scheduled annual maturities of long-term debt and credit arrangements at December 31, 2005, are as follows:
         
Year   Amount
     
2006
  $  
2007
     
2008
    720  
2009
    1,440  
2010 and thereafter
    342,840  
       
    $ 345,000  
       
      Effective September 15, 2003, upon emergence from its Chapter 11 bankruptcy reorganization, the Reorganized Company entered into a term loan agreement and revolving credit facility (collectively, the “2003 Credit Facility”). The 2003 Credit Facility provided a term loan of $120,000 with final maturity in 2009 and revolving credit line of $55,000, of which $15,000 would have expired on January 31, 2006 and $40,000 on September 15, 2008, and of which $40,000 was available for the issuance of letters of credit and bank guarantees. Under the terms of the credit facility, the term loan bore interest at rates, at the Company’s option, equal to the prime rate plus 2.50 percent or LIBOR plus 3.50 percent and the revolving credit line bore interest, at the Company’s option, at rates equal to the prime rate plus 1.50 percent or LIBOR plus 2.50 percent.
      The 2003 Credit Facility contained certain covenants and conditions, which imposed limitations on the Company and its operating units, including restriction on the payment of cash dividends and a requirement to meet certain financial tests and to maintain on a quarterly basis certain consolidated financial ratios, including leverage, interest coverage, minimum fixed coverage, minimum operating cash flow and capital expenditures.

F-22


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
The 2003 Credit Facility also contained a feature whereby if the Company generated cash from operations above a pre-defined calculated amount, the Company was required to use a portion of that cash to make principal prepayments on the term loan portion of the 2003 Credit Facility.
      In 2004, the Company made prepayments on the term loan portion of the Credit Facility totaling $30 million, which was in addition to a $10 million prepayment made in December 2003. The prepayments reduced all future scheduled term loan payments on a pro-rata basis. As a result, the Company had borrowings outstanding of $78,395 under the term loan portion of the 2003 Credit facility and letters of credit outstanding and bank guarantees totaling $19,040 supported by the revolving credit line portion of the 2003 Credit Facility.
      The Company paid interest of $1,085 for the 2005 Successor Period, $4,397 in the 2005 Reorganized Period, $5,615 in the year ended December 31, 2004, $2,268 in the three months ended December 31, 2003, and $10,021 in the nine months ended September 30, 2003.
NOTE D — Employee Separation and Plant Closure Costs
      In 2004, the Company continued its manufacturing facility reduction plan which commenced in 2002. These actions resulted in the closure of the Company’s Energy and Chemicals segment manufacturing facility in Wolverhampton, U.K. in March 2003, the closure in September 2003 of the Company’s Energy and Chemicals segment sales and engineering office in Westborough, MA and the announcements in December 2003 and January 2004 of the closure of the Company’s Distribution and Storage segment manufacturing facility in Plaistow, NH and the Biomedical segment manufacturing and office facility in Burnsville, MN, respectively. In 2004, the Company completed the shutdown of the Plaistow, NH manufacturing facility and continued the shutdown of the Burnsville, MN manufacturing facility, which was completed in the first quarter of 2005. In each of these facility closures, the Company did not exit the product lines manufactured at those sites, but moved the manufacturing to other facilities with available capacity, most notably New Prague, MN for engineered tank production and Canton, GA for medical respiratory production. During 2005 and 2004, the Company recorded employee separation and plant closure costs related to the closures of these various facilities and also recorded non-cash inventory valuation charges included in cost of sales at certain of these sites.
      The following tables summarize the Company’s employee separation and plant closure costs activity for 2005, 2004 and 2003.
                                         
    October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005 — Successor Company
     
        Distribution   Energy &    
    Biomedical   & Storage   Chemicals   Corporate   Total
                     
One-time employee termination costs
  $ 17     $ (120 )   $ 78     $ 86     $ 61  
Other associated costs
    2       102       (26 )           78  
                               
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    19       (18 )     52       86       139  
Inventory valuation in cost of sales
    149                   (34 )     115  
                               
      168       (18 )     52       52       254  
Reserve usage
    (33 )     (97 )     (48 )     (57 )     (235 )
                               
Change in reserve
    135       (115 )     4       (5 )     19  
Reserves as of October 16, 2005
    104       305       1,553       5       1,967  
                               
Reserve as of December 31, 2005
  $ 239     $ 190     $ 1,557     $     $ 1,986  
                               

F-23


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                         
    January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005— Reorganized Company
     
        Distribution   Energy &    
    Biomedical   & Storage   Chemicals   Corporate   Total
                     
One-time employee termination costs
  $     $ 41     $     $ (159 )   $ (118 )
Other associated costs
    540       465       129       41       1,175  
                               
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    540       506       129       (118 )     1,057  
Inventory valuation in cost of sales
    643                         643  
                               
      1,183       506       129       (118 )     1,700  
Reserve usage
    (1,451 )     (542 )     (133 )     (370 )     (2,496 )
                               
Change in reserve
    (268 )     (36 )     (4 )     (488 )     (796 )
Reserves as of January 1, 2005
    372       341       1,557       493       2,763  
                               
Reserve as of October 16, 2005
  $ 104     $ 305     $ 1,553     $ 5     $ 1,967  
                               
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2004— Reorganized Company
     
        Distribution   Energy &    
    Biomedical   & Storage   Chemical   Corporate   Total
                     
One-time employee termination costs
  $ 381     $ 215     $ 303     $ 398     $ 1,297  
Contract termination costs
          317       29             346  
Other associated costs
    406       726       412       (18 )     1,526  
                               
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    787       1,258       744       380       3,169  
Inventory valuation in costs of sales
    97       80                   177  
                               
      884       1,338       744       380       3,346  
Reserve usage
    (512 )     (1,530 )     (1,369 )     (562 )     (3,973 )
                               
Change in reserve
    372       (192 )     (625 )     (182 )     (627 )
Reserves as of January 1, 2004
          533       2,182       675       3,390  
                               
Reserve as of December 31, 2004
  $ 372     $ 341     $ 1,557     $ 493     $ 2,763  
                               
                                         
    Three Months Ended December 31, 2003— Reorganized Company
     
        Distribution   Energy &    
    Biomedical   & Storage   Chemical   Corporate   Total
                     
One-time employee termination costs
  $ 139     $ 633     $ 28     $ 19     $ 819  
Other associated costs
    9             113       69       191  
                               
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    148       633       141       88       1,010  
Reserve usage
    (165 )     (721 )     (307 )     48       (1,145 )
                               
Change in reserve
    (17 )     (88 )     (166 )     136       (135 )
Reserves as of October 1, 2003
    17       621       2,348       539       3,525  
                               
Reserve as of December 31, 2003
  $     $ 533     $ 2,182     $ 675     $ 3,390  
                               

F-24


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                         
    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003 — Predecessor Company
     
        Distribution   Energy &    
    Biomedical   & Storage   Chemicals   Corporate   Total
                     
One-time employee termination costs
  $ 42     $ 350     $ 754     $ 384     $ 1,530  
Contract termination costs
    47       (1,604 )     756       97       (704 )
Other associated costs
    10       8       30       8       56  
                               
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    99       (1,246 )     1,540       489       882  
Inventory valuation in cost of sales
    16       440                   456  
                               
      115       (806 )     1,540       489       1,338  
Write-off due to CHEL insolvency
                (2,976 )           (2,976 )
Reserve usage
    (328 )     (1,665 )     (1,182 )     (477 )     (3,652 )
                               
Change in reserve
    (213 )     (2,471 )     (2,618 )     12       (5,290 )
Reserves as of January 1, 2003
    230       3,092       4,966       527       8,815  
                               
Reserve as of September 30, 2003
  $ 17     $ 621     $ 2,348     $ 539     $ 3,525  
                               
NOTE E — Acquisitions
      On May 16, 2005, the Company acquired 100 percent of the equity interest in Changzhou CEM Cryo Equipment Co., Ltd. (“CEM”), a foreign owned enterprise established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. The purchase price was $13,664, consisting of cash of $12,198 and the issuance of a promissory note of $1,466 payable to the seller. The estimated fair value of the net assets acquired and goodwill at the date of acquisition was $8,894 and $4,770, respectively. For the 2005 Reorganized Period, the Company recorded a charge of $2,768 for the write-off of purchased in-process research and development that was included in the fair value of net assets acquired. CEM has been included in the Company’s Distribution and Storage operating segment and includes approximately $4,100 of revenue since the Acquisition.
      On February 27, 2004, the Company’s Coastal Fabrication joint venture (“Coastal Fabrication”) executed an agreement to redeem the joint venture partner’s 50 percent equity interest of $289 for cash consideration of $250 and the possibility of additional consideration being paid based upon the number of direct labor manufacturing hours performed at the Company’s New Iberia, LA facility during 2004 and 2005. The $39 difference between the cash consideration paid and the value of the 50 percent equity interest was recorded by Coastal Fabrication as a reduction of certain fixed assets. As a result of the elimination of the joint venture partner and the assumption of 100 percent of control by the Company, the assets, liabilities and operating results of Coastal Fabrication are included in these consolidated financial statements subsequent to February 27, 2004.
NOTE F — Loss on Insolvent Subsidiary
      In March 2003, the Company completed the closure of its Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, operated by CHEL, and all current heat exchanger manufacturing is now being conducted at its LaCrosse, WI facility.
      On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for a voluntary administration under the U.K. Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. In accordance with SFAS No. 94, “Consolidation of All Majority-Owned Subsidiaries,” the Company is not consolidating the accounts or financial results of CHEL subsequent to March 28, 2003 due to the assumption of control of CHEL by the insolvency administrator.

F-25


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Effective March 28, 2003, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $13,682 to write off its net investment in CHEL. The components of this impairment charge includes:
         
Accounts receivable
  $ 2,413  
Intercompany receivables
    3,904  
Property, plant and equipment, net
    2,939  
Other current assets
    1,168  
Accounts payable
    (1,323 )
Accrued and other current liabilities
    (1,302 )
Cumulative translation adjustment
    3,268  
Minimum pension liability
    2,615  
       
    $ 13,682  
       
NOTE G — Income Taxes
      Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effect of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
                   
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Deferred tax assets:
               
 
Accruals and reserves
  $ 7,665     $ 7,872  
 
Pensions
    2,699       3,787  
 
Inventory
    1,288       1,499  
 
Other — net
    3,370       5,163  
             
 
Total deferred tax assets
  $ 15,022     $ 18,321  
             
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
 
Property, plant and equipment
  $ 5,795     $ 6,218  
 
Intangibles
    58,836       16,185  
             
 
Total deferred tax liabilities
  $ 64,631     $ 22,403  
             
Net deferred tax (liabilities) asset
  $ (49,609 )   $ (5,814 )
             
      The Company has not provided for income taxes on approximately $15,226 of foreign subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings as of December 31, 2005, since the earnings retained have been reinvested indefinitely by the subsidiaries. It is not practicable to estimate the additional income taxes and applicable foreign withholding taxes that would be payable on the remittance of such undistributed earnings.
      Congress passed the American Jobs Creation Act in October 2004. The Act provided for a special one-time tax deduction of 85% of certain foreign earnings that are repatriated (as defined in the Act) in 2005. During the 2005 Reorganized Period, the Company recorded income tax expense of $156 for the repatriation of $2,970 of foreign earnings under the Act.

F-26


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      (Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest consists of the following:
                                         
    Successor   Reorganized Company   Predecessor
    Company       Company
            Three    
    October 17,   January 1,       Months   Nine Months
    2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
United States
  $ (1,425 )   $ 10,718     $ 25,566     $ 1,749     $ (9,997 )
Foreign
    530       5,319       7,266       (1,823 )     5,189  
                               
    $ (895 )   $ 16,037     $ 32,832     $ (74 )   $ (4,808 )
                               
      Significant components of the provision for income taxes are as follows:
                                           
    Successor   Reorganized Company   Predecessor
    Company       Company
            Three    
    October 17,   January 1,       Months   Nine Months
    2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Current:
                                       
 
Federal
  $ 1,476     $ 6,601     $ 5,224     $     $ (4,016 )
 
State
    199       1,013       928       181       158  
 
Foreign
    227       1,806       1,879       (932 )     1,905  
                               
      1,902       9,420       8,031       (751 )     (1,953 )
                               
Deferred:
                                       
 
Federal
    (2,055 )     (1,793 )     1,692       537       6,639  
 
State
    (185 )     (161 )     166             664  
 
Foreign
    (103 )     (307 )     245       89       (2,303 )
                               
      (2,343 )     (2,261 )     2,103       626       5,000  
                               
    $ (441 )   $ 7,159     $ 10,134     $ (125 )   $ 3,047  
                               

F-27


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The reconciliation of income taxes computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rates to income tax expense is as follows:
                                         
    Successor   Reorganized Company   Predecessor
    Company       Company
            Three    
    October 17,   January 1,       Months   Nine Months
    2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Income tax (benefit) expense at U.S. statutory rates
  $ (313 )   $ 5,691     $ 11,491     $ (26 )   $ (1,391 )
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit
    129       659       612       118       102  
Debt forgiveness income
                            (18,283 )
Credit on foreign taxes paid
    (127 )     (408 )                  
Effective tax rate differential of earnings outside of U.S. 
    (71 )     (463 )     (488 )     (205 )     89  
Federal tax benefit of foreign sales
    (130 )     (648 )     (456 )     (88 )     (263 )
Non-deductible (taxable) items — goodwill and other items
    71       1,203       (525 )     76       4,535  
In-process research and development
          969                    
Fresh-Start accounting adjustments and valuation allowance
                            22,274  
Repatriation of foreign earnings
            156                          
Resolved tax contingency
                (500 )           (4,016 )
                               
    $ (441 )   $ 7,159     $ 10,134     $ (125 )   $ 3,047  
                               
      For the 2005 Reorganized Period, the Company received a tax benefit of $5,818 from the exercise of stock options as a result of the Acquisition. The Company had net income tax payments (refunds) of $3,113 in the 2005 Successor Period, $11,160 in the 2005 Reorganized Period, $8,035 in 2004, $362 in the three months ended December 31, 2003, and $(1,262) in the nine months ended September 30, 2003.
NOTE H — Discontinued Operation and Assets Held for Sale
      On July 3, 2003, the Company sold certain assets and liabilities of its former Greenville Tube, LLC stainless steel tubing business, which the Company previously reported as a component of its Energy and Chemicals operating segment. The Company received gross proceeds of $15,500, consisting of $13,550 in cash and $1,950 in a long-term subordinated note, which resulted in a gain of $3,692 recorded in the nine months ended September 30, 2003. In accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” the Company classified the operating results of this business as a discontinued operation on its consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The amount of revenue reported in discontinued operations was $8,807 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. The amount of pre-tax profit reported in discontinued operations is equal to the income from discontinued operation, net of income taxes, since the Company did not allocate income tax expense to this business.
      In September 2003, the Company decided to sell a vacant building and a parcel of land at its New Prague, MN Distribution and Storage manufacturing facility. These assets were sold in April 2004 for $550 and the Company recorded a loss of $11 due to selling expenses. The net proceeds from this sale were used for working capital purposes.

F-28


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      In January 2004, the Company decided to sell a building and parcel of land at its Burnsville, MN Biomedical manufacturing and office facility. In June 2004, the Company executed an agreement to sell the Burnsville facility for $4,500. Because the net sales price, estimated to be $4,175 after selling costs, was lower than the carrying value, the assets were written down to the net sales price by recording a $404 loss on sale of assets in 2004. The net proceeds from this sale were used to pay down $880 of debt outstanding under an industrial revenue bond and the remainder was used for working capital purposes.
      In June 2004, the Company decided to sell a building, parcel of land and manufacturing equipment at its Plaistow, NH Distribution and Storage manufacturing and office facility. The manufacturing equipment was sold in August 2004 for $1,082 resulting in a gain on sale of assets of $549. In September 2004, the Company entered into an agreement, which expired in July 2005, to sell the Plaistow land and building for $3,567, net of selling costs. It was determined the net sales price per the agreement was lower than the carrying value and the Company recorded a fair value impairment loss of $386 in 2004. During the 2005 Reorganization Period, an additional $483 fair value impairment loss was recognized by the Reorganized Company. At December 31, 2005 the carrying value of this property equaled $3,084. The Plaistow facility is classified as held for sale on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. The Company continues to pursue the completion of the sale and the net proceeds from such sale are expected to be available for working capital purposes.
NOTE I — Employee Benefit Plans
      The Company has four defined benefit pension plans (“the Plans”) covering certain U.S. hourly and salary employees. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, three of the Plans were frozen. Effective February 28, 2006, the fourth Plan was frozen. The Plans provided benefits primarily based on the participants’ years of service and compensation.
      The following table sets forth the components of net periodic pension (benefit) cost for the 2005 Successor Period, the 2005 Reorganized Period, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003 based on a December 31 measurement date.
                                         
    Successor   Reorganized Company   Predecessor
    Company       Company
            Three    
    October 17,   January 1,       Months   Nine Months
    2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Service cost
  $ 53     $ 205     $ 887     $ 269     $ 851  
Interest cost
    410       1,559       2,056       534       1,515  
Expected return on plan assets
    (474 )     (1,807 )     (2,135 )     (472 )     (1,197 )
Amortization of net (gain) loss
          (6 )     (48 )           431  
Amortization of prior service cost
          (141 )                 83  
                               
Total pension (benefit) cost
  $ (11 )   $ (190 )   $ 760     $ 331     $ 1,683  
                               

F-29


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The following table sets forth changes in the projected benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status of the plans and the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet:
                   
    Successor   Reorganized
    Company   Company
         
    December 31,   December 31,
    2005   2004
         
Change in projected benefit obligation:
               
January 1 projected benefit obligation
  $ 36,104     $ 35,354  
 
Service cost
    258       887  
 
Interest coat
    1,969       2,056  
 
Benefits paid
    (990 )     (943 )
 
Plan Amendments
          (2,015 )
 
Actuarial losses and plan changes
    63       765  
             
December 31 projected benefit obligation
  $ 37,404     $ 36,104  
             
Change in plan assets:
               
Fair value at January 1
  $ 27,789     $ 25,244  
 
Actual return
    2,359       1,777  
 
Employer contributions
    946       1,711  
 
Benefits paid
    (990 )     (943 )
             
Fair value at December 31
  $ 30,104     $ 27,789  
             
Net amount recognized:
               
 
Funded status of the plans
  $ (7,300 )   $ (8,315 )
 
Unrecognized actuarial loss (gain)
    424       (874 )
             
Net pension liability recognized
  $ (6,876 )   $ (9,189 )
             
Accrued benefit liability
  $ (7,300 )   $ (11,106 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    424       1,917  
             
Net pension liability recognized
  $ (6,876 )   $ (9,189 )
             
      The accumulated benefit obligation is equal to the projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2005 and 2004 because three of the Plans were frozen at these dates and the remaining plan was service related. A minimum pension liability adjustment was required as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 as the actuarial present value of a projected benefit obligations exceeded plan assets and accrued pension liabilities.
      At December 31, 2005, the Company’s consolidated net pension liability recognized was $6.9 million, a decrease of $2.3 million from December 31, 2004. The decrease is primarily due to an increase in the fair value of plan assets during 2005 and the recognition of the net unamortized gain at the Closing Date of the Acquisition in accordance with SFAS 141 “Business Combinations”.

F-30


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The actuarial assumptions used in determining the funded status information and subsequent net periodic pension cost are as follows:
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
            Three   Nine
    October 17,   January 1,       Months   Months
    2005 to   2005 to   Year Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
United States Plans
                                       
 
Discount rate
    5.50 %     5.75 %     5.75 %     6.25 %     6.50 %
 
Weighted average rate of increase in compensation
    *       3.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %
 
Expected long-term weighted average rate of return on plan assets
    8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %     8.25 %
 
No longer applicable as Plans were frozen and participants are no longer accruing benefits.
      The expected long-term weighted average rate of return on plan assets was established using the Company’s target asset allocation for equity and debt securities and the historical average rates of return for equity and debt securities. The Company employs a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of plan assets for a prudent level of risk. Risk tolerance is established through careful consideration of short- and long-term plan liabilities, plan funded status and corporate financial condition. The investment portfolio contains a diversified blend of equity and fixed-income investments. Furthermore, equity investments are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks, as well as growth, value, and small and large capitalizations. Additionally, the Plans held 2,540 shares of the Reorganized Company’s common stock with fair values of $124 and $67 at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively, and did not receive any dividends on these shares during 2004 or 2003. Investment risk is measured and monitored on an ongoing basis through quarterly investment portfolio reviews, annual liability measurements and periodic asset/liability studies. The Company’s pension plan weighted-average actual and target asset allocations by asset category at December 31 are as follows:
                         
        Actual
         
        Successor   Reorganized
        Company   Company
    Target   2005   2004
             
Stocks
    64 %     57 %     57 %
Fixed income funds
    34 %     41 %     41 %
Cash and cash equivalents
    2 %     2 %     2 %
                   
Total
    100 %     100 %     100 %
                   

F-31


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The Company’s funding policy is to contribute at least the minimum funding amounts required by law. Based upon current actuarial estimates, the Company expects to contribute $1,263 to its defined benefit pension plans in 2006 and expects the following benefit payments to be paid by the plans:
         
2006
  $ 1,176  
2007
    1,263  
2008
    1,327  
2009
    1,432  
2010
    1,578  
       
    $ 6,776  
       
      The Company presently makes contributions to one bargaining unit supported multi-employer pension plans resulting in expense of $78 for the 2005 Successor Period, $282 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $313 for the year ended December 31, 2004, $110 for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and $199 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003. As part of the closure of Plaistow, NH facility in 2004, the Company withdrew from the multi-employer plan upon final termination of all employees at such facility. The Company has recorded a related estimated withdrawal liability of $170 at December 31, 2005 and 2004. Any additional liability over this accrued amount is not expected to have a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
      The Company has a defined contribution savings plan that covers most of its U.S. employees. Company contributions to the plan are based on employee contributions, and a Company match and discretionary contributions. Expenses under the plan totaled $517 for the 2005 Successor Period, $2,188 for the 2005 Reorganized Period, $1,483 for the year ended December 31, 2004, $313 for the three months ended December 31, 2003 and $1,118 for the nine months ended September 30, 2003.
NOTE J — Stock Option Plans
      In November 2005, 218,408 New Options were granted to certain management employees of the Company, under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, to purchase shares of the Successor Company’s common stock at an exercise price of $64.75 per share. In addition, certain members of management rolled over 131,823 options from the Reorganized Company’s 2004 Plan at an exercise price of $16.19 per share.
      The New Options are exercisable for a period of ten years and have two different vesting schedules. 77,094 of the New Options are time-based (“Time-based Options”) and vest equally over a five year period, and 141,314 of the New Options are performance-based (“Performance-based Options”) and vest based upon specified actual returns on First Reserve’s investment in the Company. In addition, 122,470 of the Rollover Options were vested on the Closing Date of the Acquisition and 9,353 unvested Rollover Options vest upon the performance criteria of the Company’s 2004 Plan. As of March 22, 2006, 128,543 of the Rollover Options were vested. The New Options generally may not be transferred, and any shares of stock that are acquired upon exercise of the New Options generally may not be sold, transferred, assigned or disposed of except under certain predefined liquidity events or in the event of a change in control. As of December 31, 2005, there were 350,231 vested and unvested options outstanding. For the 2005 Successor Period, $437 of stock-based compensation expense was recognized for the New Options and the Rollover Options. At December 31, 2005, the unrecognized total share-based compensation expense to be recorded over the next five years related to non-vested awards is $2,716.
      The fair value of the New Options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following weighted-average assumptions: risk-free interest rate of 4.8%; dividend yields of 0.0%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company’s common shares of 47.0%; and a

F-32


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
weighted-average expected life of 7.5 years for the options. Volatility was calculated using an average of the Reorganized Company’s historical closing stock price on the OTCBB from October 2, 2003 to October 14, 2005. Stock-based compensation expense for the Time-based Options is recorded on a straight-line basis over the vesting period.
      On October 17, 2005, in conjunction with the Acquisition, all of the unvested 2004 Options under the Reorganized Company’s 2004 Plan were vested upon the change of control, except for 9,353 Rollover Options. The Reorganized Company’s 2004 Options are described further below. As a result of normal vesting and the change in control, $9,508 of share-based compensation expense was recognized for the 2005 Reorganized Period.
      On March 19, 2004, the Reorganized Company granted 435,701 of 2004 Options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock with an exercise price of $13.89 per share when the closing market price of the Company’s common stock was $28.00 per share. These 2004 Options were accounted for under the intrinsic value method of APB Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees” (“APB 25”). These non-qualified stock options were exercisable for a period of 10 years and have two different vesting schedules: 319,701 options were scheduled to vest in equal annual installments over a four-year period and 116,000 options were scheduled to vest over a 45-month period, which commenced April 1, 2004, based upon the achievement of specific operating performance goals during that 45-month period as determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors. The 319,701 2004 Options on the time-based vesting schedule were accounted for as a fixed compensatory plan under APB 25. For these options, the Company expected to record $4,313 as compensation expense over the vesting period based on the $14.11 difference between the closing market price and the exercise price on the date of grant. The 116,000 2004 Options on the performance-based vesting schedule were accounted for as a variable compensatory plan under APB 25. For these options, the Company recorded compensation expense over the vesting period based upon the difference between the closing market price of the Company’s stock and the exercise price at each balance sheet measurement date, and the Company’s estimate of the number of options that will ultimately vest based upon actual and estimated performance in comparison to the performance targets.
      During 2004, 14,000 options on the time-based vesting schedule and 14,000 options on the performance-based vesting schedule were cancelled due to the resignation of eligible employees, and 42,000 additional 2004 Options on the time-based vesting schedule and 30,000 additional 2004 Options on the performance-based vesting schedule were issued at the closing market price on the date of grant to then new eligible employees and non-employee members of the Company’s Board of Directors. The 42,000 2004 Options with the time-based vesting schedule were accounted for as a fixed plan under APB 25. For these options, the Company recorded no compensation expense, since the exercise price was equal to the market price at the date of grant. The 30,000 Options with the performance-based vesting schedule were accounted for as a variable compensatory plan under APB 25 and the Company recorded compensation expense using the same method as the initial 116,000 performance-based options. As of December 31, 2004, there were 479,701 options outstanding. For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recognized $1,998 of stock-based compensation expense.

F-33


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Certain information for the 2005 Successor Company and the year ended December 31, 2004, relative to the Successor Company’s and Reorganized Company’s stock option plans is summarized below:
                                 
    Successor Company   Reorganized Company
    December 31, 2005   December 31, 2004
         
        Weighted       Weighted
        Average       Average
    Number of   Exercise   Number of   Exercise
    Shares   Price   Shares   Price
                 
Outstanding balance at beginning of period
        $           $  
Rollover
    131,823       16.19              
Granted
    218,408       64.75       507,701       18.04  
Expired or canceled
                (28,000 )     13.89  
                         
Outstanding at end of period
    350,231     $ 46.47       479,701     $ 18.28  
                         
Exercisable at end of year *
    128,543     $ 16.19       104,425          
                         
Weighted-average fair value of options granted during the year
  $ 37.03             $          
                         
Participants at end of year
    32               34          
                         
Available for future grant at end of year
    6,749               75,002          
                         
 
Remaining contractual term of 8 years and 3 months.
NOTE K — Lease Commitments
      The Company incurred $717, $2,665, $3,478, $974 and $3,756 of rental expense under operating leases for the 2005 Successor Period, the 2005 Reorganized Period, the year ended December 31, 2004, the three months ended December 31, 2003 and the nine months ended September 30, 2003. At December 31, 2005, future minimum lease payments for non-cancelable operating leases for the next five years total $8,547 and are payable as follows: 2006 — $2,040; 2007 — $1,855; 2008 — $1,713; 2009 — $1,600; and 2010 — $1,339.
NOTE L — Contingencies
Environmental
      The Company is subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations concerning, among other matters, waste water effluents, air emissions and handling and disposal of hazardous materials such as cleaning fluids. The Company is involved with environmental compliance, investigation, monitoring and remediation activities at certain of its owned manufacturing facilities and at one owned facility that is leased to a third party, and, except for these continuing remediation efforts, believes it is currently in substantial compliance with all known environmental regulations. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had undiscounted accrued environmental reserves of $6,608 and $6,460, respectively, recorded in other long-term liabilities. The Company accrues for certain environmental remediation-related activities for which commitments or remediation plans have been developed and for which costs can be reasonably estimated. These estimates are determined based upon currently available facts and circumstances regarding each facility. Actual costs incurred may vary from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved. Future expenditures relating to these environmental remediation efforts are expected to be made over the next 8 to 14 years as ongoing costs of remediation programs.

F-34


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      Although the Company believes it has adequately provided for the cost of all known environmental conditions, the applicable regulatory agencies could insist upon different and more costly remediation than those the Company believes are adequate or required by existing law. The Company believes that any additional liability in excess of amounts accrued which may result from the resolution of such matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Appraisal Rights
      In conjunction with the Acquisition and the Notice of Merger dated October 25, 2005, certain of the former shareholders of the Reorganized Company representing 244,180 shares of common stock, gave notice of their right under Delaware General Corporation Law to exercise appraisal rights. In February 2006, before the former shareholders filed suit in court under Delaware General Corporation Law, the Company settled this appraisal rights matter by paying additional proceeds to these former shareholders of $0.5 million. This settlement amount was accrued at December 31, 2005.
CHEL
      In March 2003, the Company completed the closure of its Wolverhampton, United Kingdom manufacturing facility, operated by CHEL, and all current heat exchanger manufacturing is being conducted at the Company’s La Crosse, WI facility. On March 28, 2003, CHEL filed for a voluntary administration under the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) Insolvency Act of 1986. CHEL’s application for voluntary administration was approved on April 1, 2003 and an administrator was appointed. Additionally, the Company received information that indicated that CHEL’s net pension plan obligations had increased significantly primarily due to a decline in plan asset values and interest rates as well as increased plan liabilities, resulting in an estimated plan deficit of approximately $12.0 million as of March 2003. Based on the Company’s financial condition in March 2003, it determined not to advance funds to CHEL in amounts necessary to fund CHEL’s obligations. Since CHEL was unable to fund its net pension deficit, pay remaining severance due to former employees, or pay other creditors, the trustees of the CHEL pension plan requested a decision to wind-up the plan from a U.K. pension regulatory board. That board approved the wind-up as of March 28, 2003.
      The Company does not believe that it is legally obligated to fund the net pension deficit of the CHEL pension plan because CHEL, which is no longer one of the Company’s consolidated subsidiaries, was the sponsor of the pension plan and the entity with primary responsibility for the plan. In addition, the Company considered itself and its consolidated subsidiaries legally released from being the primary obligor of any CHEL liabilities. Further, at the time the insolvency administrator assumed control of CHEL, the Company no longer had control of the assets or liabilities of CHEL. As a result, in March 2003, the Company wrote-off its net investment in CHEL. In addition, any claims of CHEL against the Company were discharged in bankruptcy as part of the Company’s Reorganization Plan.
      While no claims presently are pending against the Company related to CHEL’s insolvency, persons impacted by the insolvency or others could bring a claim against the Company asserting that the Company is directly responsible for pension and benefit related liabilities of CHEL. Although the Company would contest any claim of this kind, it can provide no assurance that claims will not be asserted against it in the future. To the extent the Company has a significant liability related to CHEL’s insolvency and pension wind-up, satisfaction of that liability could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s liquidity, results of operations and financial position.

F-35


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Chapter 11 Reorganization
      On July 8, 2003, the Company and all of its then majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries filed voluntary petitions for reorganization relief under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code with the United States Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware to implement an agreed upon senior debt restructuring plan through a pre-packaged plan of reorganization. None of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries were included in the filing in the Bankruptcy Court. On September 15, 2003, the Reorganized Company and all of its majority-owned U.S. subsidiaries emerged from Chapter 11 proceedings pursuant to the Amended Joint Prepackaged Reorganization Plan of Chart Industries, Inc. and Certain Subsidiaries, dated September 3, 2003. The Company has resolved all proofs of claim asserted in the bankruptcy proceedings, including the settlement in July 2005 of a finders’ fee claim in the amount of $1.1 million asserted by a former shareholder of the Company, against which the Company had filed an objection in the Bankruptcy Court. The Company expects to move forward to close these proceedings in 2006.
Performance Under Contracts
      The Company is occasionally subject to various other legal actions related to performance under contracts, product liability and other matters, several of which actions claim substantial damages, in the ordinary course of its business. Based on the Company’s historical experience in litigating these actions, as well as the Company’s current assessment of the underlying merits of the actions and applicable insurance, the Company believes the resolution of these other legal actions will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
Legal Proceedings
      The Company is a party to other legal proceedings incidental to the normal course of its business. Based on the Company’s historical experience in litigating these actions, as well as the Company’s current assessment of the underlying merits of the actions and applicable insurance, management believes that the final resolution of these matters will not have a material adverse affect on the Company’s financial position, liquidity, cash flows or results of operations.
NOTE M — Operating Segments
      The Company’s structure of its internal organization is divided into the following three reportable segments: Energy and Chemicals, Distribution and Storage, and Biomedical. The Company’s reportable segments are business units that offer different products. The reportable segments are each managed separately because they manufacture and distribute distinct products with different production processes and sales and marketing approaches. The Biomedical segment sells medical respiratory products, biological storage systems and magnetic resonance imaging (“MRI”) cryostat components. The Distribution and Storage segment sells cryogenic bulk storage systems, cryogenic packaged gas systems, cryogenic systems and components, beverage liquid CO2 systems and cryogenic services to various companies for the storage and transportation of both industrial and natural gases. The Energy and Chemicals segment sells heat exchangers, cold boxes and liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) vacuum insulated pipe (“VIP”) to natural gas, petrochemical processing and industrial gas companies who use them for the liquefaction and separation of natural and industrial gases. Due to the nature of the products that each operating segment sells, there are no inter-segment sales. The Company moved the management and reporting of the LNG alternative fuel systems product line from the Energy and Chemicals segment to the Distribution and Storage segment effective December 31, 2004. All segment information for all periods presented has been restated to conform to this presentation.

F-36


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      The Company evaluates performance and allocates resources based on operating income or loss from continuing operations before gain on sale of assets, net interest expense, financing costs amortization expense, derivative contracts valuation expense, foreign currency loss, income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies.
      Information for the Company’s three reportable segments and its corporate headquarters, and product revenue and geographic information for the Company, is presented below:
                                         
    Successor Company
     
    October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005
     
    Reportable Segments    
         
    Energy and   Distribution        
    Chemicals   and Storage   Biomedical   Corporate   Total
                     
Revenues from external customers
  $ 34,135     $ 47,832     $ 15,685     $     $ 97,652  
Employee separation and plant closure costs (benefit)
    52       (18 )     19       86       139  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    1,424       2,152       458       54       4,098  
Operating income (loss)
    5,092       4,025       714       (4,683 )     5,148  
Total assets(B)(C)
    177,915       341,644       93,929       28,318       641,806  
Capital expenditures
    877       3,338       1,255       131       5,601  
                                         
    Reorganized Company
     
    January 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005
     
    Reportable Segments    
         
    Energy and   Distribution        
    Chemicals   and Storage   Biomedical   Corporate   Total
                     
Revenues from external customers
  $ 86,920     $ 161,329     $ 57,248     $     $ 305,497  
Employee separation and plant closure costs (benefit)
    129       506       540       (118 )     1,057  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    931       3,694       1,901       282       6,808  
Operating income (loss)
    13,818       27,020       9,093       (29,203 )     20,728  
Total assets(B)(D)
    85,203       151,404       99,001       7,499       343,107  
Capital expenditures
    2,817       5,878       1,490       853       11,038  
                                         
    Reorganized Company
     
    Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Reportable Segments    
         
    Energy and   Distribution        
    Chemicals   and Storage   Biomedical   Corporate   Total
                     
Revenues from external customers
  $ 69,609     $ 162,508     $ 73,459     $     $ 305,576  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    744       1,258       787       380       3,169  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    1,180       2,614       1,386       3,310       8,490  
Equity expense in joint venture
    (51 )                       (51 )
Operating income (loss)
    11,545       27,799       14,493       (16,625 )     37,212  
Total assets(B)(D)
    65,212       118,555       100,768       22,545       307,080  
Capital expenditures
    1,681       4,643       2,357       698       9,379  

F-37


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                         
    Reorganized Company
     
    Three Months Ended December 31, 2003
     
    Reportable Segments    
         
    Energy and   Distribution        
    Chemicals   and Storage   Biomedical   Corporate   Total
                     
Revenues from external customers
  $ 15,699     $ 37,863     $ 15,008     $     $ 68,570  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    141       633       148       88       1,010  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    356       991       791       87       2,225  
Equity expense in joint venture
    (41 )                       (41 )
Operating income (loss)(A)
    3,298       3,797       2,694       (8,926 )     863  
Total assets(B)(D)
    62,558       105,508       105,127       26,444       299,637  
Equity investment in joint venture
    340                         340  
Capital expenditures
    42       476                   518  
                                         
    Predecessor Company
     
    Nine Months Ended September 30, 2003
     
    Reportable Segments    
         
    Energy and   Distribution        
    Chemicals   and Storage   Biomedical   Corporate   Total
                     
Revenues from external customers
  $ 42,910     $ 102,469     $ 51,638     $     $ 197,017  
Employee separation and plant closure costs (benefit)
    1,540       (1,246 )     99       489       882  
Depreciation and amortization expense
    934       4,639       1,505       529       7,607  
Loss on insolvent subsidiary
    13,682                         13,682  
Operating income (loss)(A)
    (8,694 )     8,005       12,381       (14,690 )     (2,998 )
Total assets(B)(D)
    59,307       105,147       109,196       39,272       312,922  
Equity investment in joint venture
    381                         381  
Capital expenditures
    138       1,573       196             1,907  
 
(A) Corporate operating loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2003 includes $6,046 of professional fees incurred by the Company related to its debt restructuring activities.
 
(B) Corporate assets at December 31, 2005, October 16, 2005, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003 consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and deferred income taxes.
 
(C) Total assets at December 31, 2005 includes goodwill of $72,833, $128,653 and $35,256 for the Energy and Chemicals, Distribution and Storage, and Biomedical segments, respectively.
 
(D) Total assets at October 16, 2005, December 31, 2004, December 31, 2003 and September 30, 2003 includes goodwill of $31,648, $2,787 and $40,675 for the Energy and Chemicals, Distribution and Storage, and Biomedical segments, respectively.

F-38


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
      A reconciliation of the total of the reportable segments’ operating income (loss) from continuing operations to consolidated (loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes, minority interest and cumulative effect of change in accounting principle is presented below:
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
    October 17,   January 1,       Three   Nine
    2005   2005   Year   Months   Months
    to   to   Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Operating income (loss) from continuing operations
  $ 5,148     $ 20,728     $ 37,212     $ 863     $ (2,998 )
Other income (expense):
                                       
 
(Loss) gain on sale of assets
    (78 )     131       (133 )     57       4,753  
 
Interest expense, net
    (5,565 )     (4,192 )     (4,760 )     (1,390 )     (9,911 )
 
Financing costs amortization
    (308 )                       (1,653 )
 
Derivative contracts valuation income (expense)
    9       28       48       46       (389 )
Foreign currency gain (loss)
    (101 )     (659 )     465       350       (287 )
Reorganization items, net
                            5,677  
                               
(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes and minority interest
  $ (895 )   $ 16,036     $ 32,832     $ (74 )   $ (4,808 )
                               

F-39


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
                                           
    Successor       Predecessor
    Company   Reorganized Company   Company
             
    October 17,   January 1,       Three   Nine
    2005   2005   Year   Months   Months
    to   to   Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
Product Revenue Information:
                                       
Energy and Chemicals Segment
                                       
 
Heat exchangers
  $ 22,218     $ 52,702     $ 48,091     $ 10,975     $ 31,430  
 
Cold boxes and LNG VIP
    11,917       34,218       21,518       4,724       11,480  
                               
      34,135       86,920       69,609       15,699       42,910  
                               
Distribution and Storage Segment
                                       
 
Cryogenic bulk storage systems
    22,626       70,180       73,118       17,950       43,248  
 
Cryogenic packaged gas systems and beverage liquid CO 2 systems
    18,150       65,713       59,706       13,447       41,677  
 
Cryogenic systems and components
    2,862       11,571       14,767       3,798       8,424  
 
Cryogenic services
    4,194       13,865       14,917       2,668       9,120  
                               
      47,832       161,329       162,508       37,863       102,469  
                               
Biomedical Segment
                                       
 
Medical products and biological storage systems
    13,355       48,488       62,873       12,337       41,355  
 
MRI components and other
    2,330     $ 8,760       10,586       2,671       10,283  
                               
      15,685       57,248       73,459       15,008       51,638  
                               
Total Sales
  $ 97,652     $ 305,497     $ 305,576     $ 68,570     $ 197,017  
                               
                                                         
    Successor Company       Reorganized
        Predecessor Company   Company
             
    October 17,   January 1,       Three   Nine
    2005   2005   Year   Months   Months
    to   to   Ended   Ended   Ended
    December 31,   October 16,   December 31,   December 31,   September 30,
    2005   2005   2004   2003   2003
                     
        Long-Lived           Long-Lived        
Geographic Information:   Revenues   Assets   Revenues   Revenues   Assets   Revenues   Revenues
                             
United States
  $ 75,692     $ 398,576     $ 233,669     $ 233,466     $ 156,181     $ 52,828     $ 155,451  
Czech Republic
    12,829       27,944       42,645       43,163       5,494       10,205       20,406  
Other Non-U.S. Countries
    9,131       42,222       29,183       28,947       6,016       5,537       21,160  
                                           
Total
  $ 97,652     $ 468,742     $ 305,497     $ 305,576     $ 167,691     $ 68,570     $ 197,017  
                                           

F-40


Table of Contents

CHART INDUSTRIES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Note N — Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
      Selected quarterly data for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004 are as follows:
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2005
     
        Successor
    Reorganized Company   Company
         
    First   Second   Third   Fourth   Fourth
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter(a)   Quarter(a)
                     
Sales
  $ 85,170     $ 99,721     $ 105,787     $ 14,819     $ 97,652  
Gross Profit
    24,898       29,932       30,101       3,282       21,919  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    604       201       200       52       139  
Operating Income
    9,893       14,092       12,398       (15,654 )     5,148  
Net Income
    5,795       8,658       7,228       (12,823 )     (506 )
 
(a) The fourth quarter for the Reorganized Company is the period October 1, 2005 to October 16, 2005 and the fourth quarter for the Successor Company is the period October 17, 2005 to December 31, 2005.
                                         
    Year Ended December 31, 2004
     
    Reorganized Company
     
    First   Second   Third   Fourth    
    Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Quarter   Total
                     
Sales
  $ 68,782     $ 74,665     $ 76,380     $ 85,749     $ 305,576  
Gross Profit
    21,831       22,136       23,687       26,152       93,806  
Employee separation and plant closure costs
    (964 )     (776 )     (618 )     (811 )     (3,169 )
Operating Income
    7,804       8,273       9,493       11,642       37,212  
Net Income
    4,034       4,223       6,924       7,419       22,600  
NOTE O — Subsequent Events
      In February 2006, the Company paid $1,498, including fees to acquire the remaining 4.3% of minority interest in Chart Ferox, a.s. The Company expects to own a 100% interest in Chart Ferox, a.s. during 2006 upon customary Czech Republic regulatory approval.

F-41


Table of Contents

(CHART LOGO)


Table of Contents

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
      The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable in connection with the distribution of the securities being registered. All amounts are estimated except the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.
           
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee
  $ 26,750  
NYSE Listing Fees
  $    
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
  $    
Printing and Engraving Expenses
  $    
Legal Fees
  $    
Accounting Fees
  $    
Registrar and Transfer Agent Fees
  $    
Agent and Trustee Fees and Expenses
  $    
NASD Filing Fee
  $ 25,500  
       
 
Total
  $    
       
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
      Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation or enterprise, against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, other than an action by or in the right of the corporation, by reason of being or having been in any such capacity, if he acted in good faith in a manner reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action, or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.
      Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto or eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the directors’ fiduciary duty of care, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. The Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws for Chart Industries, Inc. provide for such limitations on liability.
      We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers providing for additional indemnification protection beyond that provided by the Directors and Officers Liability Insurance Policy. In the indemnification agreements, we have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify and hold harmless the director or officer to the maximum extent then authorized or permitted by the provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, the DGCL, or by any amendment(s) thereto.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
      We have issued unregistered securities in the transactions described below. These securities were offered and sold in reliance upon the exemptions provided for in Section 1145(a) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, relating to issuance of securities pursuant to our bankruptcy reorganization plan, Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, relating to sales not involving any public offering, Rule 506 of the Securities Act relating to sales to accredited investors and Rule 701 of the Securities Act relating to a compensatory benefit plan. The

II-1


Table of Contents

sales were made without the use of an underwriter and any certificates representing the securities sold (other than securities issued pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 1145(a) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code) contain a restrictive legend that prohibits transfer without registration or an applicable exemption.
      Pursuant to the terms of our bankruptcy reorganization plan, on September 15, 2003 we issued an aggregate of 5,325,331 shares of common stock to our then senior lenders and our pre-bankruptcy stockholders and we issued warrants to acquire an aggregate of 280,281 shares of our common stock to our pre-bankruptcy stockholders. These shares of common stock and warrants were issued in accordance with the terms of our reorganization plan, which was confirmed by the U.S. Bankruptcy Court for the District of Delaware by an order entered on September 4, 2003, in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 1145(a) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code. The common Stock issued to our then senior lenders was issued in exchange for claims under our pre-bankruptcy senior credit facilities, and the common stock and warrants issued to our pre-bankruptcy stockholders was issued in exchange for their cancelled pre-bankruptcy stock.
      The following table shows the shares of our common stock that we have issued upon the exercise of warrants for the prices indicated therein for the past three years.
                     
            Share of Common
Date of Exercise   Warrants Exercised   Exercise Price   Stock Issued
             
July 15, 2004
    2     $32.97 per share     2  
August 12, 2004
    26,390     $32.97 per share; cashless     5,323  
September 29, 2004
    53     $32.97 per share     53  
October 19, 2004
    5     $32.97 per share     5  
October 22, 2004
    19     $32.97 per share     19  
November 11, 2004
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
November 19, 2004
    53     $32.97 per share     53  
December 8, 2004
    6     $32.97 per share     6  
December 10, 2004
    24     $32.97 per share     24  
January 4, 2005
    9     $32.97 per share     9  
February 11, 2005
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
February 25, 2005
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
March 9, 2005
    819     $32.97 per share     819  
April 12, 2005
    987     $32.97 per share     987  
April 12, 2005
    107     $32.97 per share     107  
April 27, 2005
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
May 10, 2005
    77     $32.97 per share     77  
May 16, 2005
    53     $32.97 per share     53  
May 23, 2005
    9     $32.97 per share     9  
June 3, 2005
    124     $32.97 per share     124  
June 20, 2005
    2     $32.97 per share     2  
June 30, 2005
    2     $32.97 per share     2  
July 7, 2005
    14     $32.97 per share     14  
July 12, 2005
    20     $32.97 per share     20  
July 25, 2005
    6     $32.97 per share     6  
July 27, 2005
    1,157     $32.97 per share     1,157  
August 5, 2005
    7     $32.97 per share     7  
August 5, 1005
    1,043     $32.97 per share     1,043  
August 10, 2005
    2,000     $32.97 per share     2,000  

II-2


Table of Contents

                       
            Share of Common
Date of Exercise   Warrants Exercised   Exercise Price   Stock Issued
             
August 11, 2005
    1,780     $32.97 per share     1,780  
August 11, 2005
    1,458     $32.97 per share     1,458  
August 12, 2005
    820     $32.97 per share     820  
August 15, 2005
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
August 15, 2005
    5,148     $32.97 per share     5,148  
August 18, 2005
    32     $32.97 per share     32  
August 24, 2005
    4,279     $32.97 per share     4,279  
August 31, 2005
    1     $32.97 per share     1  
September 6, 2005
    7,116     $32.97 per share     7,116  
September 13, 2005
    2     $32.97 per share     2  
September 14, 2005
    2,100     $32.97 per share     2,100  
September 16, 2005
    7     $32.97 per share     7  
September 19, 2005
    53     $32.97 per share     53  
September 21, 2005
    551     $32.97 per share     551  
September 28, 2005
    15,000     $32.97 per share     15,000  
September 29, 2005
    300     $32.97 per share     300  
October 3, 2005
    3,200     $32.97 per share     3,200  
October 4, 2005
    1,900     $32.97 per share     1,900  
October 5, 2005
    434     $32.97 per share     434  
October 6, 2005
    200     $32.97 per share     200  
October 7, 2005
    357     $32.97 per share     357  
October 12, 2005
    134     $32.97 per share     134  
 
TOTAL
    77,865     $32.97 per share     56,798  
      With respect to each of the issuances above, the issuance of the shares of our common stock upon the exercise of the warrants was made in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Section 1145(a) of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, on the basis that the common stock was offered and sold upon the exercise of warrants that were offered and sold under a plan of a debtor in exchange for an interest in the debtor. The warrants were governed by a Warrant Agreement, dated September 15, 2003, between the Company and National City Bank, as warrant agent. The Warrant Agreement terminated upon consummation of the Acquisition.
      On February 26, 2004, we issued an aggregate of 28,797 shares to Samuel F. Thomas, our Chief Executive Officer, for an aggregate purchase price of $399,990 in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) and Rule 506 thereunder on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.
      On October 17, 2005, in connection with the Acquisition, we issued an aggregate of 1,718,896 shares of our common stock to FR X Chart Holdings LLC pursuant to the terms of the agreement and plan of merger, dated August 2, 2005, by and among certain of our then-existing stockholders, First Reserve Fund X, L.P. and CI Acquisition, a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Reserve Fund X, L.P. in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Section 4(2) thereunder.
      On November 23, 2005, we issued 218,408 options under the 2005 Stock Option Plan in reliance on the exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act provided by Rule 701 promulgated thereunder.
      On March 29, 2006, we issued 10,000 options under the 2005 Stock Option Plan to one of our executive officers in reliance upon the exemption under Section 701 of the Securities Act.

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
      (a) Exhibits
      Reference is made to the information contained in the Exhibit Index filed as part of this Registration Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Rule 411 of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act.
      (b) Financial Statement Schedules
      All applicable financial statement schedule disclosure requirements are included in the prospectus which forms a part of this registration statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference pursuant to Rule 411 of the Securities and Exchange Commission’s Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act.
Item 17. Undertakings.
      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offering therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

II-4


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused the registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Garfield Heights, State of Ohio, on April 13, 2006.
  CHART INDUSTRIES, INC.
  By:  /s/ Samuel F. Thomas
 
 
  Name: Samuel F. Thomas
  Title:     President and Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURES AND POWERS OF ATTORNEY
      Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Michael F. Biehl and Matthew J. Klaben and each of them, as his attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute, in his name and on his behalf, in any and all capacities, this Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any and all amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments including post-effective amendments thereto)) necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney-in-fact may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things, whatsoever which any such attorney-in-fact or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney-in-fact or substitute.
      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on April 13, 2006.
         
Signature   Title
     
 
/s/ Samuel F. Thomas

Samuel F. Thomas
  Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
 
/s/ Michael F. Biehl

Michael F. Biehl
  Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
/s/ Ben A. Guill

Ben A. Guill
  Chairman of the Board of Directors
 
/s/ Kenneth W. Moore

Kenneth W. Moore
  Director
 
/s/ Timothy H. Day

Timothy H. Day
  Director
 
/s/ James H. Hoppel, Jr.

James H. Hoppel, Jr.
  Controller and Chief Accounting Officer
(Principal Accounting Officer)

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX
         
Exhibit    
No.   Description of Exhibit
     
  1 .1*   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  2 .1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of August 2, 2005 by and among Chart Industries, Inc., certain of its stockholders, First Reserve Fund X, L.P. and CI Acquisition, Inc.
  2 .2   Asset Purchase Agreement among GT Acquisition Company and Greenville Tube, LLC, dated July 1, 2003
  3 .1*   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
  3 .2*   Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws
  4 .1*   Form of certificate of Chart Industries, Inc. common stock
  4 .2   Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2005, between Chart Industries, Inc. and The Bank of New York as trustee
  4 .3   Registration Rights Agreement, dated October 17, 2005 among Chart Industries, Inc., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and Morgan Stanley & Co., as representative of the initial purchasers
  4 .4   Form of Senior Subordinated Note (included in Exhibit 4.2)
  5 .1*   Opinion of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
  10 .1   Credit Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2005 among FR X Chart Holdings LLC, CI Acquisition, Inc., as Borrower, the lenders party thereto, Citicorp North America, Inc., as administrative agent, Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as syndication agent, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as joint lead arrangers and joint book managers and Natexis Banques Populaires and Sovereign Bank, as co-documentation agents
  10 .2   Guarantee and Collateral Agreement, dated as of October 17, 2005 among FR X Chart Holdings LLC, as guarantor and pledgor, CI Acquisition, Inc., as borrower, each subsidiary loan party named therein and Citicorp North America, Inc., as collateral agent
  10 .3   Employment Agreement, dated November 23, 2005 between Chart Industries, Inc. and Samuel F. Thomas
  10 .4   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2005 between Chart Industries, Inc. and Michael F. Biehl
  10 .5   Employment Agreement, dated December 1, 2005 between Chart Industries, Inc. and Charles R. Lovett
  10 .6   Employment Agreement, dated March 29, 2006 between Chart Industries, Inc. and Matthew J. Klaben
  10 .7   IAM Agreement 2004-2007, effective February 8, 2004, by and between Chart Heat Exchangers, L.P. and Local Lodge 2191 of District Lodge 66 of the International Association of Machinists and Aerospace Workers, AFL-CIO
  10 .8*   Trust Agreement by and between Chart Industries, Inc. and Security Trust Company relating to the Amended and Restated Chart Industries, Inc. Voluntary Deferred Income Plan
  10 .9*   Form of Management Stockholders Agreement
  10 .10*   Form of Stockholders Agreement
  10 .11   Chart Industries, Inc. 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
  10 .12*   Amendment No. 1 to the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan
  10 .13   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (for Samuel F. Thomas)
  10 .14   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2004 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (for those other than Samuel F. Thomas)
  10 .15   Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .16   Amendment No. 1 to the Chart Industries, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .17   Form of Stock Option Agreement under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit    
No.   Description of Exhibit
     
  10 .18*   2006 Chart Executive Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .19*   Annual Incentive Compensation Plan
  10 .20   Form of Indemnification Agreement
  10 .21*   Amendment No. 1 to the Credit Agreement
  21 .1   List of Subsidiaries
  23 .1*   Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP (included as part of its opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1 hereto)
  23 .2   Consent of Ernst & Young LLP
  24 .1   Powers of Attorney (included on signature page of this Registration Statement)
 
To be filed by amendment.